report of environmental impact assessment in …...people's republic of bangladesh roads and...

People's Republic of Bangladesh Roads and Highways Department

Report of Environmental Impact Assessment

of

Access Road Development Project

for

Matarbari Coal Fired Power Plant Development Project

in Bangladesh

July 2013

Tokyo Electric Power Services Co., LTD.

Tokyo Electric Power Co., LTD.

Execuive Summary Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) established Coal Power Generation Company Bangladesh LTD (CPGCBL), and plans installation of Matarbari Coal-Fired Power Plant (Matarbari CFPP; 2x600 MW) at Matarbari island under Maheshkhali Upazila, Cox‟s Bazar District. After the follow-up survey for PSMP 2010, JICA has implemented “The preparatory survey on the Chittagong area coal-fired power plant development project” including the preliminary design of access road. The access road will be utilized for the purposes of transporting needed equipment and materials, and for the movement of parties involved in the construction of the power plant. The access road project has four components. The components are: ・ Road Improvement ・ Road Widening ・ New Road Construction and ・ New Bridge, Sluice Gate, Regulator, Causeway, Culvert etc. Construction In accordance with Bangladesh laws, the project is classified as “red category” (equivalent to Category-A in international donors‟ safeguard guidelines). This means that full-scale Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is required in order to obtain Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC). EIA shall be implemented in accordance with not only the rules of Bangladesh Government but also to JICA Guidelines for Environmental and Social Considerations (April 2010). Information disclosure at EIA shall be implemented in accordance with JICA Guidelines. The Access road project will have some temporary environmental impact. The impacts of routine operation are acceptable. However, there are some residual risks associated with non-routine events /accidents of these facilities. The use of best management practices, mitigation procedures and controls will contribute positively in the road and bridge construction and operation to have minimum adverse impacts on the environment. The most important measure to achieve a good level of environmental acceptability of the project is adoption of best practices in design, construction and route selection. Avoiding environmentally sensitive location was made which was an integral part of the process. Particular attention was given to fair and equitable compensation for farmers, residents and other individuals affected by land acquisition for the project. Accident risk will be minimised by design and operational measures. RHD will have a full scale Emergency Response Plan in place which will be agreed and coordinated with the authorities and which will help to reduce the environmental effects of any accident to the minimum. Overall the project will have the beneficial regional effect. The access road will help the local people to get the transport facilities and with that the overall economic growth will increase. This report minutely identified the environmental impacts due to proposed intervention, and

described existing baseline condition, and also identified the important environmental components and potential impacts. An outline is prepared for mitigation measures of potential negative impacts and enhancement of positive environmental impacts including preparation of an outline management plan. Policy & Legal considerations affecting the execution and operation of the project are also discussedin the report. Many features of the ecosystem within the project area are clearly identified and therefore taken into consideration for alternate route analysis to find out the best option. In these regards, full scale Ecological Study, Einvironmental field survey, Public discussion and Socio-economic survey were carried out. In view of the these findings and the fact that the RHD will maintain standard quality of implementation of the project programme with due consideration to standing rules and regulations, the project shall be considered viable from the environmental points of view and therefore be considered for implementation by appropriate authority.

Report of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Access Road For Matarbari Coal Fired Power Plant Development Project in Bangladesh

i

Table o f Contents Execive Summary Table of Contents List of Tables and Figures Abbreviations

Page

Chapter 1 Introduction....................................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Background the project ............................................................................................................ 1

1.2 Brief Description ..................................................................................................................... 1

1.3 Scope of Study ......................................................................................................................... 1

1.4 Methodology ............................................................................................................................ 2

1.5 Structure of the Report ............................................................................................................. 3

1.6 Limitations ............................................................................................................................... 3

1.7 EIA Team ................................................................................................................................. 3

1.8 References ................................................................................................................................ 4

Chapter 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework ............................................................... 5

2.1 Provision under national law and by-laws ............................................................................... 5

2.1.1 Provisions under the Environmental Legislations ................................................................... 5

2.1.2 Compliance with DOE‟s EIA Guidelines ................................................................................ 7

2.1.3 Compliance under the National Laws ...................................................................................... 9

2.2 Policy guidance ....................................................................................................................... 11

2.3 International legal obligations ............................................................................................... 13

2.4 Development Agency‟s Guidelines ........................................................................................ 15

2.5 Environmental Regulations.................................................................................................... 16

2.5.1 Air Quality .............................................................................................................................. 16

2.5.2 Water Quality .......................................................................................................................... 17

2.5.3 Noise ....................................................................................................................................... 19

2.6 Protected area and environmentally controlled area .............................................................. 19

Chapter 3 Project Description ......................................................................................................... 22

3.1 Route Selection of Access Road ............................................................................................ 22

3.1.1 Candidate Routes .................................................................................................................... 22

3.1.2 Current Condition of Each Section ........................................................................................ 24

3.1.3 Comparison of Canndidate Routes ........................................................................................ 26

3.2 Project Overview ................................................................................................................... 32

3.2.1 Project Activities .................................................................................................................... 32

Report of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Access Road For Matarbari Coal Fired Power Plant Development Project in Bangladesh

ii

3.2.3 Resources and Utilities Demand ............................................................................................ 34

3.2.4 Map and Survey Information ................................................................................................. 36

3.3 Road and Bridge Design ........................................................................................................ 42

3.3.1 Road Component .................................................................................................................... 42

3.3.2 Bridge Component .................................................................................................................. 48

Chapter 4 Environmental Background ........................................................................................... 50

4.1 Environmental Base Map....................................................................................................... 50

4.2 Baseline Environmental Condition ........................................................................................ 52

4.2.1 Physical Environment ............................................................................................................. 52

4.2.2 Biological Environment.......................................................................................................... 75

4.2.3 Environmental Quality ........................................................................................................... 92

4.2.4 Socio-economic Status ......................................................................................................... 110

Chapter 5 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation ...................................................................... 117

5.1 Major Findings of the Initial Environmental Examination ................................................... 117

5.1.1 Critical Issues ........................................................................................................................ 117

5.2 Evaluation of Impacts .......................................................................................................... 123

5.2.1 Environmental Impact Evaluation ........................................................................................ 123

Chapter 6 Environmental Management Plan .............................................................................. 135

6.1 Environmental Management Plan ........................................................................................ 135

6.1.1 Mitigation measures ............................................................................................................. 135

6.1.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan ........................................................................................... 148

Chapter 7 Public Consultations ..................................................................................................... 161

7.1 Public Perceptions in Scoping Stage.................................................................................... 161

7.1.1 1st Stakeholder Meeting ....................................................................................................... 161

7.1.2 Focus Group Discussion ....................................................................................................... 166

7.2 Public Perceptions in Finalizing Stage ................................................................................ 173

7.2.1 The Second Stakeholder Meeting ........................................................................................ 173

7.2.2 Focus Group Discussion ....................................................................................................... 176

Chapter 8 Conclusion And Recommendations ............................................................................. 183

8.1 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................... 183

8.2 Recommendation ................................................................................................................. 183

Annex…………………………………………………………………………………………………122

Draft Rport of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Access Road For Matarbari Coal Fired Power Plant Development Project in Bangladesh

1-1

List of Tables

Page

Table 1.7-1 EIA Team ··························································································· 4

Table 2.5-1 Standards for Air quality in Bangladesh ······················································ 17

Table 2.5-2 Ambient water quality standards (inland surface water) ···································· 17

Table 2.5-3 Environmental water quality standards (drinking water) ··································· 18

Table 2.5-4 Standards for Noise ·············································································· 19

Table 2.6-1 Classification of Protected area, environmentally controlled area ························· 20

Table 2.6-2 List of Protected area, environmentally controlled area ···································· 20

Table 2.6-3 List of Environmental Critical Areas ·························································· 21

Table 3.1-1 Sectional Distance of Candidate Routes ······················································ 24

Table 3.1-2 Comparison of environmental and social aspects on each candidate route ····························································································· 26

Table 3.1-3 Comparison of construction aspects on each candidate route ························· 28

Table 3.1-4 Comparison of construction aspects on each candidate route ························· 29

Table 3.1-5 Comparison of total construction cost (Unit : million BDT) ··················································································· 30

Table 3.1-6 Inventory of Selected Route ································································· 30

Table 3.2-1 Project activities of road and bridge components ············································ 32

Table 3.2-2 Project implementation schedule ······························································ 33

Table 3.2-3 Construction Schedule ·········································································· 34

Table 3.2-4 Materials for Bridge and Road Construction ················································· 35

Table 3.3-1 Design Concept for the Road Component of Access Road ································· 43

Table 3.3-2 Overview of Road Construction and Rehabilitation ········································· 44

Table 3.3-3 Design Concept for the Bridge Component of Access Road ····························· 48

Table 4.2-1 Chronology of important earthquakes from 1548. ··········································· 57

Table 4.2-2 Historical Earthquake around Bangladesh ···················································· 59

Table 4.2-3 Earthquake Status July 2011 ··································································· 60

Table 4.2-4 Ground water use in the project area ·························································· 63

Table 4.2-5 Climatic Data of the Project Area (Kutubdia Station) ······································· 72

Table 4.2-6 Ground Water Quality of the Project area ···················································· 74

Table 4.2-7 Protected area in the Coastal zone of Bangladesh ··········································· 75

Table 4.2-8 Result of benthos in the study area ···························································· 80

Table 4.2-9 Protected area in the Coastal zone of Bangladesh ··········································· 88

Table 4.2-10 Description of Analysis: ······································································· 93

Table 4.2-11 Bangladesh Standard of Noise Level ························································ 95

Table 4.2-12 Result of noise level analysis ································································· 95


1-2

Table 4.2-13 Result of Vibration Level ····································································· 97

Table 4.2-14 Location of surface water sampling points ·················································· 98

Table 4.2-15 RIVER WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS REPORT ······································ 99

Table 4.2-16 Surface Water Quality Analysis Result ····················································· 100

Table 4.2-17 Ground Water Quality of the Project area ·················································· 103

Table 4.2-18 Result of Chemical Characteristics of Top Soils ·········································· 104

Table 4.2-19 Ground water quality of the study area ····················································· 104

Table 4.2-20 EPA Guidelines for Sediments (Mg/Kg dry weights) ···································· 107

Table 4.2-21 MULLER‟s Classification for the Geo-accumulation Index ····························· 107

Table 4.2-22 Result of sediment quality ··································································· 107

Table 4.2-23 Upazilawise agricultural activities in the project area ···································· 109

Table 4.2-24 Types of Vegetation along Access Road and Bridge ····································· 109

Table 4.2-25 Overview of Matarbari Side ································································· 116

Table 5.1-1 Result of scoping for the access road························································· 117

Table 5.1-2 Items of expected adverse impact of the Access Road ····································· 121

Table 5.2-1 Characteristics of Affected People ···························································· 126

Table 5.2-2 Summary of Environmental Impact Assessment for the Access Road ··················· 131

Table 6.1-1 Environmental Management Plan for the Access Road ···································· 136

Table 6.1-2 Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Access Road ······································ 149

Table 7.1-1 Methodology of 1st Stakeholder Meeting ····················································· 161

Table 7.1-2 Result of the 1st Stakeholder Meeting ······················································· 163

Table 7.1-3 Outline of FGD in Scoping Stage ······························································· 166

Table 7.1-4 Rresult of FGD in Kalarmachara Union ····················································· 167

Table 7.1-5 Result of FGD in Dhalghata Union ····························································· 169

Table 7.2-1 Methodology of 2nd Stakeholder Meeting ·················································· 173

Table 7.2-2 Comments and Responses/sharing of the 2nd SHM ········································ 174

Table 7.2-3 Outline of FGD in Finalizing Stage ·························································· 176

Table 7.2-4 Comments by participants and response in the 2nd FGD in Kalarmachara ·················································································· 176

Table 7.2-5 Comments by participants and response in the 2nd FGD in Matarbari ·················· 179

Table 7.2-6 Comments by participants and response in the 2nd FGD in Dhalghata ·················· 181


1-3

List of Figures

Page

Figure 1.1-1 Location of the proposed power plant ·························································· 1

Figure 1.1-2 Road network of neighboring area of the proposed power plant ···························· 2

Figure 2.1-1 Flow Chart of EIA Process ······································································ 8

Figure 2.1-2 Process of obtaining clearance certificate from DOE ········································ 9

Figure 3.1-1 The candidate routes of access road ·························································· 23

Figure 3.1-2 The new bridge alternatives over Kuhelia River for Candidate 1 and 3 ···························································································· 29

Figure 3.2-1 Access Road map ··············································································· 36

Figure 3.2-2 Road Alignment (1) Village Road from Yunuskhali intersection to residential area ················································································· 37

Figure 3.2-3 Road Alignment (2) Village Road in theresidential area ··························· 38

Figure 3.2-4 Road Alignment (3) Bridge Guard (East: Maheshkali side) ··························· 39

Figure 3.2-5 Road Alignment (4) Bridge Guard (wast: Matarbari side) ····························· 40

Figure 3.2-6 Road Alignment (5) Connection Point to the Power Plant ····························· 41

Figure 3.3-1 Standard cross-section for normal road ······················································ 43

Figure 3.3-2 Typical Cross Section of BWDB Embankment Restoring in Matarbari ················· 43

Figure 3.3-3 Locations of Relative Major Structures ······················································ 47

Figure 3.3-4 Longitudinal Section and Cross Section of the Proposed Bridge over Kuhelia River ··················································································· 49

Figure 4.1-1 Location of the proposed power plant ························································ 50

Figure 4.1-2 Road network of neighboring area of the proposed power plant ·························· 51

Figure 4.2-1 Simplified Geology and Geomorphology of Bangladesh ·································· 52

Figure 4.2-2 Project Area in the Rivers of Bangladesh map ·············································· 55

Figure 4.2-3 Fifth River System Map ······································································· 56

Figure 4.2-4 EarthQuake Zone ··············································································· 59

Figure 4.2-5 General Soil type map of Bangladesh ························································ 62

Figure 4.2-6 Location of meteorological observatories ··················································· 64

Figure 4.2-7 Monthly average temperatures ································································ 65

Figure 4.2-8 Monthly total rainfall ··········································································· 66

Figure 4.2-9 Monthly average humidity····································································· 66

Figure 4.2-10 Monthly average cloud amount ······························································ 67

Figure 4.2-11 Monthly wind rose ············································································ 71

Figure 4.2-12 Kutubdia Station p ············································································ 73

Figure 4.2-13 Reserve Forest Area in Bangladesh ························································· 77

Figure 4.2-14 Government Gazette ECA ··································································· 78


1-4

Figure 4.2-15 Map of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh ································· 79

Figure 4.2-16 Mangrove forest along Matarbari Channel ················································· 82

Figure 4.2-17 Buffalos around project site. ································································· 83

Figure 4.2-18 Birds around project site ····································································· 84



Figure 4.2-21 Reserve Forest Area in Bangladesh ························································· 89

Figure 4.2-22 Government Gazette ECA Area ····························································· 90

Figure 4.2-23 Map of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh ································· 91

Figure 4.2-24 Location map of surface water sampling points. ·········································· 98

Figure 4.2-25 Location of soil sample point ······························································· 104

Figure 4.2-26 Types of Vegetation along Access Road ·················································· 110

Figure 4.2-27 Land Use Map of Maheshkhali Upazila, Cox‟s Bazar District ························· 111

Figure 6.1-1 Environmental Management and Monitoring Implementation Structure in Construction Phase for Access Road ···················································· 158

Figure 6.1-2 Environmental Management and Monitoring Implementation Structure in Operation Phase for Access Road ························································ 160


1-1

Abbreviations

ASSHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Official ASSHTO/LFDF

American Association of State Highway and Transportation Official / Load & Resistance Factor Design

BBS Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics BDT Bangladesh Taka BIWTA Bangladesh Inland Water Transport Authority BMD Bangladesh Meteorological Department BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand BPDB Bangladesh Power Development Board BRRL Bangladesh Road Research Laboratory BWDB Bangladesh Water Development Board CPGCBL Coal Power Generation Company Bangladesh LTD DOE Department of Environment ECA Ecological Critical Area ECC Environmental Clearance Certificate ECR Environment Conservation Rules EHS Environmental, Health, and Safety EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan FGD Focus Group Discussion GOB Government of Bangladesh HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus IFC International Finance Corporation IEE Initial Environmental Examination IESC Important Environmental and Social Components ID Induced Draft IMO International Marine Organization JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency LFD Load Factor Design LGED Local Government Engineering Department MARPOL International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships Matarbari CFPP

Matarbari Coal- Fired Power Plant

MEAs Multilateral Environmental Agreements MHWS Mean High Water Spring


1-2

NCS National Conservation Strategy NEMAP National Environment Management Action Plan NEP National Environment Policy PAPs Project Affected Persons PIU Project Implementation Unit PSMP Power System Master Plan RAJUK Rajdhani Unnayan Kartripakkha

EN:Capital Development Authority of Bangladesha RHD Road Highway Department SCC Site Clearance Certificate SRDI Soil Resource Development Institute SHM Stake Holder Meeting TOR Terms of Reference WHO World Health Organization


1

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Background the project

The Government of Bangladesh (GOB) assigns top priority to the development of power sector realizing its importance in economy, industrial and social development of the country. GOB forecasts that the maximum electricity demand would be 13,000MW in 2017 and 34,000 MW in 2030, and to meet up this, GOB has formulated a Power System Master Plan (PSMP 2010). PSMP 2010 targets composition of power supply as of 2030 set at 50% for domestic and imported coal, 25% for domestic and imported (in the form of LNG) natural gas and 25% for other sources such oil, nuclear power and renewable energy. The coal based generation is the least cost option in consideration to present economy. In this context, Bangladesh Power Development Board (BPDB) established Coal Power Generation Company Bangladesh LTD (CPGCBL), and plans installation of Matarbari Coal-Fired Power Plant (Matarbari CFPP; 2 x 600 MW) at Matarbari island under Maheshkhali Upazila, Cox‟s Bazar District (Figure 1.1-1). After the follow-up survey for PSMP 2010, JICA has implemented “The preparatory survey on the Chittagong area coal-fired power plant development project” including the preliminary design of access road. The access road will be utilized for the purposes of transporting needed equipment and materials, and for the movement of parties involved in the construction of the power plant.

Figure 1.1-1 Location of the proposed power plant

Power plant

Title highlited in blue means new added section/table/figure, and sentence/phrase highlited yellow means revised part.


2

(Source:LGED Homepage, modified by JICA Study Team)

Figure 1.1-2 Road network of neighboring area of the proposed power plant

Power Plant


1

1.2 Brief Description

The access road project (the Project) falls into the red category defined by Department of Environment (DOE) which requires Site Clearance Certificate (SCC) and Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) from DOE as per Environmental Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997. The purpose of this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to identify and evaluate the potential environmental and socio-economic impacts due to construction of the access road and to provide detail Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the project oriented negative impacts based on Bangladeshi regulations and “JICA Guidelines for Environmental and Social Considerations (April, 2010)”. The scope of EIA includes both natural and socio-economic environments. Of specific concern is the nature of human use of resources and how this changes as a result of the proposed access road interventions. EIA aims to predict induced change as a result of the access road, so that any negative impacts can be avoided or minimized and positive impacts can be enhanced. Of specific concern is the degree of negative impacts that cannot be avoided or mitigated for and that these be greatly outweighed by the predicted positive impacts of the project. The major works of the access road will comprises of new road and bridge construction, road improvement and road widening. Although the environmental impacts are thus expected to be limited and localized, this access road project clealy falls into Red Category because it will consist of new bridge construction or reconstructin over 200 m length, and it is one of facility of the power plant. Hence, an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) was carried out from the project preparation stage without Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) based on the discussion between DOE and Roads and Highways (RHD) in accordance with Bangladeshi policies and guidelines of the Department of Environment (DOE), the “JICA Guideline for Environmental and Social Considerations (April 2010)”(JICA Guideline), and World Bank Operational Manual.

1.3 Scope of Study

The scope of EIA study is as follows: (1) Legal and institutional survey (2)Field Reconnaissance (3)Secondary data collection and analysis of natural and social environment

-Phisical environment -Biological environment


2

-Social environment (3) Field survey

-Air Quality -Noise and Vibration -Wate Quality -Soil (Ground Water quality) -Sediment Quality -Aquatic Benthic Animals -Vegetation -Tereestrial Animals -Avian

(4) Socioeconomic Survey

(5) Reviw of the environmental and socioeconomic conditions of the project area

(6) Identification,predicition and evaluation of potential impact

(7) Preparation of an Environmental Management Plan and an Environmental Monitoring Plan

(8) Public Consultation (stakeholders and local people)

1.4 Methodology

Environmental Impact Aassessment (EIA) is an integral part of resource development planning. It is essential that environmental issues are properly evaluated in terms of impacts and relevance, and are integrated into each stage of the project cycle. In conforming to the requirements of preparing an EIA report, a methodology was developed in accordance with the JICA guideline. And the contents of this EIA report was finalized according to DOE suggestions. The task of preparing the EIA report consists of the following sequential components:

1. Data collection (including regulations , natural and social environment) 2. Reconnaissance survey (collect baseline information and evaluate urent condition) 3. Scoping (identification and evaluation of potential impacts) 4. Public consultation (stakeholders, public) 5. Field survey collecting baseline data/information 6. Impact assessment 7. Preparation of environmental management plan (including environmental monitoring plan) 8. Public consultation (stakeholders, public) 9. Compile EIA report


3

1.5 Structure of the Report

The report fulfills the requirements of IEE and EIA under ECR, 1997 and has been prepared in accordance with the TOR. The report contains eight (8) chapters and the chapter details are discussed below:

- Chapter 1 describes the introduction containing background, brief description, scope of study, methodology, limitations, EIA team and references.

- Chapter 2 is on legislative, regulation and policy consideration for the EIA process.

- Chapter 3 contains project description including route selection, main project activities, project schedule, resources and map & survey information.

- Chapter 4 describes environmental and social baseline condition with details on physical and biological environment, environmental quality and socio-economic environment.

- Chapter 5 describes identification, prediction and evaluation of potential impacts.

- Chapter 6 is on environmental management plan and environmental monitoring plan.

- Chapter 7 is on public consultation with stakeholders/public.

- Chapter 8 is giving conclusion and recommendatios.

1.6 Limitations

The major limitation of the study is originated from design stage. EIA has to be carried out comprehending the detailed planning of the access road construction and operation activities. Since this EIA study is based on a preliminary design on the road and bridge construction, some limitation could be occurred in the impact assessment and the environmental management plan. Hence adaptive manegiment will be required from design stage to operation stage.

1.7 EIA Team

JICA Study Team has formed a multidisciplinary team of EIA experts of having experience of conducting Environmental Impact Assessment of large scale industrial and infrastructural development projects. Table 1.7-1 presents the professionals‟ names with their positions.


4

Table 1.7-1 EIA Team

No. Name Assignment

1 Osamu NAKAZAWA Deputy Team Leader/Environmental Expert (Land Acquisition and Resettlement Action Plan)

2 Kazuhiro YOSHIDA Environmental Expert (EIA)

3 Jiro OTSUBO Environmental Expert (Social and Ecosystem)

4 Mustofa M. Kamal Environmental Specialist

5 Khurshed Alam Resettlement Specialist

6 Md. Shahidur Rahman Khan Hydrological and Morphological specialist

7 Mohammad Nurul Alam Siddique Environmental Expert

(Source: JICA Study Team)

1.8 References

1. Environmental Conservation Act, 1995 2. Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 3. EIA Guidelines for Industries, 1997 4. JICA Guideline for Environmental and Social Considerations (April 2010) 5. World Bank Operational Manual 6. IFC EHS Guideline “General”


5

Chapter 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework According to the national environmental legislation of Bangladesh all development projects are governed by some legal and institutional requirements. As such, assessment of relevant legal provisions, policies, strategies and institutional issues are very important for any project proponent or developer before execution of a program or plan. The proponent has to be well aware of these requirements and comply with the provisions as applicable and necessary. Before initiating any development project, it is hence required to obtain Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) from DOE. Regarding the activities of the access road for Matarabari coal fired power plant, new bridge construction/reconstruction which length is 200 m or more fall into the „red‟ category according to the Bangladesh Environment Conservation Rules (ECR) 1997 and therefore, need to conduct IEE and EIA studies to obtain site and environmental clearance from the DOE. The following activities have been carried out under the EIA study:

- Identification of national legal obligations in relation to the interventions which will be required to review under the EIA study of the access road for the power plant;

- Exploration of the national legislative provisions and policy guidelines on environmental sectors;

- Identification of the international legal obligations and relevant provisions of multilateral environmental agreements related to the access road project;

- Exploration of national and international legal provisions on road and bridge sector; and - Identification of the standard guidelines at regional and international level related to the

road and bridge setup.

2.1 Provision under national law and by-laws

2.1.1 Provisions under the Environmental Legislations

National laws, by-laws and official resolutions relevant to road and bridge construction, operation and maintenance and associated activities have been identified under this study. The Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act of 1995 is the key legislation in relation to environment protection in Bangladesh. This Act is promulgated for environment conservation, standards, development, pollution control, and abatement. It has repealed the Environment


6

Pollution Control Ordinance of 1977. The Act has been amended in 2000, 2002, 2007 and has been proposed for amendments in the year 2010. The main objectives of the Act are:

- Conservation and improvement of the environment; and - Control and mitigation of pollution of the environment.

The main strategies of the Act can be summarized as:

Declaration of ecologically critical areas and restriction on the operations and processes, which can or cannot be carried/initiated in the ecologically critical areas;

Regulations in respect of vehicles emitting smoke harmful for the environment; Environmental clearance; Regulation of the industries and other development activities‟ discharge permits; Promulgation of standards for quality of air, water, noise and soil for different areas for

different purposes; Promulgation of a standard limit for discharging and emitting waste; and Formulation and declaration of environmental guidelines.

Before any new project/development interventions by the government or by non government agencies can go ahead, as stipulated under the Environment Conservation Rules 1997, the project promoter must obtain Environmental Clearance from the Director General of DOE. An appeal procedure does exist for those promoters who fail to obtain clearance. Failure to comply with any part of this Act may result in punishment of imprisonment or fine or both. The DOE executes the Act under the leadership of the Director General. The Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act (Amendment), 2000 focuses on: (1) ascertaining responsibility for Compensation in cases of damage to ecosystems, (2) increased provision of punitive measures both for fines and imprisonment and (3) fixing authority on cognizance of offences. The Bangladesh Environment Conservation Act (Amendment), 2002 elaborates on: (1) restriction on polluting automobiles, (2) restriction on the sale and production of environmentally harmful items like polythene bags, (3) assistance from law enforcement agencies for environmental actions, (4) break up of punitive measures and (5) authority to try environmental cases.

The Bangladesh Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 is the first set of rules, promulgated under the ECA 95 (so far there have been three amendments to this set of rules - February and August 2002 and April 2003). The Environment Conservation Rules of 1997 has provided


7

categorization of industries and projects and identified types of environmental assessments needed against respective categories of industries or projects. Among other things, these rules set (i) the National Environmental Quality Standards for ambient air, various types of water, industrial effluent, emission, noise, vehicular exhaust etc., (ii) the requirement for and procedures to obtain environmental clearance, and (iii) the requirement for IEE and EIA‟s according to the categories of industrial and other development interventions.

2.1.2 Compliance with DOE’s EIA Guidelines

As bridge construction/ reconstruction over 200 m length fall under the „red‟ category according to the Environment Conservation Rules 1997, it is mandatory to carry out EIA including Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and to develop a Resettlement Action Plan where required, for getting Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) from the DOE. The DOE has issued EIA Guidelines for Industries (this document was released in December 1997) and addresses the IEE and EIA for several industrial sectors and activities. Each Project Proponent shall conduct an IEE or EIA and is expected to consult and follow the DOE guidelines (Figure 2.1-2). Under this study the provisions of the environment legislations and the EIA guidelines of the DOE will be painstakingly reviewed. The DOE has issued application procedure for obtaining site/environmental clearance. Figure 2.1-1shows the application procedure of all four categories:


8

(Source: EIA Process, EIA Guideline for Industries, Department of Environment, 1997)

Figure 2.1-1 Flow Chart of EIA Process


9

(Source: EIA Process, EIA Guideline for Industries, Department of Environment, 1997)

Figure 2.1-2 Process of obtaining clearance certificate from DOE

2.1.3 Compliance under the National Laws

Wildlife (protection and safety) Act 2012

Applying Environmental Clearance( EIA report is required.)

Obtainging Site Clearance and Environmental Clearance

Such a Clearance will be subject to renewal after each one year period

Obtainging Site Clearance and Environmental Clearance

Such a Clearance will be subject to renewal after each one year period


10

The Wildlife (protection and safety) Act 2012, passed in Parliament on 8th July, 2012. Under this act, the hunting, trapping, killing of wildlife are strictly prohibited. After the establishment of this Act, a board will be formed with the concerned members recommended by the Government. There are certain provisions kept in this Act, e.g. entrance, management, rules and regulation of the protected area etc. If any person without license performs any kind of trade, he will be jailed for at least a year. The details of the Act shall be further discussed in the EIA report.

The Forest Act, 1927 and Amendment Act 2000

The Forest Act of 1927 provides for reserving forests over which the government has an acquired property right. This act has made many types of unauthorized uses or destruction of forest produce punishable. The Government may assign any village community its right to or over any land, which has constituted a reserved forest. According to the Act the government may prohibit certain activities in the declared reserved forest area such as any intervention kindles, keeps or carries any fire; trespasses or pastures cattle, or permits cattle to trespass; causes any damage by negligence in felling any tree or cutting or dragging any timber; etc. Along the Kohelia River between Matarbari Island and Moheskhali Island, transplanted mangrove forests are distributed. Therefore, the access road construction complies with this requirement of legislation. During the EIA study this Act and related rules and regulations will be reviewed to explore whether the activities of the access road violates any provisions of the Forest Act. The Supplementary Rules of 1959 empowered the concerned governmental bodies to restrict totally and for a specified period, the shooting, hunting or catching of various birds, animals and reptiles in the controlled and vested forests. The Private Forest Ordinance of 1959 provides for the conservation of private forests and for the forestation, in certain cases, of wastelands in Bangladesh.

The Penal Code, 1860

The Penal Code of 1860 has some valid provisions related to pollution management, environment protection and protection of health and safety. Some of these are: Section 277: Falling Water or Public Spring or Reservoir; Section 278: Making Atmosphere Noxious to Health; Section 284: Negligent Conduct with Respect to Poisonous Substance; Section 285: Negligent Conduct with Respect to Fire or Combustible Matter; and Section 286: Negligent Conduct with Respect to Explosive Substance. (Chapter XIV of offences affective Public health, safety, convenience, decency and morals).


11

The Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance (1982)

This Ordinance has replaced the Land Acquisition Act of 1894 and the East Bengal (Emergency) Requisition of Property Act of 1948. The Ordinance governs acquisition and requisition by the government of immovable property for any public purpose or in the public interest. It may be noted that contrary to the previous Acts (i.e. Act XIII of 1948), this Ordinance deals only with immovable property. The Ordinance has well-defined procedures regarding payment of compensation for an acquired piece of land. If, for example, the land is used for rice growing, then an amount equivalent to approximately 1.5 times the market value of a given variety of rice (e.g., paddy) that is currently being (or could be) produced annually is fixed as a yearly lease value. In case of outright purchase (carried out on a 99-year lease), the compensation-value of acquired land varies widely according to the locality, soil fertility, and access to transportation and related infrastructure factors. The current compensation and resettlement provisions are however inadequate both in terms of timing of payments and quantum. The procedures involved are cumbersome and time consuming and often causes hindrance to the smooth execution of the project. Legal provisions covering adequate compensation to the project affected persons, particularly disadvantaged groups such as women and squatters and such other vulnerable groups are yet to be framed.

The Protection and Conservation of Fish Rules, 1985

These are a set of rules in line with the overall objectives of the Fish Act. Section 5 of the Rules requires that “No person shall destroy or make any attempt to destroy any fish by explosives, gun, bow and arrow in inland waters or within coastal waters”. Section 6 of the Rules states:-“No person shall destroy or make any attempt to destroy any fish by poisoning of water or the depletion of fisheries by pollution, by trade effluents or otherwise in inland waters”. Therefore, the new bridge construction will need to be carried in such a manner that the activities do not cause damage to the inland waters or within coastal waters fisheries.

2.2 Policy guidance

Under the study a number of sectoral national policies will be reviewed to identify the guiding principles which are relevant to the access road construction, operation and maintenance activities. The sector policies will include environment, communication, forest, etc.


12

National Environment Policy

The National Environment Policy of 1992 sets out the basic framework for environmental action, together with a set of broad sector action guidelines. The Policy provides the broader framework of sustainable development in the country. It also stated all major undertakings, which will have a bearing on the environment; (including setting up of an industrial establishment) must undertake an IEE and EIA before initiation of the project. The Policy delineates DOE, as the approving agency for all such IEE and EIA studies to be undertaken in the country.

National Environment Management Plan 1995

The National Environment Management Action Plan (NEMAP) is a wide ranging and multi-faceted plan, which builds on and extends the statements set out in the National Environment Policy (NEP). NEMAP was developed to address the issues and management requirements for a period between 1995 and 2005 and set out the framework within which the recommendations of the National Conservation Strategy (NCS) are to be implemented. NEMAP has the following broad objectives:

Identification of key environmental issues affecting Bangladesh;

Identification of actions necessary to halt or reduce the rate of environmental degradation;

Improvement of the natural and built environment

Conservation of habitats and biodiversity;

Promotion of sustainable development; and

Improvement in the quality of life of the people.

The National Forest Policy (1994)

The National Forestry Policy of 1994 is the revised version of the National Forest Policy of 1977 in the light of the National Forestry Master Plan. The major targets of the Policy are to conserve the existing forest areas; bring about 20% of the country‟s land area under the forestation program, and increase the reserve forest land by 10% by the year 2015 through coordinated efforts of GO-NGOs and active participation of the people. The need for amendments of the existing forestry sector related laws and adopt new laws for sector activities has been recognized as important condition for achieving the policy goals and objectives. The Forest Policy also recognizes the importance of fulfilling the responsibilities and commitments under international multilateral environmental agreements.

The National Water Policy (1999)


13

The National Water Policy of 1999 was adopted to ensure efficient and equitable management of water resources, proper harnessing and development of surface and ground water, availability of water to all concerned and institutional capacity building for water resources management. It has also addressed issues like river basin management, water rights and allocation, public and private investment, water supply and sanitation and water needs for agriculture, industry, fisheries, wildlife, navigation, recreation, environment, preservation of wetlands, etc.

2.3 International legal obligations

Bangladesh is signatory to a number of Multilateral Environmental Agreements (MEAs) and also some bilateral instruments. Some of them are very important in context of environmental protection. The legal obligations and provisions of MEAs related to the proposed project interventions will be reviewed; (Convention on Biological Diversity;

Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat;

United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea; Convention concerning the Protection of

the World Cultural and Natural Heritage).

Bangladesh has already had accessed to, ratified or signed a number of important MEAs related to environment protection and conservation of natural resources which shall have to be complied with during implementation of the project. The pertinent ones of these are highlighted below:

Rio Declaration

The 1992 United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) adopted the global action program for sustainable development called „Rio Declaration‟ and „Agenda 21‟. Principle 4 of the Rio Declaration, 1992, to which Bangladesh is a signatory along with a total of 178 countries, states as, “In order to achieve sustainable development, environmental protection should constitute an integral part of the development process and cannot be considered in isolation from it”.

Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)

The Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992 was adopted on 5 June 1992 and entered into force on 29 December, 1993. Bangladesh ratified the Convention on 20 March, 1994. The Contracting Parties of the Convention have committed to:


14

- Introducing appropriate procedures requiring environmental impact assessments of its proposed projects that are likely to have significant adverse effects on biodiversity, with a view to avoiding or minimizing such effects, and where appropriate allow for public participation in such procedures; and

- Introducing appropriate arrangements to ensure that environmental consequences of its programs and policies, that are likely to have significant adverse impacts on biodiversity, are duly taken into account.

Obligation has been placed on State parties to provide for environmental impact assessments of projects that are likely to have significant adverse effects on biological diversity (art. 4).

Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat,

Ramsar (1971)

This convention is also known as the Ramsar Convention. It was adopted on 2 February, 1971 and entered into force on 21 December, 1975. Bangladesh has ratified the Convention on 20 April, 2002. This provides a framework for national action and international cooperation for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their resources. There are 127 Parties with 1085 wetland sites designated as Wetlands of International Importance‟. This is an intergovernmental treaty, which provides the framework for international co-operation for the conservation of wetlands habitats. Obligations for Contracting Parties include the designation of wetlands to the “List of Wetlands of International Importance‟, the provision of wetland considerations within their national land use planning, and the creation of Natural Reserves. Part of Sundarbans Reserved Forest (Southwest of Bangladesh) is the one of the Ramsar Site.

United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, Montego Bay, (1982)

This Convention was adopted on 10 December 1982 at Montego Bay, Jamaica. Bangladesh has ratified this Convention. Main objectives of the convention are:

- To set up a comprehensive new legal regime for the sea and oceans, as far as environmental provisions are concerned, to establish material rules concerning environmental standards as well as enforcement provisions dealing with pollution of the marine environment; and

- To establish basic environmental protection principles and rules on global and regional cooperation, technical assistance, monitoring, and environmental assessment, and adoption and enforcement of international rules and standards and national legislation with respect to alt sources of marine pollution.


15

The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL)

Annex I to V) (1973 to 1978)

The MARPOL Convention was adopted on 2 November 1973 at IMO (International Marine Organization). The Protocol of 1978 was adopted in response to a spate of tanker accidents in 1976-1977. As the 1973 MARPOL Convention had not yet entered into force, the 1978 MARPOL Protocol absorbed the parent Convention. The combined instrument entered into force on 2 October 1983. In 1997, a Protocol was adopted to amend the Convention and a new Annex VI was added which entered into force on 19 May 2005. MARPOL has been updated by amendments through the years. Bangladesh concluded the MARPOL treaty in 1978. The Convention includes regulations aimed at preventing and minimizing pollution from ships - both accidental pollution and that from routine operations - and currently includes six technical Annexes. Special Areas with strict controls on operational discharges are included in most Annexes.

- Annex I; Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Oil (entered into force 2 October 1983)

- Annex II; Regulations for the Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk (entered into force 2 October 1983)

- Annex III; Prevention of Pollution by Harmful Substances Carried by Sea in Packaged Form (entered into force 1 July 1992)

- Annex IV; Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from Ships (entered into force 27 September 2003)

- Annex V Prevention of Pollution by Garbage from Ships (entered into force 31 December 1988)

2.4 Development Agency’s Guidelines

Under the study health and safety guidelines of few development agencies will be reviewed. This will include “JICA Guidelines for Environment and Social Consideration”(April, 2010) and “Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines of the International Finance Corporation Guideline (IFC/EHS Guideline)”.

JICA Guidelines for Environment and Social Consideration (April 2010)

JICA, which is responsible for ODA, plays a key role in contributing to sustainable development in developing countries. The inclusion of environmental and social costs in development costs and the social and institutional framework that makes such inclusion


16

possible are crucial for sustainable development. Internalization and an institutional framework are requirements for measures regarding environmental and social considerations, and JICA is required to have suitable consideration for environmental and social impacts. The objectives of the guidelines are to encourage Project proponents etc. to have appropriate consideration for environmental and social impacts, as well as to ensure that JICA‟s support for and examination of environmental and social considerations are conducted accordingly. The guidelines outline JICA‟s responsibilities and procedures, along with its requirements for project proponents etc., in order to facilitate the achievement of these objectives. In doing so, JICA endeavors to ensure transparency, predictability, and accountability in its support for and examination of environmental and social considerations.

IFC/EHS Guideline

The EHS Guidelines are technical reference documents with general and industry-specific examples of Good International Industry Practice, as defined in IFC's Performance Standard 3 on Pollution Prevention and Abatement.

2.5 Environmental Regulations

Details of the environmental standards applicable in Bangladesh are described in ECR. Regulated Areas spread to all industries, and regulated items are air quality, water quality (surface water, drink water), noise (boundary, source), emissions from motor vehicles or ships, odor, sewage discharge, waste from industrial units and industrial effluents or emissions. Items and standards, which are related to the construction and operation of access road, are listed below. Tables and annotations of environmental regulation are described as textual description of ECR. ECR is currently in the process of amendment. There is a possibility that the environmental regulation of the following items will be amended, but the current regulation is applied until the amendment process is completed.

2.5.1 Air Quality

Table 2.5-1 shows the air quality standard in Bangladesh. Air quality standard adhere to World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines is also mentioned in the Table below.


17

Table 2.5-1 Standards for Air quality in Bangladesh 1

No. Parameter Concentration (mg/m3)

Exposure Time ECR IFC Guideline (General: 2007)*

a) Carbon Mono-oxide 10 - 8 hours 40 - 1 hour

b) Lead (Pb) 0.5 - Year

c) Nitrogen Oxide 0.1 -

0.04 0.2

Year 1 hour

- 0.2 1 hour d) Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) 0.2 - 8 hours

e) Particulate Matter 10μm (PM10) 0.05 0.02 Year 0.15 0.05 24 hours

f) Particulate Matter 2.5μm (PM2.5) 0.015 0.01 Year 0.065 0.025 24 hours

g) Ozone 0.235 - 1 hour 0.157 0.160 8 hours

h) Sulfur Dioxide 0.08 - Year

0.365 0.125 24 hours Notes: * Air quality standard of IFC Guideline is quated from WHO Guideline.

(Source: Bangladesh Gazette July 19, 2005, IFC Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines 2007

2.5.2 Water Quality

Table 2.5-2 shows ambient water quality standard (inland surface water), and Table 2.5-3 shows environmental water quality standard (drinking water).

Table 2.5-2 Ambient water quality standards (inland surface water)2

No. Best Practice

Based Classification pH BOD mg/1

Dissolved Oxygen

(DO), mg/l

Total Coliform Bacteria

quantity/ml

a) Potable water source supply after bacteria freeing only 6.5-8.5 2 or less 6 or above 50 or less

b) Water used for recreation purpose 6.5-8.5 3 or less 5 or above 200 or less

c) Potable water source supply after Conventional processing 6.5-8.5 3 or less 6 or above 5000 or less

d) Water used for pisci-culture 6.5-8.5 6 or less 5 or above 5000 or less

e) Industrial use water including chilling & other processes 6.5-8.5 10 or less 5 or above

f) Water used for irrigation 6.5-8.5 10 or less 5 or above 1000 or less (Source：The Environmental Conservation Rules,1997)

1 Not exceed one time in year 2 Textual annotations are as follows. (1) Maximum amount of ammonia presence in water are 1.2 mg/l (as nitrogen molecule) which is used for

pisciculture. (2) For water used in irrigation Electrical Conductivity-2250 micro mho/cm (at 25oC). Sodium less than 26 mg/l,

Boron less than 2 mg/l


18

Table 2.5-3 Environmental water quality standards (drinking water)

No. Parameter Unit Standard Limit WHO

Guidelines 1 Aluminum mg/l 0.2 0.2 2 Ammonia (NH3) mg/l 0.5 - 3 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.01 4 Barium mg/l 0.01 0.7 5 Benzene mg/l 0.01 0.01 6 BOD5 20oC mg/l 0.2 - 7 Boron mg/l 1.0 0.5 8 Cadmium mg/l 0.005 0.003 9 Calcium mg/l 75 - 10 Chloride mg/l 150-600 -

11

Chlorinated Alkanes - Carbon Tetrachloride mg/l 0.01 - 1.1 Dichloroethylene mg/l 0.001 - 1.2 Dichloroethylene mg/l 0.03 - Tetrachloroethylene mg/l 0.03 - Trichloroethylene mg/l 0.09 -

12 Chlorinated Phenols - Pentachlorophenol mg/l 0.03 - 2.4.6 Trichlorophenol mg/l 0.03 -

13 Chlorine (residual) mg/l 0.2 - 14 Chloroform mg/l 0.09 0.3 15 Chromium (hexavalent) mg/l 0.05 - 16 Chromium (total) mg/l 0.05 0.05 17 COD mg/l 4 - 18 Coliform (fecal) n/100 ml 0 - 19 Coliform (total) n/100 ml 0 - 20 Color Huyghens unit 15 - 21 Copper mg/l 1 - 22 Cyanide mg/l 0.1 - 23 Detergents mg/l 0.2 - 24 DO mg/l 6 - 25 Fluoride mg/l 1 1.5 26 Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 200-500 - 27 Iron mg/l 0.3-1.0 - 28 Nitrogen (Total) mg/l 1 - 29 Lead mg/l 0.05 0.01 30 Magnesium mg/l 30-35 - 31 Manganese mg/l 0.1 0.4 32 Mercury mg/l 0.001 0.006 33 Nickel mg/l 0.1 0.07 34 Nitrate mg/l 10 3 35 Nitrite mg/l Less than 1 - 36 Odor Odorless - 37 Oil & Grease mg/l 0.01 - 38 pH 6.5-8.5 - 39 Phenolic compounds mg/l 0.002 - 40 Phosphate mg/l 6 - 41 Phosphorus mg/l 0 - 42 Potassium mg/l 12 - 43 Radioactive Materials (gross alpha activity) Bq/l 0.01 - 44 Radioactive Materials (gross beta activity) mg/l 0.1 - 45 Selenium mg/l 0.01 - 46 Silver mg/l 0.02 - 47 Sodium mg/l 200 -


19

No. Parameter Unit Standard Limit WHO

Guidelines 48 Suspended particulate matters mg/l 10 - 49 Sulfide mg/l 0 - 50 Sulfate mg/l 400 - 51 Total dissolived solids mg/l 1000 1000 52 Temperature ℃ 20-30 - 53 Tin mg/l 2 - 54 Turbidity JTU 10 - 55 Zinc mg/l 5 -

(Source: The Environmental Conservation Rules 1997, Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality WHO 2008)

2.5.3 Noise

As for noise, the standard limit is set for every category of zone class. Table 2.5-4 shows the Noise standard in Bangladesh.

Table 2.5-4 Standards for Noise 3

No Zone Class

Limits in dBA

ECR IFC/EHS Guideline

(General: 2007) Day Night Day Night

a) Silent Zone 45 35 55 45 b) Residential Zone 50 40

c) Mixed Zone (this area is used combining residential, commercial and industrial purposes)

60 50

70

70 d) Commercial Zone 70 60 e) Industrial Zone 70 70

(Source: The Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 IFC Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines 2008)

2.6 Protected area and environmentally controlled area

Classification of Protected areas and environmentally-controlled areas in Bangladesh are shown in Table 2.6-1. Those areas are declared as National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Game Reserve, Botanical gardens and Eco-parks under the Wildlife (Preservation) Order, Reserved Forests and Protected Forests under the Forest Act and Ecologically Critical Areas (ECA) notified under the Environmental Conservation Act.

3 Textual annotations are as follows. (1) The day time is considered from 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. and the night time is from 9 p.m. to 6 p.m. (2) From 9 at night to 6 morning is considered night time. (3) Area within 100 meters of hospital or education institution or educational institution or government designated / to be designated / specific institution / establishment are considered Silent Zones. Use of motor vehicle horn or other signals and loudspeaker are forbidden in Silent Zone.


20

Table 2.6-1 Classification of Protected area, environmentally controlled area

Classification Competent Authority Governing law A National Parks

Department of Forest Wildlife (Preservation)

Order

B Wildlife Sanctuaries C Game Reserves D Botanical Gardens, Eco-parks E Reserved Forests, Protected Forests Forest Act

F Ecologically Critical Areas Department of Environment

Environmental Conservation Act

(Source: Power System Master Plan 2010)

There are fifteen National parks, thirteen wildlife sanctuaries, five botanical gardens and eco-parks in Bangladesh notified under the Wildlife (Preservation) Order, having total area of 2,702.2 km2. List of Protected areas and environmentally-controlled areas declared under the Wildlife (Preservation) Order are shown in Table 2.6-2. There are nine ECA, and the total area is 8,063.2 km2 excluding the Gulshan – Banani - Baridhara Lake in Dhaka. Table 2.6-3 shows a list of ECA designated under the Environmental Conservation Act. The Environmental Conservation Act has provision for ECA declarations by the Director General of the Department of Environment in cases where ecosystem or biodiversity of area is considered to be threatened to reach a critical state. Along with the ECA declaration, each ECA has notification declared in which specific activities to be restricted in that ECA is specified.

Table 2.6-2 List of Protected area, environmentally controlled area

Item No Name Place Size (km2)

A

1 Bhawal National Park Gazipur 50.2 2 Modhupur National Park Tangail/ Mymensingh 84.4 3 Ramsagar National Park Dinajpur 0.3 4 Himchari National Park Cox's Bazar 17.3 5 Lawachara National Park Moulavibazar 12.5 6 Kaptai National Park Chittagong Hill Tracts 54.6 7 Nijhum Dweep National Park Noakhali 163.5 8 Medha Kachhapia National Park Cox's Bazar 4.0 9 Satchari National Park Habigonj 2.4 10 Khadim Nagar National Park Sylhet 6.8 11 Baraiyadhala National Park Chittagong 29.3 12 Kuakata National Park Patuakhali 16.1 13 Nababgonj National Park Dinajpur 5.2 14 Shingra National Park Dinajpur 3.1 15 Kadigarh National Park Mymensingh 3.4

B 1 Rema-Kalenga Wildlife Sanctuary Hobigonj 18.0 2 Char Kukri-Mukri Wildlife Sanctuary Bhola 0.4


21

Item No Name Place Size (km2) 3 Sundarban (East) Wildlife Sanctuary Bagerhat 312.3 4 Sundarban (West) Wildlife Sanctuary Satkhira 715.0 5 Sundarban (South) Wildlife Sanctuary Khulna 369.7 6 Pablakhali Wildlife Sanctuary Chittagong Hill Tracts 420.9 7 Chunati Wildlife Sanctuary Chittagong 77.6 8 Fashiakhali Wildlife Sanctuary Cox's Bazar 32.2

9 Dudh Pukuria-Dhopachari Wildlife Sanctuary

Chittagong 47.2

10 Hazarikhil Wildlife Sanctuary Chittagong 29.1 11 Sangu Wildlife Sanctuary Bandarban 57.6 12 Teknaf Wildlife Sanctuary Cox's Bazar 116.2 13 Tengragiri Wildlife Sanctuary Barguna 40.5

D

1 National Botanical Garden Dhaka 0.8 2 Baldha Garden Dhaka - 3 Madhabkunda Eco-Park Moulavibazar 2.7

4 Sitakunda Botanical Garden and Eco-park

Chittagong 8.1

5 Dulahazara Safari Parks Cox‟s Bazar 6.0 (Source: http://www.bforest.gov.bd/conservation.php, accessed January 2011)

Table 2.6-3 List of Environmental Critical Areas

Item No Name Place Size (km2)

F

1 The Sundarbans Bagerhat, Khulna, Satkhira

7,620.3

2 Cox‟s Bazar ( Teknaf, Sea beach ) Cox‟s Bazar 104.7 3 St. Martin Island Cox‟s Bazar 5.9 4 Sonadia Island Cox‟s Bazar 49.2 5 Hakaluki Haor Moulavi Bazar 183.8 6 Tanguar Haor Sumamganj 97.3 7 Marjat Baor Jhinaidha 2 8 Gulshan-Banani-Baridhara Lake Dhaka -

9 Rivers (Buriganga, Turag, Sitalakhya and Balu) around Dhaka city

Dhaka -

(Source: Biodiversity National Assessment and Programme of Action 2020, DOE Bangladesh, 2010)


22

Chapter 3 Project Description

3.1 Route Selection of Access Road

3.1.1 Candidate Routes

The candidate routes of access road are in the area from the national highway running between Chittagong and Cox‟s Bazar to the Power Plant site. Basically, existing road facilities will be utilized wherever possible. It is envisioned that the route segments to join the national highway in the north and the route from Maheskhali Island to the Power Plant site will involve new road and bridge construction. Candidate Route 1 From Chakoria via Regional Highway R172, Badarkhali Bridge and new road & bridge to the Power Plant Site This route is the shortest route from the National highway to the Power Plant Site, and need new bridge construction. Candidate Route2 From Chakoria via Regional Highway R172, Badarkhali Bridge, Upazila road, Matarbari Road Bridge, Matarbari Bridge and Union road to the Power Plant Site. This route is composed of existing roads only to be shorter from the national highway to the Power Plant Site. Candidate Route 3 From Ekata Bazar via Zila road Z1125, Pekua Bazar, via R170, Eidomoni, R172, Badarkhali Bridge and new road & bridge to the Power Plant Site This route is an alternative of Candidate 1 to avoid the congestion of Chakoria intersection and select good condition route. Candidate Route 4 From Ekata Bazar via Zila road Z1125, Pekua Bazar, R170, Eidomoni, R172, Badarkhali Bridge, Upazila road, Matarbari Road Bridge, Matarbari Bridge and Union road to the Power Plant Site This route is an alternative of Candidate 2 to avoid the congestion of Chakoria intersection and select good condition road. Candidate Route 5 From (Chittagong via Regional Highway R170 or via National highway NH1, Ekata Bazar, Z1125) Pekua Bazar and, Upazila road (Pekua), new bridge, Upazila road (Maheshkhali), and Union road to the Power Plant Site. This route is an alternative of the section between Pekua and Power Plant Site considering the transmission line route and connection with Regional road 170 instead of the national highway.


23


Figure 3.1-1 The candidate routes of access road

Power plant


24

Table 3.1-1 shows sectional distance of candidate routes.

Table 3.1-1 Sectional Distance of Candidate Routes

Candidate Route Candidate 1

Candidate 2

Candidate 3

Candidate 4

Candidate 5

Eakota～Chakoria 9.00km 9.00km Chakoria～Eidmony 8.00km 8.00km - - - ReconstructionBr.(Chakoria) 0.20km 0.20km Eakota～Pekua - - 11.80km 11.80km - Pekua～Eidmony - - 10.90km 10.90km - Eidmony～Badarkhali Br. 7.40km 7.40km 7.40km 7.40km - Badarkhali Br.~Janata Bazar 1.35km 1.35km 1.35km 1.35km Janata Bazar～Thallatoli Inter. 0.30km 0.30km 0.30km 0.30km - Thallatoli Inter.~Yunuskhali Inter. 1.60km - 1.60km - Yunushkhali Inter.～New Br. 2.56km - 2.56km - - New Bridge(Kohelia river) 0.64km - 0.64km - - West end of New Bridge~ Power Plant 1.25km - 1.25km - - Thallatoli Inter.～New Materbari Br. - 1.80km - 1.80km - New Matarbari Br. - 0.06km - 0.06km - New Matarbari Br.~Matarbari Br. - 1.90km - 1.90km - Matarbari Br.(Reconstruction) - 0.44km - 0.44km - Matarbari Br.~ Power Plant - 5.60km - 5.60km - Pekua～Katahari Br, - - - - 3.73km Katahari Br, - - - - 0.10km Katahari Br,~New Br.(Kohelia river) - - - - 8.34km New Br,( Kohelia river) - - - - 0.50km New Br,( Kohelia)~MataBari Mogdail Bazar

- - - - 5.10km

MataBari Mogdail Bazar～Power Plant - - - - 9.73km

TOTAL DISTANCE 32.30km 36.15km 37.80km 41.85km 27.50km


3.1.2 Current Condition of Each Section

(1) From Chakoria to Eidmoni via Regional highway R172 (Candidate 1, 2) Chakoria intersection is so congested that some improvement measures will be required. There are some narrow sections following to the intersection, and some structures along the road should be removed for improvement.


25

About 2km west from Chakoria, there is a steel bridge (bridge length is 200m) which should be replaced, because the width is out of standard of Regional highway, and the weight limit is only 5 ton. The reconstruction works will be started after rainy season of 2013. In this entire section, houses are concentrated along the road, and there are so many narrow and winding spots that the traffic safty measurments will be necessary. (2) From Ekata to Pekua via Zila road Z1125 (Candidate 3, 4) This section has been improved with the regional highway standard to mitigate the congestion at Chakoria intersection and westward transportation in 2009. Entire section is well maintained. The width is enough in the entire section, so no land acquisition will be required. (3) From Pekua to Eidmoni via Regional highway R170 (Candidate 3, 4) The width is enough in the entire section, so no land acquisition will be required. On the other hand, the road condition is not well maintained,.and improvement works will be required. (4) From Eidmoni to Badarkhali Bridge via Regional highway R172 (Candidate 1-4) No improvement work will be required. There are two congested places, one bazar and the bridge guard, but both of them will be managable. (5) From Badarkhali Bridge to Janata Bazar via Regional highway R172 (Candidate 1-4) The road condition near Janata Bazar is not good, and improvement works will be required. The traffic safety measurements will be required around Janata bazar. (6) From Janata Bazar to Yunuskhali Bazar via Zila road Z1104, and from Yunushkhali to the Jetty via Village road, and from the jetty to Power Plant Site (Candidate 1, 3) The condition of Zila road section is not good, and the entire section should be improved. Especially the drainage system including drain ditch and causeway should be considered. As the record of ROW is not confirmed, the width of rad should be remained in actual condition. The width of Village road is 3.0 m, so widening and land acquisition will be required in the most of section, but no resettlement will be required. There is graveyard of Kararmachara union near the Yunushkhali intersection. To cross Kohelia River, new bridge should be constructed, and land acquisition for new road in Matarbari side will be required. But there will be no resettlement in Matarbari side This route will benefit wide area, such as Karamachara Union, Matarabari Union and Dalghata Union. (7) From Janata Bazar to Matarbari Bridge via Upazila road, and to Power Plant Site via Union road (Candidate 2, 4) The most parts of this section should be widened, and a large culvert should be replaced. And Matarbari Bridgeshould be improved. Therefore land acquisition will be required between Matarbari and BWDB embankment. In the section between Matarbari Bridge and BWDB embankment huge resettlement will be occued, and on the embankment used for union road there are many houses. (8) From Pekua to west via Zila road Z1125, and to Power Plant Site in Matarbari via Upazila road (Pekua), new bridge crossing Kohelia River, BWDB embankment and Union road (Candidate 5). Zila road section after Pekua intersection is very congested, and it seemes to be hard to manage the traffic


26

and keep safety. There is a broken bridge under consruction between Zila road and Upazila road. The length of Upazila road is 9.0km, and its width is 2.9m. Basically land acquisition will be required along Zila road., and also resettlement will be required. To cross Kohelia River, a bridge should be constructed. The length will be about 600m. In the Matarbari, no land acquisition will be required, but a large resettlement will be occurred within the ROW of BWDB embankment.

3.1.3 Comparison of Canndidate Routes

(1) Environemntal and Social Aspects Table 3.1-2 shows a comparison of environmental and social aspects on each candidate route. Based on this comparison, Candidate 3 is the most suitable route which is less congested in traffic, less condenced in residence, the least land acquisition and no resettlement, if the impact on mangrove forest in Kohelia River is avoidable. Table 3.1-2 Comparison of environmental and social aspects on each candidate route

Candidate Route Candidate 1 Candidate 2 Candidate 3 Candidate 4 Candidate 5 1. Environmental Aspect

1.1 Living Environment

In the section between Chakoria and Eidomoni the impact of construction works and traffic will be significant.

In the section between Ekota and Eidomoni the impact of construction works and traffic will not be so significant

In the section between Pekua and Matarbari impact of construction works and traffic will be significant.

In the section between Janata Bazar and yunushkhali the impact of construction works and traffic will not be so significant.

In the section between Janata Bazar and Matarbari the impact of construction works and traffic will be significant.

In the section between Janata Bazar and yunushkhali the impact of construction works and traffic will not be so significant.

In the section between Janata Bazar and Matarbari the impact of construction works and traffic will be significant.

1.2 Natural Environment

Along the all road section any important natural environment is not

A Along the all road section any important natural environment





27

observed. is not observed.

observed. observed. observed.

Mangrove forest is observed along the Kohelia River near the expected point of new bridge.

No sensitive biota is observed near Matarbari Bridge which will be rehabilitated.

Mangrove forest is observed along the Kohelia River near the expected point of new bridge.

No sensitive biota is observed near Matarbari Bridge which will be rehabilitated.

No sensitive biota is observed near the expected point of new bridge.

2. Social Aspect

2.1 Land Acquisition (m2)

>39,000 Land acquisition will not be significant.

43,000 Land acquisition will not be significant, but more than Candidate 1.

<39,000 Land acquisition will be least.

43,000 Land acquisition will not be significant, but more than Candidate 3.

110,000 Land acquisition will be most.

2.2 Resettlement (PAPs)

Approx. 500 In Chakoria area, resettlement will be required, but not significant comparing with Candidate 2, 4, 5.

Approx.4,100 In Chakoria and Matarbari area huge resettlement will be required,

None Approx.3,500 In Matarbari area huge resettlement will be required,

Approx.4,200 In Pekua and Matarbari area huge resettlement will be required,

2.3 Benefit to Local People

New bridge construction will increase safety, communication capacity and broad economic effect.

Economic effect will be highest, but restrictive in Matarbari.

New bridge construction will increase safety, communication capacity and broad economic effect.

Economic effect will be highest, but restrictive in Matarbari.

New bridge wll increase travel convenience, but restrictive in Matarbari.



28

(2) Construction Aspects Table 3.1-3 shows a comparison of construction aspects on each candidate route. Table 3.1-3 Comparison of construction aspects on each candidate route

Candidate Route Candidate 1 Candidate 2 Candidate 3 Candidate 4 Candidate 5

1. Total length (km)

31.44km Maintenance will be least.

36.15km 36.94km 41.85km Maintenance will be most.

27.50km +11.80 km =39.30 km (from Ekata)

2. New or reconstructed road (km)

2.95 km The construction period will be shortest and the impact of construction will be the least.

9.3 km The construction period will be longer than Candidate 1

2.95 km The construction period will be shortest and the impact of construction will be the least.

9.3 km The construction period will be longer than Candidate 1

23.17 km The construction period will be the longest.

3. New or reconstructed bridge

0.64 km (minimum) -1.370 km (maximum)

0.44 km

0.64 km (minimum) -1.370 km (maximum)

0.44km 0.50 km

(Source: JICA Study Team) Regarding the new bridge on Candidate 1 and 3, the length will influence not only the bridge cost, but also total cost. And the bridge location will influence the mangrove forest and tidallat. Therefore the following bridge locations shown in Figure 3.1-2 have been considered, and the comparison of altanatives are shown in Table 3.1-4. 1) Alternative-1 is to avoid impacts on the mangrove forest, but it needs two bridges. 2) Alternative-1a is to avoid impacts on the mangrove forest, and to minimize bridge length, land acquisition and cost by utilizing BWDB embankment. 3) Alternative-2 is the shortest bridge with minimized new road, but it passes between mangrove forests. 4) Alternative 3 is another way to avoid impacts on mangrove forest, but it also needs two bridges and long road.


29

(Source: JICA Study Team) Figure 3.1-2 The new bridge alternatives over Kuhelia River for Candidate 1 and 3

Table 3.1-4 Comparison of construction aspects on each candidate route

Candidate Route Alternative -1 Alternative-1a Alternative-2 Alternative-3 1. Total bridge length (m) 1,340 m 640 m 1,000 m 1,370 m. 2. New road between the jetty and Power Plant (km)

2.56 km

1.25 km

1.4 km

3.06 km

3. Impact on the mangrove forest

Avoidable Avoidable Not avoidable Avoidable

4. Social aspect

Land acquisition will be the least

Land acquisition will be the most.

5. Technical issue Soft ground measures will be the most

6. Cost (BDT in Billion) 3.64 2.00 3.01 2.70 EVALUATION Most suitable


Candidate Route Rough Estimate Cost(Option)

Alternative-2Power PlantSite

Alternative-3

Altenative-1

Altenative-1a

New Road No.3-1

L=0.24km

New Bridge No.3-1 L=0.52km


30

Table 3.1-5 shows comparison of rough estimation of total construction cost. The total construction cost is lowest in Candidate 3, because of well-ballanced cost among road, bridge and other structure portion. Table 3.1-5 Comparison of total construction cost (Unit : million BDT)

Candidate Route Candidate 1 Candidate 2 Candidate 3 Candidate 4 Candidate 5 1. Road 616 728 960 1,072 950 2. Bridge 2,297 1,921 1,750 1,375 1,640 3. Other Structure 514 807 543 807 1,159 Total 3,427 3,456 3,253 4,165 3,749

*Note: This cost estimation shows relative comparison based on actual conditions and unit price from schedule of rate, so it is different from the cost estimatend in design stage.

(Source: JICA Study Team) (3) Conclusion According to the comparison of environmental, social and construction aspects and cost, Candidate 3 is the most suitabel for the access road. Table 3.1-6 shows the inventory of selected route.

Table 3.1-6 Inventory of Selected Route Section Managed by Distance Current condition Existing Road 35.05 km

Eakata – Pekua RHD (Zila road Z1125)

11.80km Well maintained

Pekua - Eidmoni RHD (Regional highway R170)

10.90km Spot holes, cracks, etc.

Eidmoni – Badarkhali Bridge RHD

(Regional highway R172)

7.40km Spot holes, cracks, etc.

Badarkhali Bridge – Janata Bazar

1.35km

Janata Bazar – Thallatoli Intersection RHD

(Zila road Z1004)

0.30km Damaged all through the road Thallatoli Inter. –

Yunuskhali Intersection

1.60km

Yunuskhali Intersection – Jetty

LGED (Village road 4013)

1.70km Out of Requirement

New road 1.25 km Government land between two

Government 0.24km Salt field/ Shrimp farm


31

embankments in Matarbari Embankment BWDB 0.60 km Partial dyke BWDB 0.24 km Private land Private 0.17 km Salt field/ Shrimp firm New Bridge 0.64 km New Bridge (Fly-over Kuhelia River)

Government (River) 0.64km Jetty built by community (Maheshkhali side)

TOTAL 36.94 km (Source: JICA Study Team)


32

3.2 Project Overview

3.2.1 Project Activities

Project activities of road and bridge components are shown in Table 3.2-1.

Table 3.2-1 Project activities of road and bridge components

Component Stage Main activities Description (Location, Scale, Duration, etc.) Road Pre-construction Land acquisition (1) Maheshkali side: along village road from

Yunuskhali to Jetty (total 1.70km) -private garden, pond, paddy field and salt field; - community pond; - current ROW(right of way) of the village road ; (2) Matarbari side: along newly constructed road except BWDB embankment (total 0.41km) - government land (submerged land, salt field) - private land (salt field)

Tree cutting (1) Maheshkali side: in the residential area along village road (All trees belong to private or community, but not Department of Forest) (2) Matarbari side: none

Structure removing/demolishing

(1) Maheshkhali side: hedges of private house and Jetty (2) Matarbari side: none

Construction New road construction (1) Maheshkhali side: village road widening (2) Matarbari side: New road construction on BWDB embankment and salt fields

Improvement (1) Maheshkhali side: Zila road in the hill area (2) Matarbari side: none

Repair Repair all damage on surface, shoulder, etc. between Ekata and Janata Bazar during construction

Finishing uniform surface All route Improvement of the

drainage system Hill area in Maheskhali side

Improvement of the causeway

Yunushkhali

Culvert New constructionon the salt field and replace(1) Suluice gate and regulator New construction in the embankment Operation Maintenance work All route Bridge Construction Main structure Temporary work Operation Maintenamce work



33

3.2.2 Project Schedule Project implementation schedule is shown in Table 3.2-2.

Table 3.2-2 Project implementation schedule



34

Table 3.2-3 Construction Schedule


3.2.3 Resources and Utilities Demand

Table 3.2-4 shows materials for bridge and road construction.


35

Table 3.2-4 Materials for Bridge and Road Construction


Item unit Quantity Remark

Bridge

Bored cast in place Piles (Dia. 750mm) m 4,000 Purchase

Permanent steel casting(10mm thick, 750mm Dia.)

m 2,000 Purchase

Concrete cum 8,825 Purchase

High yield Reinforcement Bars ton 865 Purchase

Prestreeing Wire or Strand ton 208 Purchase

Road

Excavation for structure cum 18,884 In-site use

Backfill for Structure cum 10,400 In-site acquisition

Concrete cum 11,146 Purchase

High yield Reinforcement Bars ton 617 Purchase

Embankment Fill from Excavation in Borrow pit within the Right - of -Way

cum 47,523 In-site use

Embankment Fill from Excavation in Borrow pit in contractor's Arrange

cum 47,523 Dredged material from port construction

Sand Backfill to Swamp cum 63,228 Dredged material from port construction /Purchase

Preparation of Subgrade 450mm depth sqm 44,533 Purchase

Base materials cum 17,814 Purchase

Bituminous Coat(Plant Placed) sqm 383,058 Purchase

Premix Bituminous Carpeting 50mm thick(Av.) cum 10,875 Purchase


36

3.2.4 Map and Survey Information

(Source: LGED, modified by JICA Study Team)

Figure 3.2-1 shows the route of access road from Eakota Bazar to the proposed powerplant.


Figure 3.2-1 Access Road map

JANATA BAZAR

EIDOMONI INTERSECTION

EKATA BAZAR

PEKUABAZAR

YUNUSKHALI BAZAR

POWER PLANT


37

Figure 3.2-2 Road Alignment (1) Village Road from Yunuskhali intersection to residential area (Source: JICA Study Team)


38

Figure 3.2-3 Road Alignment (2) Village Road in theresidential area (Source: JICA Study Team)


39

Figure 3.2-4 Road Alignment (3) Bridge Guard (East: Maheshkali side) (Source: JICA Study Team)


40

Figure 3.2-5 Road Alignment (4) Bridge Guard (wast: Matarbari side) (Source: JICA Study Team)


41

Figure 3.2-6 Road Alignment (5) Connection Point to the Power Plant (Source: JICA Study Team)


42

3.3 Road and Bridge Design

3.3.1 Road Component

(1) Design and Construction Concept The design shall be in compliance with the relevant regulations of Bangladesh, American/European Road Standards (AASHTO/TRRL) and Japanese Road Structure Ordinance. In Bangladesh about the design of road structure like culvert, bridge, etc, AASHTO LRDF latest version is followed in every department RHD, LGED, RAJUK etc. Specifically, the design Standard of RHD shall be adopted in this project as a basic criteria. In addition, for the new road constructed on BWDB embankment the road standard mentioned above will be adopted to pavement, and BWDB design standard will be adopted to basement (embankment) and other specific structures in embankment such as sluice gate and regulator. Design and construction concept is shown in Table 3.3-1, and the adopted standard cross-section is shown in Figure 3.3-1. Figure 3.3-2shows a typical cross section of BWDB embankment restoring in Matarbari. Overview of road construction and rehabilitation is shown in Table 3.3-2.


43

Table 3.3-1 Design Concept for the Road Component of Access Road

Item Description

Road Design

Crest Width 9.80 m

Carriage Way Width 5.50 m

Shoulder 2.15 m (Hard: 1.25 m, Soft: 0.90 m) x 2

Surge Load in the Coastal Area 4.26 m (14 feet) from Mean Sea Level (MSL)

Crest Level of road on embankment 4.54 m from MSL (PWD standard)

Maximum Vehicle Medium Truck (Category 2 in RHD guideline)

Figure 3.3-1 Standard cross-section for normal road

Figure 3.3-2 Typical Cross Section of BWDB Embankment Restoring in Matarbari

(Source: BWDB)

300mm compacted

Subgrade


44

Table 3.3-2 Overview of Road Construction and Rehabilitation

Section Current Jurisdiction Distance Major Construction/ Rehabilitation Land Acquisition

Existing Road 35.05 km

Eakata – Pekua RHD (Zila road Z1125) 11.80km

1) Surface sealing 2) Make-up and repair shoulders 3) Repair rain cuts 4) Restore damaged shoulders 5) Patching potholes and depressions

with bituminous materials 6) Uniform Overlay Finishing

NOT necessary

Pekua - Eidmoni RHD


10.90km

1) Bituminous overlay 2) Restore damaged shoulders and

broken edges (20% area) with provision of brick on end edging.

3) Restore damaged slopes 4) Repair large defective areas

(potholes/depression patching with bituminous materials)

5) Uniform Overlay Finishing

NOT necessary

Eidmoni – Badarkhali Bridge RHD


7.40km

1) Bituminous overlay 2) Restore damaged shoulders (30%

area) with provision of brick on end edging

3) Restore damaged slopes 4) Repair large defective area (potholes

patching) 5) Uniform Overlay Finishing

NOT necessary

Badarkhali Bridge – Janata Bazar 1.35km 1) Widening of carriageway width to 5.5

m. 2) Bituminous overlay 3) Restore damaged shoulders(50%

area) 4) Restore damaged slopes 5) Repair large defective area (potholes

patching) 6) Uniform Overlay Finishing

NOT necessary

Janata Bazar – Thallatoli

Intersection

RHD (Zila road Z1004)

0.30km

NOT necessary

Thallatoli Intersection – Yunuskhali Intersection

1.60km

Scarifying of existing bituminous layer Replacing existing unspecified road-base materials and formation preparation Addition of Road-base Type-1 Widening of carriageway width to 5.5 m and providing asphaltic layer finish. Restore damaged shoulders Providing surface drains as and where required. Uniform Overlay Finishing

NOT necessary

Yunuskhali Intersection –

Jetty

LGED (Village road 4013) 1.70km

1) Construction of earthen road embankment of 9.8 m crest width

2) Construction of 5.5 m carriageway and shoulders

3) Pavement layers: Asphalt finish

Necessary


45

4) 200 mm road-base type-1 5) 250 mm sub-base 6) 300 mm improved sub-grade 7) Uniform Overlay Finishing

New road 1.25 km

Government land between two

embankments in Matarbari

Government 0.24km

Construction of earthen road embankment of 9.8 m crest width Construction of 5.5 m carriageway and shoulders Pavement layers: Asphalt finish 200 mm road-base type-1 250 mm sub-base 300 mm improved sub-grade Uniform Overlay Finishing

Necessary

Embankment BWDB 0.60 km

Reconstruction of BWDB embankment according to BWDB Standards Pavement of crest of embankment according to RHD Standards Uniform Overlay Finishing

NOT necessary

Partial dyke BWDB 0.24 km

NOT necessary

Private land Private 0.17 km

1) Construction of earthen road embankment of 9.8 m crest width

2) Construction of 5.5 m carriageway and shoulders

3) Pavement layers: Asphalt finish 4) 200 mm road-base type-1 5) 250 mm sub-base 6) 300 mm improved sub-grade 7) Uniform Overlay Finishing

Necessary

TOTAL 36.20 km

(2) Road Construction and Rehabilitation Works

1) Outline of Works Make-up and repair shoulders Sometimes earthen shoulders do not have correct slopes and levels. It require little filling, re-compaction and bring back

to correct slopes and provision of turfing. Restore damaged slopes Sometimes existing slope loses correct shape due to sliding and raincut. It requires clearing &Grubbing, earth filling and

compaction and turfing. Surface sealing Normally before the monsoon starts it requires sealing the asphaltic surface. It is done by providing 12 mm seal coat. Repair large defective area (potholes/depression patching) Sometimes potholes, depressions and rut forms on road surface. It requires patch repairing by bituminous materials(up to 75 mm) and filling of road-base materials followed by patching with bituminous materials. If holes depth greater than 75


46

mm. Bituminous overlay When the asphaltic surface in the carriageway develops cracks of larger width and looks hungry due

to insufficient bitumen binder it requires asphaltic overlay. Normally it is done of 40- 50 mm thickness.

2) Relative Major Structures Relative major structures are considered as follows. Those locations are shown in Figure 3.3-3. Improvement of the drainage system in the hill area In the hill area after Janata Bazar, the drainage system along Zila Road (Z1004) does not function. It should be improved and replaced to V-shaped gutter. Improvement of the Existing Causeway near Yunushkahali intersection The existing causeway functions to drain rainwater from hill side to downstream, but it doesn‟t function for smooth driving because the longitudinal slope is too steep. So, it should be reconstructed with gentle slope. Box Culverts in Kalarmachara, Maheshkhali - At the Yunushkahali intersection road widening should be constructed on the waterway to avoid the graveyard at the opposite side. - A existing small culvert at the out of residential area shall be replaced to larger one. - In the salt field a new box culvert shall be constructed to keep water flow. Side wall Side wall shall be required at many section, especially in Kararmachara to minimize land acquisition and protect slope. Box Culverts in Matarbari - In the salt field of the government land at least two box culvert should be constructed to keep seawater flow. - In the salt field of the private land one box culvert should be constructed to keep seawater flow and drain rainwater from hill(west) side. Regulator A new regulator should be constructed for flood control in the BWDB embankment. Sluice Gate A new sluice gate should be constructed to keep seawater exchange.


47

(1) Kararmachara Side

(2) Matarbari Side

Figure 3.3-3 Locations of Relative Major Structures


48

3.3.2 Bridge Component

(1) Design and Construction Concept The analysis and design of the bridge will be in accordance with American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) standard Specification for Highway Bridges latest edition presently used in Bangladesh (LRFD 2007). The Design method LFD (Load Factor Design) is adopted in Design. The design specification for loading has been considered as per AASHTO HS 20-44 with the provision of IRC class 'A 'Loading. Design concept for the bridge is shown in Table 3.3-3.

Table 3.3-3 Design Concept for the Bridge Component of Access Road

Item Description

Type Pre-stressed Concrete Girder

Length 640 m

Total Width 10.25 m

Carriage way Width 7.30 m (Double lanes)

Foot pass 1.475 m x 2

Span Length 40.0 m

Crest Level 10 m from Mean Sea Level

Navigational Clearance 5.0 m from Highest High Tide Level


49

(2) Bridge Design The cross section and longitudinal section of the proposed bridge are shown in Figure 3.2-4.

(1) Longitudinal Section

(2) Cross Section

Figure 3.3-4 Longitudinal Section and Cross Section of the Proposed Bridge over Kuhelia River


50

Chapter 4 Environmental Background

4.1 Environmental Base Map The access road will be utilized for the purposes of transporting needed equipment and materials, and for

the movement of parties involved in the construction of the power plant.

Figure 4.1-1 Location of the proposed power plant

Power plant


51


Figure 4.1-2 Road network of neighboring area of the proposed power plant

Power Plant


52

4.2 Baseline Environmental Condition

4.2.1 Physical Environment

(1) Geology The geology of the project area had to be examined as part of the overall quaternary geology of the Bengal Basin. The margins of this Basin contain consolidated Pliocene to Eocene sediments, folded and faulted and dipping steeply under the basin. During the Pleistocene period, flood plain sediment was deposited over the northern and eastern areas of the basin from early Ganges, Brahmaputra and Meghna river systems. The Pleistocene Terrace areas are generally above the level of present day monsoonal flooding. In these area alluvial deposits of probable quaternary age was deposited chiefly by the present and ancestral Brahmaputra, Ganges and Megha river systems. Areas of older Pleistocene alluvium north of Dhaka rise above younger holocene alluvium. The broad tectonic aspects of the geologic structure of Bangladesh have not yet been adequately evaluated. Folding and faults are generally responsible for the development of alignment and changes in drainage system. It is known that some rivers follow faulted zones. The geology of the Chittagong Hill Tracts in south-east Bangladesh is distinctive: sediments exposed in this region are dominantly older (Tertiary) folded and indurated deposits of sandstone, silt and limestone. Figure 4.2-1shows the simplified Geology and Geomorphology of Bangladesh.

(Source: British Geological Survey, NERC2001)

Figure 4.2-1 Simplified Geology and Geomorphology of Bangladesh

(2) Topography Soils of the project area are mainly formed from recent alluvial sediments. The area has a wide variation


53

in geology and landforms due to variation of sediment deposits or deposited in different times from Karnaphuli, Sangu, Matamuhuri, Banshkhali and Naf Rivers. On the basis of broader characteristics of the alluvia, the whole area is mainly divided into two physiography i.e. tidal floodplains and Sandy beaches. The tidal again has been subdivided into three subunits i.e. a. Active tidal floodplains b. Mangrove tidal floodplain and c. Chittagong coastal tidal floodplains. The sand beaches has been divided broadly into two subunits i.e. i. Mainland beaches and ii. Offshore Coral beaches. Soils of different physiographic units and their characteristics: a) Active tidal flood plains: Anwara, Banskhali, Moheshkhali mainly and also Chakoria soils are under the tidal mudbanks or very young charlands physiographic character. It is tidally flooded, very poorly drained, finely stratified now silty to clayey alluvium. They are occurring on tidal mud flats, regularly tidally flooded and remain wet throughout the year. The alluvium are mostly moderately to strongly saline. b)Mangrove tidal floodplain: Here grey colored, silty clay loam to clayey non-saline soils are occurring in high to medium highlands. Some medium lowlands are seasonally moderately deeply flooded. Soils in this type of lands are grey colored, moderately fine textured and strongly saline (often used for salt bed). This type of soils is mainly occurring in Kutubdia thana and very few are also observed in the Moheshkhali area especially in the Kuhelia river bank side. c)Chittagong coastal tidal floodplain: Soils are mainly silt loam to silty clay. There are two types of soils i.e. moderately saline and non-saline. Particularly Anwara and Banskhali thanas are this type of floodplain area. In Anwara thana the extensive soil is called Raojan Series. It has two phases i.e. Saline phase and Non-saline phase. Similarly Noapara soils has two phases i.e. Saline and Non-saline phases and mainly occurring in Banskhali area. Beach sands: soils are mainly grey in colour and sandy in texture. They are tidally flooded and strongly saline. Mudbanks or very young charlands along the coast are in severe erosion hazard environment. They are very young alluvium.

(3) Geomorphology

1) Geomorphology Coastal plains are one of the key focal points of human interest. In Bangladesh coastal areas are used wide variety of purposes such as settlement, agriculture, fishing and communication. Over the last two or three decades, rapid population expansion on the coastal plains have exerted tremendous pressure on the fragile coastal resource base. For instance, vast littoral Chakoria mangrove forest has been cleared for aquaculture. A large number of polders and embankments have been constructed along the sea fronts for reclaiming land, and securing settlement and agriculture against sea surges and saline water intrusion. Some of the estuarine tidal rivers have been regulated for augmenting dry season irrigation. These activities have significantly altered the hydro-geo-morphological regime along the coast. Initial research interest on coastal zone started about more than three decades back with an aim at understanding the morphological characteristics of the coast. In the subsequent years, research priority has been shifted towards more on coastal zone management. However, systematic researches have not been accomplished so far. Understanding the present day coastal environments, particularly the land forms, processes and their products were considered as vital for an efficient management of the coastal zone.


54

2) Riverbed Morphology The terms river morphology used to describe the shapes of river channels and how they change over time. The morphology of a river channel is a function of a number of processes and environmental conditions, including the composition and erodibility of the bed and banks (e.g., sand, clay, bedrock); vegetation and the rate of plant growth; the availability of sediment; the size and composition of the sediment moving through the channel; the rate of sediment transport through the channel and the rate of deposition on the floodplain, banks, bars, and bed; and regional aggradation or degradation due to subsidence or uplift. The rivers of Bangladesh mark both the physiography of the nation and the life of the people. About 700 in number, these rivers generally flow south as shown in Figure 4.2-2.The larger rivers serve as the main source of water for cultivation and as the principal arteries of commercial transportation. Rivers also provide fish, an important source of protein. Flooding of the rivers during the monsoon season causes enormous hardship and hinders development, but fresh deposits of rich silt replenish the fertile but overworked soil. The rivers also drain excess monsoon rainfall into the Bay of Bengal. Thus, the great river system is at the same time the country's principal resource and its greatest hazard. The profusion of rivers can be divided into five major networks.

• The Jamuna-Brahmaputra is 292 kilometers long and extends from northern Bangladesh to its confluence with the Padma

• The second system is the Padma-Ganges, which is divided into two sections: a 258-kilometer segment, the Ganges, and a 126-kilometer segment, the Padma.

• The third network is the Surma-Meghna system. The Surma-Meghna, at 669 kilometers by itself the longest river in Bangladesh, is formed by the union of six lesser rivers.

• Below the city of Kalipur it is known as the Meghna. When the Padma and Meghna join together, they form the fourth river system--the Padma-Meghna--which flows 145 kilometers to the Bay of Bengal.

This mighty network of four river systems flowing through the Bangladesh Plain drains an area of some 1.5 million square kilometers. The numerous channels of the Padma-Meghna, its distributaries, and smaller parallel rivers that flow into the Bay of Bengal are referred to as the Mouths of the Ganges. Like the Jamuna, the Padma-Meghna and other estuaries on the Bay of Bengal are also known for their many chars.

• A fifth river system, unconnected to the other four, is the Karnaphuli. Flowing through the region of Chittagong and the Chittagong Hills, it cuts across the hills and runs rapidly downhill to the west and southwest and then to the sea. The Feni, Karnaphuli, Sangu, and Matamuhari--an aggregate of some 420 kilometres are the main rivers in the region. The port of Chittagong is situated on the banks of the Karnaphuli. The Karnaphuli Reservoir and Karnaphuli Dam are located in this area. The dam impounds the Karnaphuli River's waters in the reservoir for the generation of hydroelectric power. Figure 4.2-2 shows the river system map of the Chittagong region.

The project area falls in the fifth river system of Bangladesh. The project area covers Matamuhuri, Uzantia, Kuhelia and Masgona rivers.


55

(Source: National Encyclopedia of Bangladesh, Banglapedia, CD Edition February 2006)

Figure 4.2-2 Project Area in the Rivers of Bangladesh map

Project area


56


Figure 4.2-3 Fifth River System Map

Project Area

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/Maps/MC_0220.GIF


57

3) Seismic activity Accurate historical information on earthquakes is very important in evaluating the seismicity of Bangladesh in close coincidences with the geotectonic elements. Information on earthquakes in and around Bangladesh is available for the last 250 years. The earthquake record suggests that since 1900 more than 100 moderate to large earthquakes occurred in Bangladesh, out of which more than 65 events occurred after 1960. This brings to light an increased frequency of earthquakes in the last 30 years. This increase in earthquake activity is an indication of fresh tectonic activity or propagation of fractures from the adjacent seismic zones. Before the coming of the Europeans, there was no definite record of earthquakes. Table 5.1-2 shows a chronology of important earthquakes since 1548.

Table 4.2-1 Chronology of important earthquakes from 1548.

Year Discription of Event

1548 The first recorded earthquake was a terrible one. Sylhet and Chittagong were violently shaken, the earth opened in many places and threw up water and mud of a sulphurous smell.

1642 More severe damage occurred in Sylhet district. Buildings were cracked but there was no loss of life.

1663 Severe earthquake in assam, which continued for half an hour and Sylhet district was not free from its shock.

1762 The great earthquake of April 2, which raised the coast of Foul island by 2.74m and the northwest coast of Chedua island by 6.71m above sea level and also caused a permanent submergence of 155.40 sq km near Chittagong. The earthquake proved very violent in Dhaka and along the eastern bank of the meghna as far as Chittagong. In Dhaka 500 persons lost their lives, the rivers and jheels were agitated and rose high above their usual levels and when they receded their banks were strewn with dead fish. A large river dried up, a tract of land sank and 200 people with all their cattle were lost. Two volcanoes were said to have opened in the Sitakunda hills.

1775 Severe earthquake in Dhaka around April 10, but no loss of life.

1812 Severe earthquake in many places of Bangladesh around May 11. The earthquake proved violent in Sylhet

1865 Terrible shock was felt, during the second earthquake occurred in the winter of 1865, although no serious damage occurred.

1869 Known as Cachar Earthquake. Severely felt in Sylhet but no loss of life. The steeple of the church was shattered, the walls of the courthouse and the circuit bungalow cracked and in the eastern part of the district the banks of many rivers caved in.

1885 Known as the Bengal Earthquake. Occurred on 14 July with 7.0 magnitude and the epicentre was at Manikganj. This event was generally associated with the deep-seated Jamuna Fault.

1889 Occurred on 10 January with 7.5 magnitude and the epicentre at Jaintia Hills. It affected

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/HT/A_0330.HTM

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/HT/M_0207.HTM

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/HT/R_0207.HTM

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/HT/J_0104.HTM

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/HT/C_0059.HTM


58

Sylhet town and surrounding areas.

1897 Known as the Great India Earthquake with a magnitude of 8.7 and epicentre at Shillong Plateau. The great earthquake occurred on 12 June at 5.15 pm, caused serious damage to masonry buildings in Sylhet town where the death toll rose to 545. This was due to the collapse of the masonry buildings. The tremor was felt throughout Bengal, from the south Lushai Hills on the east to Shahbad on the west. In Mymensingh, many public buildings of the district town, including the Justice House, were wrecked and very few of the two-storied brick-built houses belonging to zamindars survived. Heavy damage was done to the bridges on the Dhaka-Mymensingh railway and traffic was suspended for about a fortnight. The river communication of the district was seriously affected (brahmaputra). Loss of life was not great, but loss of property was estimated at five million Rupees. Rajshahi suffered severe shocks, especially on the eastern side, and 15 persons died. In Dhaka damage to property was heavy. In Tippera masonry buildings and old temples suffered a lot and the total damage was estimated at Rs 9,000.

1918 Known as the Srimangal Earthquake. Occurred on 18 July with a magnitude of 7.6 and epicentre at Srimangal, Maulvi Bazar. Intense damage occurred in Srimangal, but in Dhaka only minor effects were observed.

1930 Known as the Dhubri Earthquake. Occurred on 3 July with a magnitude of 7.1 and the epicentre at Dhubri, Assam. The earthquake caused major damage in the eastern parts of Rangpur district.

1934 Known as the Bihar-Nepal Earthquake. Occurred on 15 January with a magnitude of 8.3 and the epicentre at Darbhanga of Bihar, India. The earthquake caused great damage in Bihar, Nepal and Uttar Pradesh but did not affect any part of Bangladesh.

Another earhquake occured on 3 July with a magnitude of 7.1 and the epicentre at Dhubri of Assam, India. The earthquake caused considerable damages in greater Rangpur district of Bangladesh.

1950 Known as the Assam Earthquake. Occurred on 15 August with a magnitude of 8.4 with the epicentre in Assam, India. The tremor was felt throughout Bangladesh but no damage was reported.

1997 Occurred on 22 November in Chittagong with a magnitude of 6.0. It caused minor damage around Chittagong town.

1999 Occurred on 22 July at Maheshkhali Island with the epicentre in the same place, a magnitude of 5.2. Severely felt around Maheshkhali island and the adjoining sea. Houses cracked and in some cases collapsed.

2003 Occurred on 27 July at Kolabunia union of Barkal upazila, Rangamati district with magnitude 5.1. The time was at 05:17:26.8 hours.


As shown in Figure 4.2-4 , Bangladesh is surrounded by the regions of high seismicity which include the Himalayan Arc and shillong plateau in the north, the Burmese Arc, Arakan Yoma anticlinorium in the east and complex Naga-Disang-Jaflong thrust zones in the northeast. It is also the site of the Dauki Fault system along with numerous subsurface active faults and a flexure zone called Hinge Zone. These weak

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/HT/Z_0009.HTM

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/HT/B_0615.HTM

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/HT/S_0164.HTM


59

regions are believed to provide the necessary zones for movements within the basin area.


Figure 4.2-4 EarthQuake Zone In the project area the earthquake magnitude is 4-5 and in July 1999 the Moheshkhali Island and its adjoining sea were affected by around 5.2 magnitude earthquake. During the design of the project structure the historical information of earthquake should be taken care of. A recent historical earthquake statistics are shown in Table 5.1-3 (Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department).

Table 4.2-2 Historical Earthquake around Bangladesh

Sl No.

Date (D/M/Y)

Lat (°N)

Long (°E)

Magnitude (Richter Scale)

Location of Epicenter

1 10-01-1869 24.79 93.17 7.5 Kachar , Assam , India 2 14-07-1885 24.70 89.55 7.0 Eastern Province , Nepal

Project Area

http://www.banglapedia.org/httpdocs/Maps/ME_0002.GIF


60

3 12-06-1897 25.84 90.38 8.8 Shilang , Meghalaya , India 4 08-07-1918 24.16 91.75 7.6 Dauki , Meghalaya , India 5 02-07-1930 25.95 90.04 7.1 Dhubri , Assam , India 6 15-01-1934 26.60 86.8 8.3 Bihar-Nepal Border 7 23-10-1943 26.80 94.00 7.2 Assam, India 8 15-08-1950 28.79 95.62 8.6 Tibet , China 9 21-03-1954 25.86 94.00 7.2 Assam , India

10 08-07-1975 25.58 92.60 6.5 Assam, Sillon 11 06-08-1988 25.13 95.15 6.6 Manipur-Myanmar Border 12 21-11-1997 22.07 92.75 8.5 Arakan , Myanmar 13 11-08-2009 15.01 92.30 7.8 Andaman Islands


The latest earthquake status of Bangladesh and adjoining areas are shown in Table 4.2-3.

Table 4.2-3 Earthquake Status July 2011

Date Time (UTC)

Latitude (deg:min)

Longitude (deg:min) Magnitude

Distance(Km) from Dhaka Seismic

Observatory Region

28/07/2011 17:53:39.12 25:02.00N 088:58.00E 4.4 228 Nawgaon Region, Bangladesh

22/07/2011 00:58:49.36 24:20.67N 092:02.85E 4.1 183 Bangladesh-India Border Region

15/07/2011 19:59:37.22 27:51.30N 087:47.38E 4.4 525 Nepal-China Border Region

14/07/2011 12:15:13.69 22:38.00N 092:35.00E 3.2 254 Rangamati Region, Bangladesh

10/07/2011 23:16:08.00 21:14.00N 094:21.00E 4.2 491 Myanmar 10/07/2011 00:40:25.00 21:10.00N 093:80.00E 4.8 460 Myanmar


In July 2011 the magnitude of the earthquake was 3-5. The road improvement project and Myanmar are very close and around 100 to 130 km distance 4.2 and 4.8 magnitude earthquake happened in July 2011.

(4) Soils (Ground Water) Food and Agricultural Organization (FAO) conducted a number of surveys in the sixties and developed a detailed soil classification of Bangladesh which is now used for various purposes. The FAO classification presents a series of 28 general soil classes of Bangladesh. The numbers used for the soil tracts in the following test is corresponding to the numbers showing in the map (FAO-1988). The list given below shows 19 groups and is roughly self-explanatory. Their geographical distribution is shown in Figure 4.2-5. The project survey area falls in the soil tract group 3, 10, 17a & 17b which are acid Sulphate soil; Grey Piedmont Soils; Mainly Deep, Brown (some red), Soils on low hills and Deep and Shallow Brown soils on very steep, high hill ranges respectively. Following are the Description of soil Tracts of Bangladesh. The soil Tracts are:


61

I. Non-calcareous Alluvium 2. Calcareous Alluvium 3. Acid Sulphate Soil 4. Peat 5. Grey Floodplain soils 6. Grey Floodplain and Non-calcareous Brown Floodplain Soils 7. Mixed Grey, Dark Grey & Brown Floodplain Soils 8. Grey Floodplain and Non-calcareous Dark Grey Floodplain Soils 9a. Surma-Kusiyara Floodplain Soils 9b. Comilla Basin soils 10. Grey Piedmont Soils 11a. Sylhet Basin Soils 11b. Part of the Northern Piedmont plains 12. Non-calcareous Dark Grey Floodpalin Soils 13a. Mixed highland, Shallowly flooded and deeply flooded phases 13b. Mainly deeply flooded phases 13c. Mainly Shalloly-flooded phase with hazard 14. Calcareous dark Grey Floodplain Soils with lime kankar 15. Non-calcareous Brown Floodplain and Grey Floodplain Soils 16. Black Terai Soils 17a. Mainly Deep, Brown (some red), Soils on low hills 17b. Deep and Shallow Brown soils on very steep, high hill ranges 18a. Madhupur Tract Soils 18b. Barind Tract Soils 18c. Akhaura Terrace Soils 19a. Mainly Level Terrace soils 19b. Closely Dissected Terrace soils 19c. Old Piedmont Plain Soils


62

(Source: National Encyclopedia of Bangladesh, Banglapedia)

Figure 4.2-5 General Soil type map of Bangladesh Bangladesh is located over a subsiding basin of tectonic origin with a great thickness of sedimentary strata. This is an unconsolidated alluvial deposit of Recent to sub-Recent age overlying marine sediments. The recent delta and alluvial plains of the Ganges, Brahmaputra and the Meghna Rivers constitute the upper formation. The near surface Quaternary alluvium contains good aquifer characteristics (transmission and storage coefficients). The groundwater storage reservoir has three divisions; upper clay and silt layer, a middle composite aquifer (fine to very fine sand) and a main aquifer consisting of medium to coarse sand. Groundwater table fluctuations indicate the recharge and discharge to the groundwater reservoir. The highest groundwater table occurs in the study area during the month of August-September when the aquifer recharges fully and the lowest is during February-March due to natural discharge and groundwater use for domestic and irrigation purposes. Groundwater is abundant in Bangladesh and the aquifers are highly productive. The sediments are


63

predominantly non-indurated and easy to drill by hand, at least to shallow levels. Water tables vary across the country but are typically shallow at around 1–10 m below the ground surface. These factors have made groundwater an attractive and easily accessible resource and have led to a rapid proliferation in the use of groundwater over the last few decades. Today, 97% of the population relies on groundwater for potable supplies and groundwater is also an important source for irrigation and industry. Groundwater levels across Bangladesh become depressed during the dry season, but the aquifers replenish fully during the monsoon. Exceptions occur beneath the major cities, especially Dhaka, where large-scale abstraction has led to long-term drawdown of the water table. The number of tubewells in Bangladesh is not known but estimates put the number at around 6–11 million. The vast majority of these are private tubewells, which penetrate the shallow alluvial aquifers to depths typically of 10–60 m. Irrigation boreholes typically tap deeper aquifers in the region of 70–100 m depth. In some areas, notably the south and the Sylhet Basin of north-east Bangladesh, deep tubewells abstract groundwater from depths of 150 m or more. In the south, the deep tubewells have been installed to avoid high salinity at shallower levels (BGS and DPHE, 2001). Shallow hand-dug wells occur in some areas, though they are much less common than tube-wells. In the project area more than 90% people use ground water as a source of drinking water. It is observed from the ground water analysis that Arsenic, Iron, Manganese and Total Dissolve Solids content in the ground water of the project area exceeded the Bangladesh Standard and Testing Institutes (BSTI) standard. Table 4.2-4 below shows the use of ground water of the project area. More than 90% of the project area people are reliant on Ground Water for their necessary daily water use.

Table 4.2-4 Ground water use in the project area Sl. No. District Upazila Use of Ground Water

1 Cox’s Bazaar

Chakaria / Pekua 94.83% 2 Maheshkhali 92.3%

Source: Community Series, Chittagong and Cox’s Bazaar, Bangladesh Bureau of Statistice2001

Meteorology

1) Climate The climate in Bangladesh is divided into three seasons: summer from March to June with high

temperatures and high humidity, the monsoon season from June to October with high winds, and

winter from October to March with low temperatures and low precipitation.

The meteorological observatories in the project area are Kutubdia Observatory, 10km north of the

project site, and Cox‟s Bazar Observatory, 30km south of the site. The local meteorological

observation results from 2000 to 2011 are shown below (Figure 4.2-6).


64


Figure 4.2-6 Location of meteorological observatories

Kutubdia

Project site

Cox‟s Bazar


65

a) Temperature

The monthly average temperatures in Kutubdia and Cox‟s Bazar are shown in Figure 4.2-7. Climate

fluctuations are stable every year in both areas in view of seasonal temperature change. The

temperature in January is 19 - 21oC, and then gradually rises toward April to 28 - 29oC. The high

temperature of 27 - 29oC continues from April to October, while it is a little lower from July to

October compared to April to June. The temperature is in decline in November and December, and

the average temperature in December is 21 - 23oC.

The maximum monthly average temperatures were 29.4°C in Kutubdia observed in May 2010, and

29.9oC in Cox‟s Bazar observed in April 2010. The minimum monthly average temperatures were

18.9oC in Kutubdia and 19.6oC in Cox‟s Bazar, both recorded in January 2003.

Kutubdia

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

2000 2001 20022003 2004 20052006 2007 20082009 2010 2011

Mon

thly

Ave

rage

Tem

pera

ture

(o

C)

Cox's Bazar

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35


2000 2001 20022003 2004 20052006 2007 20082008 2009 20102011

Mon

thly

Ave

rage

Tem

pera

ture

(o

C)

(Prepared based on the data of the meteorological observatories)

Figure 4.2-7 Monthly average temperatures


66

b) Rainfall

The monthly total rainfall in Kutubdia and Cox‟s Bazar is shown in Figure 4.2-8. The total annual

rainfall is 4,321 - 5,905mm in Kutubdia, and 5,286 - 6,707mm in Cox‟s Bazar. Rainfall is

concentrated between May and October; while very little or no rain is recorded from November to

April. In this way, there is a definite difference of rainfall between the rainy season (monsoon

season) and other seasons. Kutubdia

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400


2000 2001 20022003 2004 20052006 2007 20082009 2010 2011

Mon

thly

Tot

al R

ainf

all (

mm

)

Cox's Bazar

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400


2000 2001 20022003 2004 20052006 2007 20082009 2010 2011

Mon

thly

Tot

al R

ainf

all (

mm

)


Figure 4.2-8 Monthly total rainfall

c) Humidity

The monthly average humidity in Kutubdia and Cox‟s Bazar is shown in Figure 4.2-9. Humidity

fluctuations are stable every year in both areas in view of seasonal humidity change. The difference

in the average humidity between respective months is rather small, in a range of 65 - 90%, while the

average is 75 - 90% in the rainy season of May to October and 65 - 85% from November to April

where little rain falls.

Kutubdia

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100


2000 2001 20022003 2004 20052006 2007 20082009 2010 2011

Mon

thly

Ave

rage

Hum

idity

(%)

Cox's Bazar

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100


2000 2001 20022003 2004 20052006 2007 20082009 2010 2011

Mon

thly

Ave

rage

Hum

idity

(%)


Figure 4.2-9 Monthly average humidity


67

d) Cloud amount

The monthly cloud amount in Kutubdia and Cox‟s Bazar is shown in Figure 4.2-10. Cloud amount

fluctuations are stable every year in both areas in view of seasonal change in cloud amounts. The

cloud amount is larger in the rainy season of May to October compared to November to April where

little rain falls.

Kutubdia

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8


2000 2001 20022003 2004 20052006 2007 20082009 2010 2011

Mon

thly

Ave

rage

Clo

ud A

mou

nt (o

cta)

Cox's Bazar

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8


2000 2001 20022003 2004 20052006 2007 20082009 2010 2011

Mon

thly

Ave

rage

Clo

ud A

mou

nt (o

cta)


Figure 4.2-10 Monthly average cloud amount

e) Wind

Figure 4.2-11 indicates the monthly frequency ratio of wind direction and the average wind speed for

each wind direction in Kutubdia and Cox‟s Bazar. The data was missing in Kutubdia for 2006. In

Cox‟s Bazar, “Calm (wind speed 0.5m/sec and lower)” occurs most frequently, accounting for more

than 50% from September to March. Except for this difference, the wind directions in both areas

show similar tendencies. Northerly winds are dominant in January and February, and no significant

high wind speed was observed in specific wind direction. Southerly winds become dominant from

March, especially from April to September. In July and August, there is a tendency of slightly higher

wind speed in southwesterly winds, otherwise no significant high wind speed was observed in any

specific wind direction. Wind direction shifts from southerly winds to northerly winds in October,

and there is a tendency of high wind speed of southwesterly winds. Northerly winds are dominant in

November and December, but high wind speed tends to occur in southwesterly winds.


68

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s

---- : Occurrence ratio of Wind Direction---- : Wind Speed

Calm=27.1%Kutubdia : January

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=64.8%Cox's Bazar : January

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=25.3%Kutubdia : February

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=56.4%Cox's Bazar : February

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=26.9%Kutubdia : March

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=56.9%Cox's Bazar : March


69

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=21.1%Kutubdia : April

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=48.5%Cox's Bazar : April

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=16.6%Kutubdia : May

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=48.7%Cox's Bazar : May

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=9.2%Kutubdia : June

35.1%

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=38.2%Cox's Bazar : June


70

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=6.9%Kutubdia : July

36.0%

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=36.9%Cox's Bazar : July

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=11.0%Kutubdia : August

39.7%

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=43.9%Cox's Bazar : August

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=23.4%Kutubdia : September

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=55.1%Cox's Bazar : September


71

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=43.0%Kutubdia : October

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=70.3%Cox's Bazar : October

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=45.9%Kutubdia : November

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=74.5%Cox's Bazar : November

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=39.5%Kutubdia : December

0%

10%

20%

30%N

NNE

NE

ENE

E

ESE

SE

SSES

SSW

SW

WSW

W

WNW

NW

NNW

0m/sı1m/s

2m/s

3m/s


Calm=75.6%Cox's Bazar : December

Figure 4.2-11 Monthly wind rose

(Prepared based on the data of the meteorological observatory)


72

The region has a tropical climate with three main seasons–the hot and humid summer, the rainy season and the mild and relatively dry winter. The climate of Bangladesh exhibits pronounced seasonal variability associated with monsoon winds predominantly from the southwest during summer, from the northeast during winter and light and variable during spring and autumn. Climatic data for the project area was obtained from the meteorological station located in Kutubdia and maintained by the Bangladesh Meteorological Department (BMD). Meteorological data collected include temperature, humidity and rainfall. This information is summarized below.

2) Temperature The average minimum temperature in Bangladesh lies within November to February which varies generally from 6.2°C to 13.4°C while the maximum temperature is seen in May which is around 39.5°C. Table below shows the yearly average maximum and minimum temperature at Kutubdia stations for the last ten years.

Table 4.2-5 Climatic Data of the Project Area (Kutubdia Station)

Year Max Temp (OC)

Min temp (OC) Humidity % Rainfall

Mm 2000 34.8 13.2 89 3138 2001 34.8 11.5 89 2320 2002 34.5 10.2 90 2389 2003 36.4 10.5 89 2495 2004 35.8 12.5 86 2541 2005 37.5 13.4 88 2727 2006 34.6 6.2 86 2967 2007 34.7 12.2 87 3162 2008 34.7 11.7 87 3171 2009 35.7 12.2 86 2658 2010 35.3 12.7 84 2702

(Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department)

3) Humidity As seen from Table 5.1.-5 the average yearly humidity in the region varied from 84% to 90% depicted data of the last ten years. In general, the relative humidity of the study area is the lowest in January to April and from May there is a steady increase until November and then December decrease is observed down to January again.

4) Rainfall The maximum annual rainfall in the last ten year the project area is about 4340mm. In Rabi season (November-February), Pre-monsoon season (March-May) and in Monsoon season (June-October) maximum rainfall are about 30 mm, 100 mm and 148 mm respectively.


73

Figure 4.2-12 Kutubdia Station p

(5) Hydrology

1) Surface Water Bangladesh is the world's largest delta and also the land of many water bodies. Water dominates life, people and economy of Bangladesh. Water is the most important re-source of Bangladesh and the basis of its agricultural productivity. But excess of water is the cause of floods, the greatest natural hazard of Bangladesh. The developmental needs have changed the pattern of water use, given rise to conflict of interests, incorporated new technologies and have raised major environmental concerns. The different aquatic ecosystems have their own characteristics and their production patterns. The interaction between water resources, their uses and developmental needs raises many environmental concerns. Main rivers of the Chittagong region are the Karnafuli, Halda, Sangu, Matamuhuri, Bakkhali, Naf, Kasalong, Chingri, Mayani and Kaptai Lake. Matarbari and Maheshkhali Channels are the prominent surface water in the project area. Maheshkhali Channel lies between the mainland of Bangladesh (Cox's Bazar district) and Maheshkhali Island. The channel carries the combined flow of the Matamuhuri and its tributaries and of other rivers such as Bharuakhali khal, Bura Matamuhuri, Mangla Khal, Manikchhari khal, etc. The length of the channel is 35 km. The channel is connected with the Bay of Bengal.

2) Ground Water Bangladesh is located over a subsiding basin of tectonic origin with a great thickness of sedimentary strata. This is an unconsolidated alluvial deposit of Recent to sub-Recent age overlying marine sediments. The recent delta and alluvial plains of the Ganges, Brahmaputra and the Meghna Rivers constitute the upper formation. The near surface Quaternary alluvium contains good aquifer characteristics (transmission and storage coefficients). The groundwater storage reservoir has three divisions; upper clay and silt layer, a middle composite aquifer (fine to very fine sand) and a main aquifer consisting of medium to coarse sand. Groundwater table fluctuations indicate the recharge and discharge to the groundwater reservoir. The highest groundwater table occurs in the study area during the month of August-September when the aquifer recharges fully and the lowest is during February-March due to natural discharge and groundwater use for domestic and irrigation purposes. Groundwater is abundant in Bangladesh and the aquifers are highly productive. The sediments are


74

predominantly non-indurated and easy to drill by hand, at least to shallow levels. Water tables vary across the country but are typically shallow at around 1–10 m below the ground surface. These factors have made groundwater an attractive and easily accessible resource and have led to a rapid proliferation in the use of groundwater over the last few decades. Today, 97% of the population relies on groundwater for potable supplies and groundwater is also an important source for irrigation and industry. Groundwater levels across Bangladesh become depressed during the dry season, but the aquifers replenish fully during the monsoon. Exceptions occur beneath the major cities, especially Dhaka, where large-scale abstraction has led to long-term drawdown of the water table. The number of tubewells in Bangladesh is not known but estimates put the number at around 6–11 million. The vast majority of these are private tubewells, which penetrate the shallow alluvial aquifers to depths typically of 10–60m. Irrigation boreholes typically tap deeper aquifers in the region of 70–100m depth. In some areas, notably the south and the Sylhet Basin of north-east Bangladesh, deep tubewells abstract groundwater from depths of 150 m or more. In the south, the deep tubewells have been installed to avoid high salinity at shallower levels (BGS and DPHE, 2001). Shallow hand-dug wells occur in some areas, though they are much less common than tube-wells. In the project area more than 90% people use ground water as a source of drinking water. It is observed from the ground water analysis that Arsenic, Iron, Manganese and Total Dissolve Solids content in the ground water of the project area exceeded the Bangladesh Standard and Testing Institutes (BSTI) standard. In the table below shows the ground water quality of the Chittagong and Cox‟s Bazaar districts.

Table 4.2-6 Ground Water Quality of the Project area

Parameters Cox’s Bazaar BSTI Standard

Ambient Temp. (0C) 33 -

Water Temp. (0C) 27.08 - pH 7.19 6.4-7.4 EC. (µScm-1) 1646.86 - TDS (mgL-1) 823.86 Max 500 % NaCl 3.01 - DO (mgL-1) 2.27 Max 6 Acidity (mgL-1) 20.56 - T. Alkalinity (mgL-1) 283.63 - T. Hardness (mgL-1) 243.75 Max 500 Chloride (mgL-1) 404.63 Max 600 NO2--N (mgL-1) 0.09 Nil NO3- -N (mgL-1) 0.925 Max 4.5 O-PO4

3- -P (mgL-1) 2.02 Max 6 SO4

2- -S (mgL-1) 404.99 Max 400 Ni (mgL-1) BDL - Zn (mgL-1) BDL Max 5 Cu (mgL-1) BDL Max 1 Co (mgL-1) 0.005 - Cr (mgL-1) BDL Max 0.5 Cd (mgL-1) BDL 0.005 Pb (mgL-1) 0.045 Max 0.05


75

Parameters Cox’s Bazaar BSTI Standard As (mgL-1) BDL Max 0.05 Fe (mgL-1) 2.8 0.3-1.0 Mn (mgL-1) 0.52 Max 0.1


4.2.2 Biological Environment

(1) Habitats

1) Environmental Critical Area(ECA) Based on the significance and ecological sensitivity, Ministry of Environment & Forest (MOEF) has declared a number of areas as “Environmental Cretical Area (ECA)” and “Protected Area”, but there is not much information or study on the ECA of different coastal and marine Ecosystem and its habitat. Environemntal Cretical Areas are:

- Mangroves - Coral Reefs - Sandy Beaches and Sand Dunes - Mudflats - Marine Wildlife Protected Areas - Coastal freshwater bodies - Salt Marshes - Turtle Nesting Grounds - Horseshoe crab Habitats - Sea grass Bed - Seaweed bed - Nesting Ground of Bird

There is no ECA or even any protected area near the proposed access road route. Protected area in the coastal zone of Bangladesh, the reserve forest area in Bangladesh, the Government Gazzete ECA and the map of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh are shown inTable 4.2-7, Figure 4.2-12, Figure 4.2-14, Figure 4.2-15respectively.

Table 4.2-7 Protected area in the Coastal zone of Bangladesh

Type Name Area (ha) Location Effects of 1-m

Sea Level Rise (SLR) Reserved

Forest - 885,043 Khulna, Satkhira, Bagerhat,

Bhola, Patuakhali, Noakhali, Chittagong, Cox’s bazaar

Yes

National Park Himchari 1,729 Cox’s bazaar No

Wild life Sanctuaries

Nijhum Deep 4,232 Hatiya, Noakhali Yes

Sundarbon south 36,970 Khulna Yes Sundarbon west 71,502 Satkhira Yes

Char Kukri- Mukari

2,017 Bhola Yes

Chunati 7,761 Chittgagong No


76

Type Name Area (ha) Location Effects of 1-m

Sea Level Rise (SLR) Ramsar Site Sunderbans 601,700 Khulna, Satkhira, Bagerhat Yes

Environmental Critical Areas

Sonodia 4,916 Cox’s Bazar Yes

Teknaf 10,465 Cox’s Bazar Yes

St. Martin’s Island

590 Cox’s Bazar Yes

World Heritage Site

Wild life sanctuaries of

the Sunderbans

Khulna, Satkhira, Bagerhat Yes

Marine Reserve

69,800 Bay of Bengal Yes

(Source: Islam 2004; (in Hussain & Haq (eds.), 2010)


77

Figure 4.2-13 Reserve Forest Area in Bangladesh


78

Figure 4.2-14 Government Gazette ECA


79

Figure 4.2-15 Map of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh

(2) Aquatic Life And Fisheries

1) Agriculture and Fishery in the project area People are mainly farmers and fishers. Some are also involved with trade and commerce. Many people are having business in the Cox‟s Bazaar. No industry or other major economic enterprises

Project Area


80

were set up in the project area. Local level employment is mainly in the agriculture sector. Land ownership pattern also shows that more than 60% are landless or marginal famers who work either as land labour, salt labour or boat labour. Among the rest only 10% are rich farmers and rest are small, middle or substantial farmers. Most of them are owning small plots of land. There are four kinds of people involved in salt and shrimp cultivations: cultivator, laborer, mazi, and businessman. Cultivators are the owners of salt field of shrimp field (by owning or leasing the land). They invest money for cultivation. Laborers are those people who sell their labor under the instruction given by the cultivators. They prepare and make the salt bed, for instance. They receive wages from cultivators. Maziz coordinate between cultivators and laborers. They find laborers and allocate them at salt/shrimp fields that belong the owners or lessees who need laborers. Businessmen are those who are involved in purchasing salt (or shrimp) from the field and local market, and sell them at markets in Chittagong, Dhaka or Narayanganj. One of the salt factories located within the site has 70 to 80 workers throughout the year, 20 to 30 of whom live together in a terrace house. Laborers come from other districts for shrimp cultivation during the rainy season. All salt taken at the site is sent to Chittagong as there is no salt market in Cox‟s Bazar. In and around the project area there are twelve fishing catch composition points. These twelve land survey points the Department of Fisheries do the survey on fishing activities. Of them six land survey points fishermen are directly involved in the project areas socioeconomic activities.

2) Benthos Result of benthos in the study area is shown in Table 4.2-8. Sampling date is 28th March,

2013 on Dry Season and 4th June, 2013 on Rainy Season. At every location Polychaetae or

Oligochaeta was most frequent.

Table 4.2-8 Result of benthos in the study area Macrobenthos Abundance (ind/m2)

Parameters

BS1 BS2 BS3

Dry Season Rainy Season Dry Season Rainy Season Dry Season Rainy

Season

Location Upstream of proposed bridge Proposed bridge site Close to the mangrove

GPS

21°4

2'58

.67"

N

91°5

4'52

.28"

E

21°4

2'57

.08"

N

91°5

4'52

.25"

E

21°4

2'35

.13"

N

91°5

4'50

.95"

E

21°4

2'34

.33"

N

91°5

4'50

.06"

E

21°4

2'14

.82"

N

91°5

4'26

.64"

E

21°4

2'16

.60"

N

91°5

4'27

.52"

E

Taxonomic Group

Polychaetae 1243 987 925 1472 1356 776

Oligochaeta 780 1073 1328 956 1876 2163

Shrimp larvae 325 734 278 75 576 265

Bivalvia 19 47 17 30 174 105


81

Copepoda 17 11 8 0 120 0

Crab 145 287 167 62 23 46

Amphipoda 5 104 26 132 11 86

Isopoda 19 3 78 5 2 0

Gastropoda 22 17 70 49 53 29

Annelida 7 0 89 35 16 9

Ciliopora 21 32 10 17 3 13

Nematoda 378 179 512 121 80 234

Ostracoda 6 9 23 16 - 12



82

(3) Terrestrial Habitats

1) Mangrove Forest

On the bank along the Kuhelia River there were small mangrove forest, like patches and it is

approximately 0.60 km far from the proposed bridge site. The mangrove forest comprises only three

types of plant species i.d. Hargoja(Acanthus illicifolia), Baigola(Ficus sp). and Kerpa(Sonneratia

apetala). Hargoja (Acanthus illicifolia) is the most abundant species in the mangrove forest. There

were no mammals seen along the mangrove forest area. At high tide the mangrove forest totally

inundates and there is no safe location for wild animal to move.

Figure 4.2-16 Mangrove forest along Matarbari Channel


83

(4) Flora And Fauna

1) Flora Large area close to Kuhelia River is used as salt fields which are turned into shrimp farms during rainy season. On the bank along the Kuhelia River, there were some patches of mangrove trees. Rivers, channels, creeks, ponds, puddles and some swamps create open surface of fresh water which local residents use as water resource as well as cattle and birds. Very wide mud flats appear along Kuhelia River at low tide level where water fowls such as herons and egrets were found being feed on benthos.

2) Fauna Mammal No wild mammal but only domestic animals such as cattle, buffalos, goats, sheep, dogs and cats were seen. Amphibians A kind of frog was found at rice field in village road.

Figure 4.2-17 Buffalos around project site.

Reptile A dead snake was found near Kuhelia River in village. Bird Common bird species such as pied starling, house sparrows, house crows, drongos, pigeons, wagtails, swallows are seen throughout the area. The wide wet areas, that is, rice fields, ponds and channels provide habitat of water fowls such as herons, egrets and kingfishers. Along the mud flats along Kuhelia River, snipes, plovers and cormorants are also found. Domestic fowls and ducks are seen throughout the area.


84

Pied Starling House sparrow

Drongo Wagtail

Great Egret Little Egret

Figure 4.2-18 Birds around project site


85

Common Redshank Marsh Sandpiper

Black-capped Kingfisher Pied Kingfisher

Red-necked Stint Common Sandpiper



86

Whimbrel Wood Sandpiper

Little Cormorant White-winged Tern



87

(5) Environmental Sensitive Area

Based on the significance and ecological sensitivity, Ministry of Environment & Forest (MOEF) has

declared a number of areas as” ECAs “and “Protected Areas”, but there is not much information or study

on the Ecologically Sensitive Area (ESA‟s) of different coastal and marine Ecosystem and its habitat.

Ecologically Sensitive Areas are:

- Mangroves

- Coral Reefs

- Sandy Beaches and Sand Dunes

- Mudflats

- Marine Wildlife Protected Areas

- Coastal freshwater bodies

- Salt Marshes

- Turtle Nesting Grounds

- Horseshoe crab Habitats

- Sea grass Bed

- Seaweed bed

- Nesting Ground of Bird

There is no ECA or even any protected area near the proposed access road route. Protected area in the

coastal zone of Bangladesh, the reserve forest area in Bangladesh, the Government Gazzete ECA and the

map of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh are shown inTable 4.2-9, Figure 4.2-21, Figure

4.2-22 ,Figure 4.2-23 respectively.


88

Table 4.2-9 Protected area in the Coastal zone of Bangladesh

Type Name Area (ha) Location

Effects of 1-m Sea Level

Rise (SLR)

Reserved

Forest - 885,043 Khulna, Satkhira, Bagerhat, Bhola, Patuakhali, Noakhali,

Chittagong, Cox’s bazaar Yes

National Park Himchari 1,729 Cox’s bazaar No

Wild life Sanctuaries

Nijhum Deep 4,232 Hatiya, Noakhali Yes Sundarbon south 36,970 Khulna Yes Sundarbon west 71,502 Satkhira Yes

Char Kukri- Mukari 2,017 Bhola Yes

Chunati 7,761 Chittgagong No

Ramsar Site Sunderbans 601,700 Khulna, Satkhira, Bagerhat Yes

Environmental Critical Areas

Sonodia 4,916 Cox’s Bazar Yes

Teknaf 10,465 Cox’s Bazar Yes

St. Martin’s Island 590 Cox’s Bazar Yes

World Heritage Site

Wild life sanctuaries of

the Sunderbans Khulna, Satkhira, Bagerhat Yes

Marine Reserve 69,800 Bay of Bengal Yes

(Source: Islam 2004; (in Hussain & Haq (eds.), 2010)


89

Figure 4.2-21 Reserve Forest Area in Bangladesh


90

Figure 4.2-22 Government Gazette ECA Area


91

Figure 4.2-23 Map of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh

Project Area


92

4.2.3 Environmental Quality

(1) Air There is no official secondary air quality data for the project area due to the non-availability of a regular air quality-monitoring program. However, the prevailing conditions are generally typical of rural Bangladesh, which implies generally good conditions, with the exception of towns, industrial pockets and areas immediately adjacent to roads. These may experience increased pollution from vehicular sources and dust. The principal source of pollutants in the region is from vehicular traffic and some small industries. Test Results of Ambient Air Quality Analysis is shown in Table 4.2-10. Sampling Date is Dry Season: 3-9 May, 2013 and 7-10 June, 2013 on Rainy Season. Every sample satisfice the Bangaldesh Standard.


93

Table 4.2-10 Description of Analysis:

Sl

No. Sampling Location

Ambient Air Pollutants Concentration

NOx (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) PM10 (µg/m3) CO (ppm) O3 (µg/m3)

Dry

Season

Rainy

Season

Dry

Season

Rainy

Season

Dry

Seaso

n

Rainy

Season

Dry

Season

Rainy

Seaso

n

Dry

Seaso

n

Rainy

Seaso

n

01

Close to Charpara

(Between Ekotabazar and

Pekua Bazar)

13.65 9.52 4.85 2.45 31.43 24.51 <2.0 <2.0 22.4 16.86

02 Ilisha Bazar (Between

Eidmoni And Badarkhai) 21.35 15.46 6.72 4.34 64.72 40.65 <2.0 <2.0 35.7 27.97

03 Yunuskhali Bazar 15.31 11.57 4.71 3.04 42.56 33.75 <2.0 <2.0 29.5 20.76

Bangladesh Standard

( According to ECR’97 and

subsequent amendment at 2005)

100 (annual) 365 150 9 157

Duration (Hours) 24 24 24 8 8

Method of Analysis Jacob &

Hochheiser West Greake Gravimetric Digital CO meter UV Photometry



94

Dry Season

Figure: Air quality sampling at Close to

Charpara (Between Ekotabazar and Pekua

Bazar)


Yunuskhali Bazar

Rainy Season


Charpara (Between Ekotabazar and Pekua

Bazar)

Figure: Air quality sampling at Close to Ilisha

Bazar (Between Eidmoni And Badarkhai)

Figure: Air quality sampling at Close to Yunuskhali Bazar


95

(2) Noise And Vibrations

1) Noise level High-intensity sound, such as that emitted by machines used for excavating earth and welding pipes, for long periods of time is disturbing and potentially damaging to nearby human populations and wildlife. When continued for long periods of time it can also permanently damage the hearing of workers engaged in the area. While 50dBA (decibel A) creates severe discomfort, 85dBA is usually considered as the critical level for ear damage. The Environmental Quality Standards for Bangladesh (DOE, 1991) have set noise guidelines for industrial sites in Bangladesh. According to this standard, noise level should not exceed 75dBA in the daytime and 70dBA at night. Hearing protection should be provided to workers where noise levels exceed 80 dBA. At present there is no baseline data in any of the petroleum plants operating in the refinery.

Table 4.2-11 Bangladesh Standard of Noise Level

Sl. No. Area Category Standards Values (all values in

dBA) Day Night

A Silent zone 45 30 B Residential area 50 40

C Mixed area (basically residential and together used for commercial and industrial purposes)

60 50

D Commercial area 70 60 E Industrial area 75 70

Note: 1. Daytime is reckoned as the time between 6 a.m. to 9 p.m. 2. Night time is reckoned as the time between 9 p.m. to 6 a.m.

(Source: Schedule 4, Rule-12, Environment Conservation Rules 1997)

2) Noise Quality Analysis Result Result of noise level analysis is shown in Table 4.2-12. Sampling date is 6-14 May 2013 on Dry Season and 7-10 June, 2013 on Rainy Season. At every location and phase, average noise level satisfice the Bangladesh Standard.

Table 4.2-12 Result of noise level analysis

Hour

Hourly equivalent noise level (dB(A))

NQ1 NQ2 NQ3 NQ4 NQ5 Close to Baggasara (Between Pekua and Eidmoni)

Close to Charpara (Between Ekotabazar and Pekua Bazar)

Yunuskhali Bazar Janata Bazar Ilisha Bazar (Between Eidmoni and Badarkhai)

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Day

tim

e

6:00:00-6:59:00 52.3 54.2 52.3 49.6 51.4 50.3 57.0 52.5 56.8 54.3 7:00:00-7:59:00 55.2 51.7 57.2 53.6 55.6 53.5 59.1 57.8 59.6 57.4 8:00:00-8:59:00 54.6 50.6 56.8 52.6 55.4 56.4 59.9 57.3 59.3 56.6 9:00:00-9:59:00 57.3 54.7 56.7 53.8 58.0 55.3 60.0 59.6 60.5 58.3 10:00:00-10:59:00 55.8 52.6 56.2 55.8 58.4 56.6 59.6 57.5 61.3 57.6 11:00:00-11:59:00 54.5 56.8 53.8 57.3 60.1 58.4 60.3 58.3 61.1 58.5 12:00:00-12:59:00 57.5 53.5 52.8 54.3 60.5 59.3 59.8 58.7 60.8 60.2 13:00:00-13:59:00 57.8 54.7 55.8 51.8 59.8 57.3 60.3 56.7 60.5 57.9


96

Hour

Hourly equivalent noise level (dB(A))

NQ1 NQ2 NQ3 NQ4 NQ5 Close to Baggasara (Between Pekua and Eidmoni)

Close to Charpara (Between Ekotabazar and Pekua Bazar)

Yunuskhali Bazar Janata Bazar Ilisha Bazar (Between Eidmoni and Badarkhai)

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

14:00:00-14:59:00 58.7 53.5 57.0 55.8 59.7 58.4 60.2 58.6 60.2 57.8 15:00:00-15:59:00 57.5 58.3 57.7 53.7 58.8 59.3 59.4 57.3 60.5 59.6 16:00:00-16:59:00 55.1 57.2 56.5 54.5 59.7 57.3 59.0 58.4 60.4 56.7 17:00:00-17:59:00 55.0 53.9 57.9 53.8 59.6 57.5 57.9 59.2 61.8 56.3 18:00:00-18:59:00 57.0 54.7 57.7 55.8 57.7 55.8 57.6 56.6 61.5 60.1 19:00:00-19:59:00 53.8 55.3 55.9 53.8 59.6 58.3 56.4 54.7 60.6 58.3 20:00:00-20:59:00 49.6 48.5 50.4 52.5 55.3 57.2 52.9 53.6 60.0 56.7 Maximum 58.7 58.3 57.9 57.3 60.5 59.3 60.3 59.6 61.8 60.2 Minimum 49.6 48.5 50.4 49.6 51.4 50.3 52.9 52.5 56.8 54.3 Average 55.4 54.0 55.6 53.9 58.0 56.7 58.6 57.1 60.3 57.8

Nig

ht ti

me

21:00:00-21:59:00 50.4 48.9 48.6 49.5 55.1 53.1 50.3 49.7 58.0 56.3 22:00:00-22:59:00 51.0 52.6 47.7 48.3 52.1 50.5 48.7 47.5 52.2 53.7 23:00:00-23:59:00 49.1 47.5 48.3 46.5 49.5 48.7 47.9 48.6 48.7 50.3 24:00:00-24:59:00 48.3 49.6 47.5 47.9 47.4 48.2 48.0 47.5 47.0 49.7 01:00:00-01:59:00 48.7 47.5 47.6 46.2 47.8 47.5 48.3 49.6 45.5 47.5 02:00:00-02:59:00 49.0 47.2 46.6 45.3 48.4 46.6 48.1 48.7 45.7 48.4 03:00:00-03:59:00 48.2 46.6 45.0 47.5 47.5 47.9 47.1 46.3 47.2 46.8 04:00:00-04:59:00 48.2 49.5 47.2 46.2 47.9 46.7 47.7 48.4 47.8 45.2 05:00:00-05:59:00 47.4 48.6 47.7 45.5 48.1 46.3 49.7 47.4 48.7 47.8 Maximum 51 52.6 48.6 49.5 55.1 53.1 50.3 49.7 58 56.3 Minimum 47.4 46.6 45.0 45.3 47.4 46.3 47.1 46.3 45.5 45.2 Average 48.9 48.7 47.4 47.0 49.3 48.4 48.4 48.2 49.0 49.5

Zone (according to Environmental Quality Standard 1997 and subsequent amendment in 2006 )

Mixed Area Mixed Area Commercial Area Commercial Area Commercial Area

Bangladesh Standard at Day time 60 60 70 70 70 Bangladesh Standard at Night time 50 50 60 60 60



97

3) Vibration level result Result of Vibration Level is shown in Table 4.2-13. Sampling Date is 5th & 14th June, 2013.

Table 4.2-13 Result of Vibration Level

Sl. Location Sample

Code GPS

Vibration level (Hz)

Dry Season Rainy Season

Yunuskhali Bazar VL1 21°42'8.16"N

91°55'31.83"E 7-32 6-27

Janata Bazar VL2 21°42'41.57"N

91°56'5.25"E 9-36 11-30

Ilisha Bazar (Between

Eidmoni and

Badarkhai)

VL3 21°45'7.72"N

91°58'47.93"E 12-40 10-35

Close to Baggasara

(Between Pekua and

Eidmoni)

VL4 21°47'57.12"N

91°58'57.50"E 4-19 4-14

Close to Charpara

(Between Ekotabazar

and Pekua Bazar)

VL5 21°49'33.07"N

91°59'2.62"E 6-28 4-30



98

(3) Water

1) Surface water quality Four rivers in the project area are closely observed and collected surface water sample for testing nine important parameters. The locations of the sampling points are listed in Table 4.2-14 and shown in Figure 4.2-24:

Table 4.2-14 Location of surface water sampling points

River ID Name of the River Latitude Longitude

River-1 Matamuhuri River 210 47’ 50 N 910 56’ 27 E River-2 Uzantia River 210 45’ 52 N 910 54’ 18 E River-3 Kuheli River 210 43’ 06 N 910 55’ 14 E River-4 Masgona River 210 43’ 00 N 910 55’ 50 E

Figure 4.2-24 Location map of surface water sampling points.

The observed parameters of the surface water are mainly pH, Dissolved Oxygen (DO), Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Total Suspended Solids (TSS), Chemical oxygen demand (COD), Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD5), Electric Conductivity (EC), Chloride (Cl), Total Alkalinity and Total Solids (TS). The parameters are analysed in the reputed environmental laboratory of BRTC, BUET, Dhaka.

The surface water quality analysis was done in a GTCL project of Bangladesh.

(Source: Field Survey by BETS, 04/10/2011)

Power Plant


99

Table 4.2-15 River water quality analysis report

Sl. No.

Parameters for

Laboratory Analysis

Bangladesh Standard (Inland Surface Water)

River-1 (Matamuhuri)

River-2 (Uzantia)

River -3 (Kuheli)

River -4 (Masgona)

1 pH 6-9 7.45 7.37 7.48 7.33 2 Total

Dissolved Solids

2100 mg/l 3979 299 4590 784

3 Total Suspended Solids

150 mg/l 179 186 71 66

4 Chemical oxygen demand (COD)

200 mg/l 30 7 33 21

5 Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD)

50 mg/l 2.4 1 2.4 3.2

6 Electric Conductivity

1200 micro mho/cm 6370 494 7000 1334

7 Chloride 600 mg/l 2500 250 2750 525 8 Total

Alkalinity - 56 51 53 37

9 Total Solids - 4158 485 4661 850 Note: 1. Yellow color indicates the exceeding of standard limit

(Source: Field Survey by BETS, 04/10/2011) Matamuhuri and Kuheli rivers chlorine result observed very high than the other river water. The saline water is captured adjacent to the river bank land areas for salt cultivation. Due to high Saline and TDS content the EC found very high in the Matamuhuri and Kuheli rivers. Result of Surface water quality of the study area is shown in Table 4.2-16. Sampling Date is 29th March, 2013 on Dry Season and 4th June, 2013 on Rainy Season.


100

Table 4.2-16 Surface Water Quality Analysis Result

Sl. Parameters Sample 3 Sample 4 Sample 5 Bangladesh standards (Best practice based

classification) Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Sour

ce o

f drin

king

wat

er fo

r su

pply

on

ly

afte

r di

sinf

ectin

g

Wat

er

usab

le

for

recr

eatio

nal a

ctiv

ity

Sour

ce o

f drin

king

wat

er fo

r su

pply

af

ter

conv

entio

nal

treat

men

t

Wat

er u

sabl

e by

fish

erie

s

Wat

er

usab

le

by

vario

us

proc

ess

and

cool

ing

indu

strie

s

Wat

er u

sabl

e fo

r irr

igat

ion

Location Upstream of the proposed bridge Bridge site Close to the

Mangrove

GPS

21°4

2'57

.73"

N

91°5

4'53

.50"

E

21°4

2'56

.64"

N

91°5

4'51

.13"

E

21°4

2'34

.47"

N

91°5

4'51

.89"

E

21°4

2'34

.81"

N

91°5

4'48

.39"

E

21°4

2'14

.89"

N

91°5

4'27

.87"

E

21°4

2'15

.73"

N

91°5

4'27

.73"

E

Clarity (m) 0.62 0.68 0.60 0.67 0.65 0.68 - - - - - -

Colour Nearly colorless

Nearly colorless

Nearly colorless

Nearly colorless

Nearly colorless

Nearly colorless

- - - - - -

Temperature(ºC) 29.5 27.9 29.8 27.6 30.2 27.8 - - - - - - Salinity (ppt) 2.50 2.30 2.60 2.30 2.60 2.40 - - - - - -

pH 7.2 7.4 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.2 6.5 - 8.5

6.5 - 8.5

6.5 - 8.5

6.5 - 8.5

6.5 - 8.5

6.5 - 8.5

Turbidity (NTU) 24 28 25 27 25 27 - - - - - -

Suspended Solid (mg/l) 184 156 179 162 192 156 - - - - - -

DO (mg/l) 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.3 7.1 7.4 6 or above

5 or above

6 or above

5 or above

5 or above

5 or above

COD (mg/l) 14.7 13.5 13.6 12.6 15.3 12.8 - - - - - -

BOD5 (mg/l) 3.5 2.7 3.2 2.6 4.0 2.9 2 or less

3 or less

6 or less

6 or less

10 or less

10 or less

Ammonium Nitrogen (NH4-N) (mg/l)

0.7 0.4 0.6 0.3 0.7 0.4 - - - - - -


101

Sl. Parameters Sample 3 Sample 4 Sample 5 Bangladesh standards (Best practice based

classification) Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season

Rainy Season

Sour

ce o

f drin

king

wat

er fo

r su

pply

on

ly

afte

r di

sinf

ectin

g

Wat

er

usab

le

for

recr

eatio

nal a

ctiv

ity

Sour

ce o

f drin

king

wat

er fo

r su

pply

af

ter

conv

entio

nal

treat

men

t

Wat

er u

sabl

e by

fish

erie

s

Wat

er

usab

le

by

vario

us

proc

ess

and

cool

ing

indu

strie

s

Wat

er u

sabl

e fo

r irr

igat

ion

Location Upstream of the proposed bridge Bridge site Close to the

Mangrove

GPS 21

°42'

57.7

3"N

91

°54'

53.5

0"E

21°4

2'56

.64"

N

91°5

4'51

.13"

E

21°4

2'34

.47"

N

91°5

4'51

.89"

E

21°4

2'34

.81"

N

91°5

4'48

.39"

E

21°4

2'14

.89"

N

91°5

4'27

.87"

E

21°4

2'15

.73"

N

91°5

4'27

.73"

E

Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3- N) (mg/l) 0.05 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.07 0.03 - - - - - -

Total Nitrogen (mg/l) 3.53 3.10 3.45 3.14 3.49 3.17 - - - - - -

Phosphate (PO4-P) (mg/l) 0.636 0.421 0.626 0.576 0.640 0.616 - - - - - -

Total Phosphorous (mg/l) 0.207 0.196 0.216 0.185 0.203 0.179 - - - - - -

Total Coliform (n/100ml) 23000 21000 25000 22000 21000 20000 - - - - - -

Oil and Grease content (mg/l) 0.1 BDL 0.1 BDL 0.1 BDL - - - - - -

Mercury (mg/l) 0.002 BDL 0.002 BDL 0.002 BDL - - - - - - Arsenic (mg/l) 0.005 BDL 0.005 BDL 0.005 BDL - - - - - - Lead (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 - - - - - - Chromium (mg/l) 0.021 BDL 0.020 BDL 0.020 BDL - - - - - - Cadmium (mg/l) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 - - - - - - Copper (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - - - - - - Nickel (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 - - - - - - Zinc (mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 - - - - - -



102

Dry Season

Upstream of the proposed bridge Bridge site

Close to the Mangrove On site water analysis

On site water analysis On site water analysis

Rainy Season

Upstream of the proposed bridge Bridge site


103

2) Soil (Ground Water) Ground water quality is shown in Table 4.2-17. The study was carried out to assess surface and groundwater quality of the greater Chittagong (Chittagong and Cox‟s Bazar districts) and Chittagong Hill Tracts (Rangamati, Khagrachhari and Bandarban districts) of Bangladesh. Iron, Manganese, Total Dissolve Solid and Electrical Conductivity of Ground Water of the Project area seems higher than the Bangladesh Standard.

Table 4.2-17 Ground Water Quality of the Project area

Parameters Cox’s Bazaar BSTI Standard

Ambient Temp. (0C) 33 -

Water Temp. (0C) 27.08 - pH 7.19 6.4-7.4 EC. (µScm-1) 1646.86 - TDS (mgL-1) 823.86 Max 500 % NaCl 3.01 - DO (mgL-1) 2.27 Max 6 Acidity (mgL-1) 20.56 - T. Alkalinity (mgL-1) 283.63 - T. Hardness (mgL-1) 243.75 Max 500 Chloride (mgL-1) 404.63 Max 600 NO2--N (mgL-1) 0.09 Nil NO3- -N (mgL-1) 0.925 Max 4.5 O-PO4

3- -P (mgL-1) 2.02 Max 6 SO4

2- -S (mgL-1) 404.99 Max 400 Ni (mgL-1) BDL - Zn (mgL-1) BDL Max 5 Cu (mgL-1) BDL Max 1 Co (mgL-1) 0.005 - Cr (mgL-1) BDL Max 0.5 Cd (mgL-1) BDL 0.005 Pb (mgL-1) 0.045 Max 0.05 As (mgL-1) BDL Max 0.05 Fe (mgL-1) 2.8 0.3-1.0 Mn (mgL-1) 0.52 Max 0.1

(Source: Journal of Pak.J.Anal.Environ.Chem.Vol.11,No.2(2010))

3) Soil quality Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or enhance water and air quality, and support human health and habitation. Soil quality is said to be a measure of the condition of soil relative to the requirements of one or


104

more biotic species and or to any human need or purpose. Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling, and providing support for plants and other structures. Soil management has a major impact on soil quality. A soil sample data as a sample soil quality of the project area is tabulated in the table.

(Source: JICA Study Team) Location of the sample: Four soil samples were collected for soil chemical analysis. The location of soil sample points is shown Figure 4.2-25. The soils were analyzed for pH, Electrical conductivity (EC), Organic Matter (OM), Ammonium nitrogen (NH4-N), Phosphorous (P), Pottasium (K), Sulpher (S), Boron (B), Iron (Fe), Lead (Pb), Cadmium (Cd) and Exchangeable sodium (Na).

Figure 4.2-25 Location of soil sample point

4) Ground water quality Result of the ground water quality of the study area is shown in Table 4.2-19. Sampling Date is 29th March, 2013 on Dry Season and 4th June, 2013 on Rainy Season. COD and BOD5 values exceed the Bangladesh Standards on every sample. Phosphate value exceeds the Bangladesh Standards on 3 samples.

Table 4.2-19 Ground water quality of the study area

Sl. Parameters Sample 1 Sample 2

Bangladesh Standards Dry Season

Rainy Season

Dry Season Rainy Season

Table 4.2-18 Result of Chemical Characteristics of Top Soils

Loca

tion

Depth (cm) pH EC

ds/m OM (%)

Ex-K Me/100 gm soil

Ex-Na Me/100 gm soil

NH4-N ppm P

ppm S

ppm B

ppm Fe

ppm Pb

ppm Cd

ppm

L-1 0-6 5.1 1.00 2.10 0.18 0.60 29 13 15 0.11 110 0.18 0.01 L-1 Village: Goraghata、 Union: Chata Maheshkhali、Thana: Maheshkhali、District: Cox’s Bazar Laboratory name: Department of Soil Science, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh, 30th August, 1998


105

Location Close to the proposed bridge Younuskhali village -

GPS 21°42'34.21"N 91°54'56.22"E

21°42'10.27"N 91°55'28.83"E

-

Clarity Clear Clear Clear Clear - Colour Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless - Temperature(ºC) 26.6 23.4 27.2 25.5 20-30 Salinity (ppt) 0.30 0.20 0.20 0.20 - pH 6.8 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.5-8.5 Turbidity (NTU) 2 2 2 2 10 DO (mg/l) 4.5 4.3 4.2 4.1 6 COD (mg/l) 5.2 4.8 5.9 5.5 4 BOD5 (mg/l) 0.57 0.55 0.62 0.63 0.2

Ammonium Nitrogen (NH4-N) (mg/l)

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 -

Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3- N) (mg/l)

6.5 5.7 7.3 6.8 -

Total Nitrogen (mg/l) 0.14 0.10 0.16 0.13 - Phosphate (PO4-P) (mg/l) 0.575 0.632 0.622 0.687 6 Total Phosphorous (mg/l) 0.187 0.176 0.168 0.146 - Total Coliform (n/100 ml) 0 0 0 0 0 Mercury (mg/l) <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 Arsenic (mg/l) <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.05 Lead (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 Chromium (mg/l) 0.014 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.05 Cadmium (mg/l) <0.001 <0.001 0.001 <0.001 0.005 Copper (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 1 Nickel (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1 Zinc (mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 5



106

Dry Season

Close to the proposed bridge Younuskhali village

Rainy Season

Close to the proposed bridge Younuskhali village


107

(4) Sediment Quality

1) Sediment quality The sediment quality standards are tabulated considering the USEPA sediment standards as a guiding reference for Bangladesh. The Muller scale is also present here for defining the sediment quality by classifying six classes (Source: publications of 2011 2nd International Conference on Environmental Science and Technology IPCBEE vol.6 (2011) © (2011) IACSIT Press, Singapore.)

Table 4.2-20 EPA Guidelines for Sediments (Mg/Kg dry weights)

Metal Not polluted

Moderately polluted Heavily polluted

Pb <40 40-60 >60

Cd …. … >6 Cr <25 25-75 >75 Cu <25 25-50 >50

Zn <90 90-200 >200 (Source: JICA Study Team)

Table 4.2-21 MULLER’s Classification for the Geo-accumulation Index

Igeo Value Class Sediment Quality

≤0 0 Unpolluted

0-1 1 From unpolluted to moderately polluted

1-2 2 Moderately polluted

2-3 3 From moderately to strongly polluted

3-4 4 Strongly polluted

4-5 5 From strongly to extremely polluted >6 6 Extremely polluted

Igeo: Geo-accumulation Index = log2[Cn/1.5Bn] where, Cn: Concentration of element, n and Bn: Geochemical Background Value


Result of sediment quality is shown in Table 4.2-22.

Sampling date is 29th May, 2013 onDry Season and 4th June, 2013 on second phase.

Table 4.2-22 Result of sediment quality

Parameters SD1 SD2 SD3

Dry Rainy Dry Rainy Dry Rainy


108

Season Season Season Season Season Season

Location Upstream of proposed

bridge Proposed bridge site

Close to the

mangrove

GPS

21

°42

'58

.67

"N

91

°54

'52

.28

"E

21

°42

'57

.08

"N

91

°54

'52

.25

"E

21

°42

'35

.13

"N

91

°54

'50

.95

"E

21

°42

'34

.33

"N

91

°54

'50

.06

"E

21

°42

'14

.82

"N

91

°54

'26

.64

"E

21

°42

'16

.60

"N

91

°54

'27

.52

"E

Appearances Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey

Odor Earthy Earthy Earthy Earthy Earthy Earthy

Colour Grey

yellow

Grey

yellow

Grey

yellow

Grey

yellow

Grey

yellow

Grey

yellow

Grading Analysis (mm) 2.5-4.4 2.1-4.2 2.6-4.9 2.3-4.4 2.5-3.9 2.3-4.1

Density (gm/cm3) 1.97 2.0 2.05 2.1 2.16 2.1

Water content (%) 24 28 27 30 31 29

Ignition loss (gm/gm) 0.13 0.17 0.15 0.16 0.10 0.13

COD (µg/g) 37 34 32 30 35 29

Mercury (µg/g) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Arsenic (µg/g) 0.30 0.20 0.30 0.20 0.40 0.20

Lead (µg/g) 8.12 6.27 6.32 8.43 5.21 6.78

Chromium (µg/g) 4.8 3.1 3.2 2.6 3.6 3.0

Cadmium (µg/g) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Copper (µg/g) 13.42 10.32 10.21 14.26 9.13 11.43

Nickel (µg/g) 4.20 3.70 3.02 2.79 2.56 3.15

Zinc (µg/g) 45 49 51 43 48 42

(Source: JICA Study Team) BDL = Below Detection Limit


109

(5) Land resouce Land use in the project area are fully depends on the surface water availability quality etc. In the Maheahkhali area 2,073.4 hectares of land are used for salt production. Around 80% land is irrigable due to abundant surface water in and the project area. Maheshkhali land uses: total cultivable land 5,275.36 hectares, salt production 2,073.4 hectares, shrimp cultivation 2,105.69 hectares, fallow land 1,715.21 hectares. Only 23% land is used for agricultural use. Chakoria land uses: total cultivable land 2,7142 hectares, fallow land 180 hectares; single crop 27.6%, double crop 61.66%, triple crop 10.74%. Cultivable land under irrigation is 79.18%. In the Cox‟s Bazaar 25.64% people are directly involve in agricultural activities. Rice, potato, pulse, onion, garlic, ginger, betel leaf, betel nut, wheat, sugarcane, ground nut, tobacco, rubber, corn, turmeric, tea, peanut, mustard, patol (heap), brinjal, cucumber and vegetables are main crops in Cox‟s Bazaar.

Table 4.2-23 Upazilawise agricultural activities in the project area

Sl. No. District Upazila % of Agricultural activities 1

Cox‟s Bazaar Chakaria 29.55%

2 Maheshkhali 22.99%

(Source: Community Series of Chittagong and Cox‟s Bazaar, BBS, 2001) The surrounding areas along the access road have been mostly cultivated into production fields, salt fields, residential areas, market areas, ponds or channels with low biodiversity. Rice fields are the most abundant. In the residential areas, high planted palm trees and fruit trees such as mango and banana, stand. Eucalyptus tree are also planted in the residential areas and along the existing road for shoulder protection. Forest area or secondary forest distributes in the limited area on the low hill of protect area near Uttar Nalbila. There is no natural forest along the candidates. Large area close to Kohelia River and Bay of Bengal is used as salt pans which are turned into shrimp farms during rainy season. Rivers, channels, creeks, ponds, puddles and some swamps create open surface of fresh water which local residents use as water resource. Around the site of new bridge is salt fields and mud flats. In the urban areas both sides of the road are lined with stores and shops with few or no vegetation. The following vegetation types were identified along the candidates of access road and Bridge.

Table 4.2-24 Types of Vegetation along Access Road and Bridge No. Type Notes 1 Rice Field Rice fields, some other crop fields. 2 Salt Field Salt field. 3 Secondary Forest Tall tree forest on low hills 4 Mangrove Patch Patches of mangrove trees on the bank along Kuhelia River 5 Open Water Rivers, channels and large ponds 6 Mud Flat Mostly seen along Kuhelia River. 7 Residential Area Houses and gardens with planted tall fruit trees 8 Urban Area Market Areas, paved roads

(Source: Preparatory Survey on Chittagong Area Coal Fired Power Plant Development Project in Bangladesh Interim Report on Access Road Engineering)


110

Rice field Salt field

Mangrove patched along Kuhelia River Open water of Kuhelia River

Mud Flat along Kuhelia River Residential Area

Figure 4.2-26 Types of Vegetation along Access Road

4.2.4 Socio-economic Status

(1) Land Use Land use map of Maheshkhali Upazila, Cox‟s Bazar District is shown in the figure below. The

land use of the project site is categorized in “Salt-Shrimp Area” (Figure 4.2-27).


111

Note: Locations of potential sites for power plant on the map are marked by the Survey Team.

(Source: http://www.landzoning.gov.bd/ZoneMaps/Maheshkhali.jpg (accessed in August 2012))

Figure 4.2-27 Land Use Map of Maheshkhali Upazila, Cox‟s Bazar District

Power Plant Site


112

(2) Agriculture and Fishery in the project area

People are mainly farmers and fishers. Some are also involved with trade and commerce. Many

people are having business in the Cox‟s Bazaar. No industry or other major economic enterprises

were set up in the project area.

Local level employment is mainly in the agriculture sector. Land ownership pattern also shows that

more than 60% are landless or marginal famers who work either as land labour, salt labour or boat

labour. Among the rest only 10% are rich farmers and rest are small, middle or substantial farmers.

Most of them are owning small plots of land.

There are four kinds of people involved in salt and shrimp cultivations: cultivator, laborer, mazi,

and businessman. Cultivators are the owners of salt field of shrimp field (by owning or leasing the

land). They invest money for cultivation. Laborers are those people who sell their labor under the

instruction given by the cultivators. They prepare and make the salt bed, for instance. They receive

wages from cultivators. Maziz coordinate between cultivators and laborers. They find laborers and

allocate them at salt/shrimp fields that belong the owners or lessees who need laborers.

Businessmen are those who are involved in purchasing salt (or shrimp) from the field and local

market, and sell them at markets in Chittagong, Dhaka or Narayanganj.

One of the salt factories located within the site has 70 to 80 workers throughout the year, 20 to 30 of

whom live together in a terrace house. Laborers come from other districts for shrimp cultivation

during the rainy season. All salt taken at the site is sent to Chittagong as there is no salt market in

Cox‟s Bazar.

In and around the project area there are twelve fishing catch composition points. These twelve land

survey points the Department of Fisheries do the survey on fishing activities. Of them six land

survey points fishermen are directly involved in the project areas socioeconomic activities.

(3) Social Characteristics of the Road Area

Density of population in the locality is not very high compare to other densely populated parts of

Bangladesh. Local people are both from educated and non-educated. The area has many primary

and secondary schools and set up of a college is under process. Huge number of Madrasha

(religious schools) is there along with mosques where religious educations are offered. Many

primary schools are there in the multipurpose shelter houses constructed in the area to address the

emergency needs of cyclones and tidal bores. The area is a disaster prone area as many cyclones and

tidal bores affected the area in the past. People in the area seem to be more orthodox compare to


113

other parts of Bangladesh. Child girl students also wear scarf while going to school or Madrasha.

Some little boys who have not even crossed their childhood also were cap for full time which is an

indication of bigotry. People are more orthodox in terms of rituals but less religious in terms of

maintaining social solidarity or peace in the locality. Peace is less and thereby investment in the area

is also less. If the land is acquired for road and plant purposes, poor and marginal farmers would be

affected more.

These days farmers who have no family labour do not go for land cultivation as that is not profitable

to them. As a result, leasing out of land on annual rent basis is a common practice in the area. For

salt cultivation each Kani (40 decimals) is leased out at BDT 12,000 (US$ 1=80) to 18,000 where

for shrimp cultivation at BDT 2,000-3,000. Shrimp is less profitable than salt cultivation due to

modern technique used for salt production at less cost. With the modern technique salt production

per hactor has gone very high and thereby profit also increased, in return, land lease value has also

increased. Per decimal arable land price is BDT 7000-8000 (US$ 90-100) or per hactor BDT

250,000-300,000. Land price along the road varies widely depending on the location where in some

places per decimal is BDT 15,000-20,000. In the case of homestead land it is about BDT

30,000-35,000.

Some 20% households have migrant members outside the country, who are dependent on

remittances. They are mainly working in Saudia, Dubai, Malaysia, Oman, etc. These people have

less dependency on farming; as a result, affect to the family income would be less due to land

acquisition or other interventions from the project side.

Women do not work in the field very often. Sometimes poor women, widows, divorcees work as

day labourer in the field as well as road maintenance workers of LGED. Frequently they do not go

for shopping or marketing in the local bazaar. Women headed households also share with the

neighbors to fulfill their shopping or marketing needs as maximum as possible to avoid teasing or

harassment from the male members of the society. Women hawkers also sell some commodities in

the village visiting door to door.

Presence of NGOs is there in the locality including all national level NGOs. The area is also known

for operation of Muslim NGOs who were rendering services specifically to Rohinga refugees and

other local Muslim people. All kinds of welfare activities are done by those NGOs. People in the

area are also positive to the NGO activities. Other local level institutions are also there about which

more detail to be investigated.


114

(4) Social Characteristics of the Brideg Construction Area

1) Matarbari Island

Matarbari Island is situated in the north western part of Maheshkhali Island. Many parts of this

island are at stake because of unplanned shrimp farming and natural disasters. This island is rich in

shrimp farming and solar salt pans. There are also many fish farms (local name: ghona) scattered on

this island. The island lies between 21º41´ N to 21º44´ N latitude and 91º46´ E to 91º52´ E

longitude. The survey in front of the project site was conducted at 2 sampling points (Matarbari and

Dhalghata).

The power plant and port facility site is located in two unions: Matarbari Union and Dhalghata

Union of Maheshkhali Upazila. As of 2011, when the official census was conducted for the first

time in ten years4, there were 8,168 households (44,937 people: 5.5 persons per household) in

Matarbari Union. The population density was 1,661 per square kilometer. In Dhalghata Union, there

were 2,250 households comprised of 12,877 people (5.7 persons per household), and the population

density was 644 per square kilometer.

In the power plant and port facility site, majority of the affected people were found to live in Sairer

Dail village (Matarbari Union) and Nasir Mohammaddhil village (Dhalghata Union). The table

below shows an outlook of Sairer Dail village in comparison with Matarbari Union and Nasir

Mohammaddhil in comparison with Dhalghata Union. From the features found in 2011, it can be

said that the site had low literacy rates among residents (25.5% in Sairer Dail and 32.2% in Nasir

Mohammaddhil). As shown in the figures of children from 11 to 14 years of age living (56.5% in

Sairer Dail and 64.8% in Nasir Mohammaddhil), younger generation in two villages had better

figures in terms of the school attendance rates, and comparatively female schooling was more

prevalent (Sairer Dail 72.9% and Nasir Mohammaddhil 77.5%).

Although the working population was involved in either agriculture or the service industry in Sairer

Dail (51.4% and 48.6%, respectively), almost all people of Nasir Mohammaddhil were involved in

agriculture industry (94.9%) comprised mainly of fishing, salt and shrimp cultivation. Inhabitants

did not have necessary facilities for basic living conditions, in other words, they had one of the most

deteriorated living conditions in both villages: 99.9% of the Sairer Dail population had drinking

water from tube wells, only 11.5% were connected to electricity, 70.2% lived in kutcha houses, and

72.6% had non-sanitary toilet facilities. 100% of the population in Nasir Mohammaddhil depend on

either tube wells or other sources such as pond water. 91.9% of them use non-sanitary latrine or no

4 The result of the Population Census 2011 is still provisional (as of March 2013).


115

toilet facilities. 88.0% of them lived in kutcha houses or jhupri.


116

Table 4.2-25 Overview of Matarbari Side Union

Village Sairer Dail Nasir Mohammaddhil

Area 6,682 acres (2,700 ha)

- 4,940 acres (2,000 ha)

-

Population 8,168 HH (44,937 people)

781 HH (4,496 people)

2,250 HH (12,877 people)

99 HH (601 people)

Population Density 1,661 person/ km2 - 644 person/ km2 -

Population Below 15 years Old 44.30% 48.4% 42.4% 42.7%

Sex Ratio 103 108 108 105

Literacy Rate*1 27.7% (M 26.1%, F 29.4%)

25.5% (M 21.6%, F 29.3%)

31.7% (M29.8%, F33.8%)

32.2% (M34.3%, F30.1%)

School Attendance Rate

Age 6-10 54.4% (M 52.1%, F 56.8%)

47.1% (M 41.0%, F 53.3%)

64.1%(M61.1%, F67.4%)

59.0%(M46.5%, F68.4%)

Age 11-14 60.3% (M 49.2%, F 71.7%)

56.5% (M 39.2%, F 72.9%)

62.2%(M47.1%, F78.1%)

64.8%(M48.4%, F77.5%)

Age 15-19 25.8% (M 20.7%, F 31.4%)

23.2% (M 18.1%, F 27.5%)

29.0%(M21.8%, F38.0%)

29.6%(M18.4%, F42.4%)

Agriculture 75.60% 51.4% 96.1% 94.9%Industry 3.20% 0.0% 1.0% 0.0%Service 21.30% 48.6% 2.9% 5.1%

Tap 0.20% 0.0% 0.5% 0.0%Tube well 95.00% 99.9% 92.3% 83.8%Others 4.80% 0.1% 7.2% 16.2%

Electricity Connection 27.90% 11.5% 18.4% 29.3%

Pucka 4.40% 3.3% 0.5% 1.0%Semi-pucka 4.80% 3.8% 0.8% 1.0%Kutcha 71.70% 70.2% 16.0% 65.7%Jhupri 19.10% 22.7% 82.7% 32.3%

Sanitary (water-sealed) 2.20% 0.6% 1.4% 0.0%Sanitary (non water-sealed) 36.60% 14.6% 21.7% 8.1%Non-sanitary 49.60% 72.6% 69.6% 54.5%None 11.60% 12.2% 7.3% 37.4%

Matarbari Dhalghata

Employment*2

Drinking Water

Type of House Structure*3

Toilet Facilities

Source: Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Population Census 2011 (provisional), 2012. Note 1) Distribution of population aged 7 years and above who can write a letter.

2) Distribution of population aged 7 years and above who do not attend school but are employed. 3) Pucka: Made of inorganic materials such as brick and concrete, etc.

Semi-pucka: Made of mix with some organic and inorganic materials such as steel houses, wooden houses, etc. Kutcha: Made of totally organic materials such as bamboo houses, mud houses, jute stick and catkin grass houses, etc. Jhupri: Made of temporary materials. Often called „shanties‟.


117

Chapter 5 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

5.1 Major Findings of the Initial Environmental Examination

5.1.1 Critical Issues Field reconnaissance and secondary data analysis were conducted for scoping identifying

environmental parameters which are expected to be affected by the access road project.

Table 5.1-1 shows the result of scoping for the access road. No significant impact is expected.

Table 5.1-1 Result of scoping for the access road

Item Impact

Rating

Results

Des

ign/

cons

tru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n

Phas

e

Pollution Control

1 Air Pollution B- B- Construction phase: Production of dust is expected from land preparation and other construction work, but the impact will be temporary. Generation of air pollutants (Sox, NOX,etc.) from the operation of heavy machinery and trucks is expected，but the impact will be limited to only within the surrounding area. Operation phase: Exhaust gas will be generated by vehicles.

2 Water Pollution B- B- Construction phase: Water turbidity is expected from construction work in/around the river，but the impact will be temporary. Effects from concrete wastewater and oil-containing wastewater are expected. Operation phase: Runoff of exposed soil surfaces into rivers is expected.

3 Soil Pollution B- B- Construction phase: Possibility of soil pollution caused by leakages of lubricants and fuel oil from construction vehicles and machinery. Operation phase: Salt/paddy field soil will be affected by traffic.

4 Noise and Vibration B- B- Construction phase: Impact of noise and vibration is expected caused by the operation of heavy machinery and trucks, but it will be temporary and limited to the surrounding area. Operation phase: Noise and vibration is expected from vehicles.

5 Odor B- D Construction phase: In case domestic waste from workers‟ rooms are not appropriately treated, there may be bad smells from rotten waste.


118

Item Impact

Rating

Results

Des

ign/

cons

tru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n

Phas

e

Operation phase: No bad smells are predicted.

6 Waste B- D Construction phase: Waste, including hazardous waste, will be generated by the construction work. Operation phase: Generation of waste is not expected.

Natural Environment

7 Protected Forests B- B- Construction phase: Some trees along the village road in the Protected forest area will be cut according to the procedure regulated by Forest Act (Act XVI of 1927), section 6. Operation phase: Compensation measure will be required.

Natural Environment

8 Ecosystem B- B- Construction phase: Planted mangrove forest is distributed along the river shore in front of Power Plant site. The impact will be avoided/minimized by design of road and bridge alignment. And mud flat which birds come to feed is also distributed in the river shore. The impact on the mud flat will be limited. Operation phase: The decrease of cross section by bridge structure will be very small, so the impact on hydrological future will be not significant.

Social Environment

9 Resettlement D D Design phase: There will be land acquisition along the village road, including gardens of several houses and salt/paddy fields, and a small portion of salt/paddy field areas, but no resettlement is expected.

10 Disturbance to Poor People B- B-/B+

Design phase: Land acquisition will be limited to along the village road, and the impact on land owners and tenants will not be significant. Operation phase: Resettlement and loss of livelihood may generate poverty if appropriate mitigation measures are not taken. The construction of new roads and a bridge connected to existing roads will benefit the lives of local people, e.g., better access to social services and economic activities throughout the year (especially access during the rainy season), and increased job opportunities.

11 Disturbance to Ethnic Minority Groups and Indigenous People

D D There are no ethnic and indigenous people acknowledged along and around the route.


119

Item Impact

Rating

Results

Des

ign/

cons

tru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n

Phas

e

12 Deterioration of Local Economy such as Losses of Employment and Livelihood Means

B-/B+

B-/B+

Design phase: It is not expected that employers/ employees of salt farms, shrimp farms, fishermen, and farmers will lose their means of livelihood, but some ferry boat workers may lose their jobs. Construction phase: Local people will be employed for construction work. Operation phase: There is the possibility of reductions of means of livelihood in salt farming, shrimp farming and rice farming activities, may be resulting in poverty. The construction of roads and a bridge will benefit the lives of local people, e.g., better access to social services and economic activities throughout the year (especially access during the rainy season), and increased job opportunities.

13 Land Use and Utilization of Local Resources

B- B-/B+

Design phase: Land acquisition will be limited to along the village road. Construction phase: Land acquisition will be limited to along the village road, but the impact of construction work is expected to affect land use and utilization of local resources. Operation phase: There is the possibility of a change of traditional land use patterns and utilization of local resources, but this will be minimized by using existing roads. New roads and a bridge will benefit land use and utilization of local resources.

14 Disturbance to Water Usage, Water Rights，etc.

B- D Construction phase: Construction work may affect the water usage of salt/paddy fields, but it will only be temporary. Street dust and oil leakages while it rains may cause pollution and impact agriculture. Operation phase: No impact on water usage and water rights are expected.

15 Disturbance to the Existing Social Infrastructure and Services

B- B-/B+

Construction phase: Construction work may disturb both road traffic and navigation, and vehicle volume will increase. Operation phase: Traffic volume will increase. Road improvements will increase local access to social services and markets throughout the year, especially during the rainy season.

16 Social Institutions such as Social Infrastructure and Local Decision Making Institutions

B- B- Design phase: The Deputy Commissioner's Office of Cox's Bazar District will take the initiative to conduct local consultations and detailed measurement


120

Item Impact

Rating

Results

Des

ign/

cons

tru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n

Phas

e

surveys for land acquisition, which will have an impact on social infrastructure and local decision-making institutions.

17 Misdistribution of Benefits and Compensation

B- B- Construction phase: Feelings of unfairness may arise between people living around the road and far from the road because of inconvenience during construction. Operation phase: Feelings of unfairness may arise between people who own land near the road and those who do not own land near the road.

18 Local Conflicts of Interest B- B- People living around the road will benefit through the improvement of social infrastructure and services, but people living far from the road will not benefit much. Local conflicts of interest may occur between local administration bodies and local political leaders.

19 Cultural Heritage D D There are no historical, cultural and archaeological properties and heritage sites existing along and near the route.

20 Landscape D D There is no picturesque scenery existing along and near the route.

21 Gender D B+ Design and construction phases: There is no specific negative impact anticipated. Operation phase: Residents will have improved access to social services and markets throughout the year from the construction of paved road, especially during the rainy season.

22 Children‟s Rights D B+ Design and construction phases: There is no specific negative impact anticipated. Operation phase: Children will have better access to social services and markets and improved educational opportunities throughout the year from the construction of new roads, especially during the rainy season.

23 Infectious Disease such as HIV/AIDS

B- D Construction phase: A temporary influx of migrant labor during the construction period may increase the risk of infectious diseases.

24 Work Conditions (Including Work Safety)

B- D Construction phase: High risk rate of accidents predicted in the construction work. A temporary influx of migrant labor may increase the risk of infectious diseases. Operation phase: There is no specific


121

Item Impact

Rating

Results

Des

ign/

cons

tru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n

Phas

e

negative impact anticipated.

Other 25 Accidents B- B- Construction phase: Accidents during construction work may occur. Operation phase: Traffic accidents due to increased traffic may occur.

26 Cross-boundary Impacts and Climate Change

D D Construction phase: CO2 will be produced by construction work, but no impact on climate change is expected. Operation phase: CO2 will be produced by construction work, but no impact on climate change is expected.

Note: A+/-: Significant positive/negative impact is expected. B+/-: Positive/negative impact is expected to some extent. C+/-: Extent of positive/negative impact is unknown. (Further examination is needed, and the impact may be clarified as the study progresses.) D: No impact is expected.

Table 5.1-2 shows the items of the expected adverse impact of the access road based on the scoping

result (Table 5.1-1).

Table 5.1-2 Items of expected adverse impact of the Access Road

Items Pre-construction and Construction phase Operation phase Significant adverse impact is expected (A)

None None

Adverse impact is expected to some extent (B)

[ Pollution Control] - Air Pollution - Water Pollution - Soil Pollution - Noise and Vibration - Odor - Waste [ Natural Environment] Protected Forest Ecosystem [ Social Environment ] - Disturbance to Poor People - Deterioration of Local Economy such as

Losses of Employment and Livelihood Means

- Land Use and Utilization of Local Resources

- Disturbance to Water Usage, Water Rights, etc.

- Disturbance to the Existing Social Infrastructure and Services

[ Pollution Control] - Air Pollution - Water Pollution - Soil Pollution - Noise and Vibration [ Natural Environment] Protected Forest Ecosystem [ Social Environment ] - Disturbance to Poor People - Deterioration of Local Economy

such as Losses of Employment and Livelihood Means

- Land Use and Utilization of Local Resources

- Disturbance to the Existing Social Infrastructure and Services

- Social Institutions such as Social Infrastructure and Local Decision Making Institutions

- Misdistribution of Benefits and


122

Items Pre-construction and Construction phase Operation phase - Social Institutions such as Social

Infrastructure and Local Decision Making Institutions

- Misdistribution of Benefits and Compensation

- Local Conflicts of Interest - Infectious Disease such as HIV/AIDS - Work Conditions (Including Work

Safety) [ Others ] - Accidents

Compensation - Local Conflicts of Interest [ Others ] - Accidents

Extent of adverse impact is unknown (C)

None None

Adverse impact is not expected (D)

[ Social Environment ] - Resettlement - Disturbance to Ethnic Minority Groups

and Indigenous People - Cultural Heritage - Landscape - Gender - Children‟s Rights [ Other] Cross-boundary Impacts and Climate Change

[Pollution Control] Odor Waste [Social Environment] Resettlement Disturbance to Water Usage, Water Rights, etc. Cultural Heritage Landscape Gender Children‟s Rights Infectious Disease such as HIV/AIDS Work Conditions (Including Work Safety) [Other] - Cross boundary Impacts and Climate

Change


123

5.2 Evaluation of Impacts

5.2.1 Environmental Impact Evaluation This section describes the results of impact evaluations of the main environmental impact items

for the proposed access road. These impact evaluations have been made studying mitigation

measures for avoiding or mitigating impacts with respect to various forms of environmental items.

(1) Pre-construction and Construction Stage

1) Natural Physical Resources A) Air Quality

Generation of dust is expected by land preparation, and generation of air pollutants (SOx and NOx, etc.) is anticipated from the operation of heavy machinery and trucks, but the impact will be limited only to the bridge construction and road construction area. According to the Beaufort scale, when wind speed exceeds about 6m/s, dust on the ground may be lifted up. However, the occurrence ratio of wind speed exceeding about 6m/s around the project site is very low, approximately 1%. Watering the access road, especially in the dry season, and using cover sheets on trucks for the transportation of soil will be undertaken to reduce dust generation. Periodic maintenance and management of all the construction machinery and vehicles will be conducted to reduce exhaust gas discharged from construction machinery and vehicles.

B) Water Quality

(a) Road Construction

There may be soil runoff from the exposed soil of the embankments and cut slopes, and water pollution of the downstream area of the surrounding river is predicted. Since the road construction area is mainly salt field or paddy field, soil runoff and turbid water generation will not be significant. (b) Bridge Construction

Turbid water is expected to be produced from dredging activity in the river.

In addition, concrete wastewater and oil-containing wastewater are expected to have an

effect, but only temporary. In conducting dredging work i n t h e r i v e r , grab or pump

dredgers will be used and anti-diffusion membranes will be installed around the construction

site to prevent diffusion of turbidity, especially toward the mangrove forest.

These measures will minimize the impact of contamination of sea water, river water and

underground water.


124

C) Waste

Waste generated from the construction work will include waste plastic, waste glass and waste oil.

Furthermore, household waste discarded from the camping ground of the workers will include

cans, bottles and garbage. If such waste is inadequately handled, sea water, river water and

underground water may be contaminated, and sanitation problems may arise.

Segregating waste at collection, recycling and reusing waste will be promoted and

non-recyclable waste will be disposed at appropriate sites according to related regulations.

Hazardous waste will be treated under the related regulations. To reduce the amount of solid

waste discharged from the workers during the construction work, efforts will be taken to

employ local workers wherever possible, so that the amount of household waste at the workers

camp will be minimized. These measures will be taken to ensure that water pollution or sanitary

problems resulting from waste will not arise.

Sand and silt will be generated from dredging work in the river. Sand will be, after being

dehydrated at the effluent outlet, entirely reused for making mound, and silt will be entirely

disposed of in the sedimentation pond adequately managed and treated as dust and waste water.

D) Noise and Vibration

(a)Noise The impact of noise caused by the operation of heavy machinery and trucks is predicted, but will be limited to the surrounding area. However, there is a residential area located near the road construction area and sufficient consideration must be given to minimizing any noise impact.

(b)Vibration The operation of heavy machinery and trucks is predicted to create noise, but this will be limited to the surrounding area. In the actual construction work, schedule management will be performed to maintain constant amounts of construction work and to ensure that low vibration equipment will be used as much as possible. Construction work will be performed during daytime, especially piling work. Measures for reducing generation of noise, such as speed reduction of vehicles in residential

areas, will be taken, whereby vehicle noise impact will be minimized. Thus, all efforts will be

made to minimize the noise impact.

E) Odor

In case domestic waste from the workers‟ camp is not appropriately treated, the rotting waste

may produce a foul odor. Before starting the construction work, workers will be instructed to

classify and collect garbage and illegal waste disposal will be prohibited. Garbage will be


125

disposed on a periodic basis to ensure that odor by putrefaction is not produced. These measures

will be taken to minimize the generation of odor.

F). Soil

Soil pollution will possibly be caused by leakages of oil and chemical materials at the construction site. Oil and chemical materials will be stored at an appropriate storage site to prevent any permeation into the ground. These measures will minimize the impact of any soil contamination.

G) Sediment

Sediment pollution may occur in the case construction wastewater flows into the river. Channels, ditches and temporary settling ponds will be dug and constructed around the construction area. Wastewater treatment facilities for workers, such as septic tanks and oil separators for oily run-off water, will be installed in the workers‟ camp and the construction area. Oil and chemical materials will be stored in an appropriate storage site to prevent any permeation into the ground. These measures will minimize the impact of sediment contamination by river water.

H) Subsidence

Groundwater will not be used during the construction phase of the port facility, therefore subsidence will not occur.

2) Natural Biological Resources

1) Protected Areas

Sonadia ECA has been designated pursuant to the Environmental Protection Law in Bangladesh, and it is located about 20 km south of the road and bridge construction area. Environmental impact of air pollution, water turbidity, noise and other environmental impact during construction will be not significant and the extent of any impact will be limited. Consequently, the impact to Sonadia ECA will be insignificant.

2) Ecosystem

The road construction areas are farms and other purposes, and not primeval forests or tropical rain forests. A part of trees in the residential area will be cut down due to the road widening work, but it can be minimized and mitigated. Although mangrove forest is located along the west bank of Kuhelia River, the bridge point was sifted to north to avoid the direct impact on the mangrove forest. And bridge construction


126

works will be conducted under the consideration mentioned above.

3) Social-economic Status A) Land Acquisition

It is anticipated that 56 households are currently owing or using on the proposed route. There will be no resettlement.

Table 5.2-1 Characteristics of Affected People Land use No. of HH % Remarks

Use for residence 4 7.14 Use for commercial purpose 1 1.79 Shops 0 0.00 Agricultural 42 75.00 Unused 1 1.79

Other (specify) 8 14.29 Pond to be affected

Total: 56 100 (Source: JICA Study Team)

B) Disturbance to Water Usage, Water Rights, etc.

All water to be used for the construction work will be transported by vehicles and stored in a tank. Ground water and river water will not be used. The local economy may be affected by turbid water discharged from the construction site. Outflows of street dust and oil during rainy periods may also have certain effects. The turbid water discharged from the construction site and any oil spills may affect the water quality of the river and ground water, and adequate mitigation measures shall be taken. Water quality of well water, which is the main supply of drinking water, shall be monitored in order to monitor any adverse effects on ground water. C) Social Institutions such as Social Infrastructure and Local Decision-making Institutions

The Deputy Commissioner‟s Office of Cox‟s Bazar District will be responsible for taking the initiative to conduct local consultations concerning compensation. In consideration of the possible changing emotions of local residents over the course of negotiations with office staff, compensation should be carried out in consultation with the local people.

D) Disturbance to Existing Social Infrastructure and Services


127

As material, equipment and worker transportation may disturb existing road and water traffic

including fishing boats. Additionally, dredging work may also disturb the water traffic. Especilly

the existing jetty will not available during construction.

In regard to vessels, water routes shall be determined after consultation with the related

authorities. And in regard to vehicles, bus use will be promoted to reduce increasing the number

of vehicles on the roads. The bus schedules shall be managed in consultation with related

organizations.

E) Local Conflicts of Interest

Local conflicts may occur between local residents who may feel that they have received unfair compensation and other local residents or conflict with staff of the Deputy Commissioner‟s Office. Conflict may occur between local residents and external workers because of any changes to local customs if external workers cannot understand local customs. A number of consultations with local residents have been conducted in preparing the draft LARAP in this feasibility study. Regulations in Bangladesh stipulate the need to conduct public consultations in land acquisition processes. Local people should be employed for the construction works to the maximum extent possible, and any workers from other countries should be taught to respect local customs in order to facilitate good relationships with local people. The lodgings of the project workers should be equipped with sufficient living facilities to keep workers at the project site as much as possible.

F) Children's Rights

Children are often forced to work and cannot attend school, and this may occur in the case of the construction of the road and bridge as well. There will be children among those to be lose their livelihood means. Children from those households losing their land or jobs may suffer from adverse impact on their household economy such as drop-out of school. Labor contracts between the construction industry and children shall be prohibited. Regular patrols to check for child workers shall be conducted. G) Infectious Diseases such as HIV/AIDS

A temporary influx of migrant labor during the construction period may increase the risk of sexual transmitted diseases, etc. Local people should be recruited for simple work as much as possible so to minimize the risk of infectious diseases being transmitted from external workers. Pre-employment and periodic medical check-ups should be conducted for external workers (technical workers, etc).


128

H) Work Environment (Including Work Safety)

A high risk rate of accidents is predicted for the construction work. Construction companies

should establish work safety plans and submit them to CPGCBL to obtain approval. Work

safety plans should stipulate mitigation measures on soft aspects (safety training, etc.) and hard

aspects (provide workers with appropriate protective equipment, etc.).

4) Others

A) Accidents

Land traffic and water traffic accidents during construction work may occur. As prevention measures for land traffic accidents, observation of traffic regulations, and training and education on safe driving will be implemented. People in the surrounding villages shall be informed of the bus schedules. For vessel operation, marking buoys will be set around the construction area for water safety. Vessel schedules shall be announced to fishermen, etc.

B) Cross-boundary Impact and Climate Change

CO2 will be produced by the construction work. Periodic maintenance and management of all construction machinery and vehicles will be conducted.

(2) Operation Stage

1) Natural Physical Resources

A) Air Quality

It is expected that air pollution will be caused from the exhaust gas generated from vehicles

related to the power plant..

B) Water Quality

There may be soil runoff from the exposed soil of the embankments and cut slopes, and water pollution of the downstream area of the surrounding river is predicted. The access road route is mainly located flat area, and in the hill area and slopes adequate measures to prevent erosion will be treated.

C) Noise and Vibration

The major noise and vibration source will be vehicles, but the increase of traffic amount will not


129

be significant.

2) Natural Biological Resources A) Protected Areas Sonadia ECA has been designated pursuant to the Environmental Protection Law in Bangladesh,

and it is located a bo u t 20 km south of the a c c e s s r o a d . T here will be no significant impact

caused by the traffic. B) Ecosystem The mangrove forest is located along the west bank of Kuhelia River. The hydrological and morphological change is not significant. And the accessibility to the mangrove forest will be restricted. Therefore the impact on the mangrove forest will not be significant.

3) Socio-economic Status

A) Deterioration of Local Economy such as Losses of Employment and Livelihood Means

Farm land located at the base of towers will be lost, although the total area will be small. The

road construction area can be reused for farming after the completion of the construction.

B) Disturbance to Water Usage, Water Rights, etc.

Soil runoff may occur from the exposed soil of the embankments and cut slopes, resulting in water pollution of the downstream area of the surrounding rivers and possible alteration of water use. The access road route is mainly located in flat area, so the soil runoff and turbid water generation will not be significant except the hill area. In the hill area drainage system will be improved and slope protection works will be done. C) Disturbance to the Existing Social Infrastructure and Service Traffic volume and traffic jams will increase in the access road, community road and road around the power plant boundary. Mitigation measures to decrease traffic volume shall be conducted, such as the promotion of bus use. D) Misdistribution of Benefits and Compensation

People who live in other areas may have limited access or be prevented from accessing the

school and medical facility along the access road, which may cause grievances. The access road

shall be open to all local people to the maximum extent possible in order to improve peoples‟

lives.


130

E) Local Conflicts of Interest

Local conflicts of interest may occur between employers and employees of salt farms, shrimp

farms and the fishing industry, and between local administration bodies and local political

leaders. There may be feelings of resentment and reconciliation, as people living around the

access road will benefit. However, conflicts among local residents may occur if such benefits

were mis-distributed.

The access road shall be open to all local people to the maximum extent possible for the

improvement of peoples‟ lives.

F) Gender

Residents will have better access to social services throughout the year if access road is

constructed along with the construction of the power plant, especially access during the rainy

season.

G) Children‟s Rights There is a possibility that children may be forced to work and not attend school. Labor contracts between the subcontractors and children shall be prohibited. Regular patrols to check for child workers shall be conducted. The access road shall be built with sufficient height so that it can be used even in the rainy season, so that access to markets and social services shall be improved, including access by children.

4) Others

A)

Accidents

The risk of traffic accident may be increased. Observation of traffic regulations, installation of

traffic signs, and training and education on safe driving shall be conducted for land traffic

vehicles.

B) Cross-boundary Impact and Climate Change

CO2 will be emitted from the vehicles. The safety drive instruction will also contribute to

reduce CO2 emission.


131

(3) Summary of Environmental and Social Impact Assessment The results of environmental impact assessment are summarized in Table 5.2-2.

Table 5.2-2 Summary of Environmental Impact Assessment for the Access Road

Item No.

Impact

Assessment of Scoping

Assessment of Survey Results

Results

Pre/

co

nstru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n Ph

ase

Pre/

co

nstru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n Ph

ase

Pollution Control

1 Air Quality B- B- B- B- Construction phase: Prevention measures for dust dispersion will be

taken by spraying water. Maintenance of the machinery will be conducted

regularly, resulting in reducing exhaust gas emissions.

Operation phase: Traffic regulations and rules shall be complied

with. 2 Water Quality B- B- B- B- Construction phase:

Increased turbidity will be settled within a short period

Operation phase: -The affect of the bridge structure on hydrology

distribution will not be significant. 3 Sediment B- B- B- B- Construction and Operation phases:

The change of hydroology and sedimentation will not be significant.

4 Soil B- B- B- B- Construction phase: Oil and chemical substances will be appropriately

stored. Operation phase: Soil quality of waterway will be affected by traffic.

5 Noise and Vibration

B- B- B- B- Construction phase: Construction machinery and vehicles will be

maintained regularly. Low-noise/ low-vibration machinery will be

introduced. Noise level generated from construction machinery

will meet the noise level standards at the nearest residential area.

Operation phase: Traffic regulations and rules shall be complied

with. 6 Odor B- B- B- D- Construction phase:

General waste will be re-used, recycled or disposed following with the relevant laws and regulations

Operation phase: None


132

Item No.

Impact



Results

Pre/

co

nstru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n Ph

ase

Pre/

co

nstru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n Ph

ase

7 Wastes B- D B- D Construction phase: Construction waste and general waste will be

re-used, recycled or disposed following with the relevant laws and regulations.

Operation phase: None

Natural Environment

8 Protected Forest

B- D B- D Construction phase: Some trees along the village road shall be cut. Operation phase: None

9 Ecosystem B- B- B- B- Construction phase: Impact of hydrological change and water turbidity

during construction phase on mangrove forests and tidal flats will be avoided/minimized by design of road and bridge alignment. The birds on mud flats, are common species, will not be significant.

Operation phase: Ditto

Social Environment

10 Resettlement (Land acquisition)

D (B-)

D (D)

D (B-)

D (D)

Pre-construction phase: At least 37 households will be affected by the

construction of the access road, but there is no resettlement. LARAP that includes not only a compensation plan but also a livelihood restoration program for affected people shall be established.

11 Disturbance to Poor People

B-/B+ B-/B+

B-/B+ B-/B+ Pre-construction and Construction phases: The employment of local people will be promoted

for the increased employment opportunity for subcontract work resulting from the access road construction activity.

Operation phase: Construction of the access road will be built with

sufficient height so that it can be used even in the rainy season.

12 Disturbance to Ethnic Minority Groups and Indigenous People

D D D D There are no ethnic and indigenous people found on or around the access road.

13 Deterioration of Local Economy such as Losses of Employment and

B-/B+ B-/B+ B-/B+ B-/B+ Pre-construction and Construction phases: The employment of local people will be promoted

for the increased employment opportunity for subcontract work resulting from the access road construction activity.

Operation phase: Transportation of products in this area and


133

Item No.

Impact



Results

Pre/

co

nstru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n Ph

ase

Pre/

co

nstru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n Ph

ase

Livelihood Means

materials from urban area will benefit local people.


B- B-/B+

B- B-/B+ Pre-construction and Construction phases: Construction work will affect land use and

utilization of local people, but is limited. Operation phase: Land use and utilization will be changed,but many

benefits from the access road. 15 Disturbance to

Water Usage, Water Rights, etc.

B- D B- D Construction phase: Draine system will be monitered. Operation phase: None


B- B-/B+

B- B-/B+ Construction phase: Mitigation measures will be taken. Operation phase: Mitigation measures for traffic amount increase will be taken. Access road will benefit existing social infrastructure and services.

17 Social Institutions such as Social Infrastructure and Local Decision-making Institutions

B- B- B- B- Pre-construction phase: Laws of Bangladesh stipulate to conduct public

consultation in land acquisition process.


B- B- B- B- Pre-construction phase There is a possibility of unequal compensation

between the local residents. Equality of compensation shall be assured in preparing the LARAP.

Operation phase: Ditto

19 Local Conflicts of Interest

B- B- B- B- Preconstruction phase: Laws of Bangladesh stipulate to conduct public

consultation in land acquisition process. Construction phase: Ditto Operation phase: Ditto

20 Cultural Heritage

D D D D There is no historical, cultural and archaeological property and heritage existing on or around the access road.

21 Landscape D D D D There is no picturesque scenery existing on or around the access road.

22 Gender D B+ D B+ Pre-construction and Construction phases: There is no specific negative impact anticipated. Operation phase:


134

Item No.

Impact



Results

Pre/

co

nstru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n Ph

ase

Pre/

co

nstru

ctio

n Ph

ase

Ope

ratio

n Ph

ase

The access road shall be open to all local people to the maximum possible extent for the improvement of their lives.

23 Children‟s Rights

D B+ D B+ Pre-construction and Construction phases: There is no specific negative impact anticipated.. Operation phase: Children will have better access to social services,

but child workers must be checked. 24 Infectious

Diseases such as HIV/AIDS

B- D B- D Construction phase: Local people will be recruited for simple work as

much as possible and there is a low risk of infectious diseases transmitted from outside. Pre-employment and periodic medical check-ups will be carried out for external workers (technical workers, etc).


B- D B- D Construction and Operation phases: The construction company shall establish a work

safety plan and submit it to the client to get approval. The work safety plan shall stipulate mitigation measures on soft aspects (safety training, etc) and hard aspects (provide workers with appropriate protective equipment, etc).

Others 26 Accidents B- B- B- B- Construction phase: Regarding land traffic, observation of traffic

regulations, installation of traffic signs and training and education on safety driving will be implemented.

Regarding river traffic, necessary measures will be set up around construction area for navigation and other activity safety.

Schedules of vessels will be announced to the relevant persons/organizations, etc.

Operation phase: Signs for both road and navigation safety will be

set up at proper positions. 27 Cross-boundar

y Impact and Climate Change

B- B- B- B- Construction phase: Periodic maintenance and management of all the

construction machinery and vehicles will be conducted

Operation phase: Proper maintenance of road and bridge for

sustainable use will be conducted. Notes: A+/-: Significant positive/negative impact is expected.

B+/-: Positive/negative impact is expected to some extent.

C+/-: Extent of positive/negative impact is unknown. (Further examination is needed, and the impact may be clarified as the study progresses.)

D: No impact is expected. (Source: JICA Study Team)

15-135


t

Chapter 6 Environmental Management Plan

6.1 Environmental Management Plan Environmental management is a sustainable way of planning, arranging, supervising, organizing,

and developing the environment so that the preservation of natural resources can be maintained and

impact can be prevented or mitigated.

6.1.1 Mitigation measures

The major environmental impact, mitigation measures, responsible organization, and expense for each environmental item in construction and operation phase for access road is listed in Table 6.1-1


t

Table 6.1-1 Environmental Management Plan for the Access Road

No Potential Impact to be Managed

Sources of Potential Impact

Standard of Impact Objectives Management Effort Management

Location Period of Management

Management Institution Cost

Pre-construction phase 1 Land

acquisition 1) Loss of private land 2) Loss of paddy fields, salt fields and shrimp farms 3) Loss of trees, home gardens, drainage ponds, and fruit

1) 3) Law of land JICA Guideline (2010)

1),2) Consideration for land owners 3)Consideration for persons losing their property

1) 3) Land acquisition should be conducted in compliance with the relevant laws and regulations The cost related to relocation will be given to relocated residents Existing roads should be given maximum utilization Repair and improvement of roads should be proposed at the minimum scale feasible

At the site During land acquisition process

Office of the Deputy Commissioner RHD

RHD


Poor households among those who are to be resettled.

JICA Guideline (2010)

Consideration for burden on vulnerable groups

Developing “livelihood restoration program” including; (1) provide small scale trade facilities at new bridge sites, (2)provide employment opportunity during construction period and operation & maintenance period Developed access road will function as a vital access/supply route in time of disaster for communities along the road and bridges

At the site Prior to start of construction


RHD

3 Social Institutions

Changing peoples` thinking

----- Consideration to affected

Developing an appropriate “land acquisition plan”


Office of the Deputy Commissioner

RHD


t






such as Social Infrastructure and Local Decision-making Institutions

through interacting with local government officers, local residents and others in the land acquisition procedure

peoples‟ feelings

RHD


Can occur among residents, workers, government officers, and local politicians

----- Consideration for uneven distribution of benefits and losses

Developing an appropriate “land acquisition plan”



RHD



----- Consideration to affected peoples‟ feelings

Developing an appropriate “land acquisition and resettlement action plan”, including “livelihood restoration program”. The program will cover; (1) provide small scale trade facilities at new bridge sites, (2)provide employment opportunity during construction period and operation & maintenance period Developed access road will function as a vital access/supply route in time of disaster for communities along the road and bridges



RHD

Construction phase 1 Air Quality 1) Dust resulting 1) , 2) 1) , 2) 1) Dust prevention 1) , 2) 1) , 2) Implementation: Expense is included


t






from construction work 2) Exhaust gas from construction machinery and vehicles used for mobilization of equipment

Ambient Air Quality Standard IFC guideline values for ambient air quality (General/ 2007)

Prevention of air pollution in the surrounding area

Watering access road, especially in the dry season Using cover sheets on trucks for the transportation of soil 2) Gas emission prevention Periodic maintenance and management of all the construction machinery and vehicles

Construction area During construction phase

Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD/ Supervision Consultant

in contract cost by Contractor.

2 Water Quality 1) River water from construction area 2) Waterway in salt/paddy field

1) , 2) Ambient water standards

1), 2) Prevention of water pollution in the surrounding area

1) River water Monitoring turbidity everyday near the construction work in the river 2) Waterway in salt/paddy fields Monitoring water quality in the waterway once a week

1) River 2) Waterway in salt/paddy fields

1) , 2) During construction phase

Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD/ Supervision Consultant

Expense is included in contract cost by Contractor.

3 Waste 1) Construction waste from construction work 2) Domestic waste from workers 3) Hazardous waste

1) 3) Waste Management Rule

1) 3) Prevention of inappropriate waste disposal

1), 2) Construction and Domestic waste Conduct separate waste collection and promote recycling and reuse. Appropriate disposal of non-recyclable waste according to rules 3) Hazardous waste Hazardous waste should be treated under the related regulation


Implementation: Contractor Supervisor: RHD



1) Noise and vibration caused by construction machinery

1), 2) Noise level standards IFC guideline

1), 2) Reduction of noise levels from

1) Construction machinery Optimizing construction schedule Performing construction

1), 2) Construction area

1), 2) During construction phase

Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant



t






2) Noise caused by vehicles used for mobilization of equipment and workers

values for noise (General/ 2007)

construction activities

work during daytime, especially piling work. Using low-noise/ low vibration equipment, as much as possible 2) Mobilization Transportation of material and equipment for construction by shipping Determine a traffic control plan including route-setting Limit truck speed, especially around residential areas

Supervisor: RHD/ Supervision Consultant

5 Odor Domestic wastewater of workers

Wastewater standards

Prevention of generating odors

Taking appropriate measures for handling general waste. Prohibit illegal waste disposal




6 Soil 1) Leakages of oil and chemical materials from construction activity 2) Inappropriate disposal of waste 3) Exaust gas and dust from vehicles

1), 2) Drinking water quality standards

1), 2) Prevention of water and soil pollution in the surrounding area

1) Storage of oil and chemical materials in an appropriate storage site and method to prevent permeation into the ground. 2) Prohibit illegal dumping 3) Groundwater monitoring

1) 3) Construction area

1) 3) During construction phase



7 Sediment River bottom sediment

Wastewater standards

Prevention of water pollution in the surrounding area

Excavate channels, ditches and temporary settling pond around bridge construction area


Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD/ Supervision



t






Consultant 8 Protected

Forests Trees Forest law Protection of

forest Transplant trees, etc. Construction area During

construction phase



9 Ecosystem 1) Mangrove forest 2) Tidal flats

1), 2) Bangladesh Wild Life (Preservation) (Amendment) Act, 1974 JICA Guideline (2010) -World Bank OP4.04

1), 2) Protection of endangered species Protection critical natural habitat

1), 2) Developing “protective measures” Prohibit disturbance, Monitoring of water quality, sedimentation and topographical future

1), 2) Construction area

During construction phase



10 Deterioration of Local Economy such as Losses of Employment and Means of Livelihood

Increase in employment and business opportunities

Number of employment opportunities for local residents

Improvement of the local economy Improvement of living standards of local residents Consideration to local residents‟ emotions

Employment of local residents as much as possible.

Villages near the road





Changing the traditional land use patterns and utilization of local resources

----- Consideration to local residents‟ feelings

Employ local residents as much as possible.





t






12 Disturbance to

Water Usage, Water Rights, etc.

Adverse impact due to water pollution Usage of underground water

Same as those addressed in water quality

Same as those addressed in water quality

Implement the same mitigation measures as those addressed in water quality Monitoring of water level and water quality at wells in residential area.




13 Disturbance to Existing Social Infrastructure and Services

Increased road and navigation traffic may disturb the existing traffic including Traffic jams caused by increased vehicles during construction

Road and vessel traffic volume around the construction site

Mitigation of road traffic jams and safety

Consulting with related authorities on schedule of vessels Determining a water route after consultation with related authorities Proper signage around construction area for navigation safety -Informing vessel schedule to local fishermen, etc. Optimization of vehicle schedule. -Reducing the number of vehicles by using buses Consulting with related authorities on schedules -Informing vehicle schedules to the surrounding villages Determining a traffic control plan Training safe operation of vehicles

Roads near the construction area River





Conflict between local residents and workers

Change in local customs

Consideration to the attitudes of local residents

Employ local residents as much as possible Promote communication





t






to the project between external workers and local people (e.g., join in local events)

15 Children‟s Right

Child labor ----- Banning child labor

Prohibit labor contracts between subcontractor and children Monitoring periodically, checking for any child labor


Implementation: Contractor/ Supervisor: RHD


16 Infectious Diseases such as HIV/AIDS

Temporary influx of migrant labor during construction may increase risk of infection

----- Consideration for sanitation for local residents

Implementation of periodic medical check-ups by temporary medical team Education and training for health care of workers





1) Labor accidents 2) Diseases caused by air pollutants, water pollutants, and noise by construction work

1) Labor accidents Handling heavy loads Working at heights Electric shocks 2) Environment pollution Ambient Air Quality Standards Noise level standards Waste management rule IFC guideline value for ambient air quality

1) 2) Prevention of labor accidents and health problems

1) Labor accidents Prepare a manual for labor accident prevention including safety education and training Provide workers with appropriate protective equipment such as helmets Install fire extinguishers in fire handling places Inspect and ensure that any lifting devices such as cranes are appropriate for expected loads Keep lifting devices well maintained and perform maintenance checks as appropriate during the period of construction. Use equipment that protects against electric

1) 2) Construction area

1) 2) During construction phase




t






(General/ 2007) IFC guideline value for noise (General/ 2007)

shocks. 2) Environment pollution Observe related standards and provide workers with appropriate equipments such as masks, ear plugs, etc.

18 Accidents Traffic accidents Land traffic River traffic

Traffic accidents

Observation of traffic regulations, installation of traffic signs, and education on safe driving Training safe operation of vehicles. Optimization of vehicle schedule. Reducing the number of vehicles by using buses Consulting with related authorities on schedules -Informing vehicle schedules to the surrounding villages Consulting with related authorities on schedules of vessels Determining a water route after consultation with related authority. Setting proper signs around construction area for navigation safety -Informing vessel operation schedule to local fishermen etc.

Roads near the construction area River




19 Cross-boundary impact and

CO2 will be produced by

----- Reduce CO2 emission as

Periodic maintenance and management of all the

Construction area During construction

Implementation: Contractor/

Expense is included in contract cost by


t






climate change

construction work much as possible

construction machinery and vehicles

phase Supervisor: RHD

Contractor.

Operational Phase

1 Air Quality 1) Exhaust gas from vehicles used for mobilization of equipment and workers 2) Dust from road

1), 2) Ambient air quality standards IFC guideline values for ambient air quality (General/ 2007)

1), 2) Prevention of air pollution

1), 2) Monitoring the ambient air quality along the road

1), 2) Along the road

1), 2) During the operation of the power plant

RHD RHD

2 Water Quality Waterway in salt/ paddy fields

Ambient water standards

Prevention of water pollution

Waterway in salt/paddy fields Monitoring water quality in the waterway once a week

Waterway in salt/ paddy fields

During the operation of the power plant

RHD RHD


Noise caused by vehicles used for mobilization of equipment and workers

Noise standards IFC guideline values for noise (Thermal power plant/ 2008) (General/2007)

Prevention of noise and vibration impact

Monitoring the noise and vibration levels Determine a traffic control plan including route-setting Limit truck speed, especially around residential areas

Along the road During the operation of power plant

RHD RHD

6 Soil Exaust gas and dust from vehicles

Ground water quality standards

Prevention of soil and water pollution in the surrounding area

Monitoring the ground water and surface water of waterway

Salt/ paddy fields During the operation of the power plant

RHD RHD

7 Sediment Existence of bridge piers

World Bank OP4.04

Prevention of deterioration of tidal flat

Monitoring of sediment quality of mud flat and river bottom

River around bridge


RHD RHD

8 Ecosystem 1) Mangrove 1), 2) 1), 2) 1), 2) 1), 2) Around the During the RHD RHD


t






forest 2) Tidal flats

Bangladesh Wild Life (Preservation) (Amendment) Act, 1974 JICA Guideline (2010) -World Bank OP4.04

Protection of endangered species Protection critical natural habitat

Developing “protective measures” Prohibit disturbance Monitoring of water quality, sedimentation and topographical features

new bridge

operation of the power plant


Improved road connection

----- Access to social services

New access road will be built with heights so that it can be used even in the rainy season

Villages near the site


RHD RHD


Improved transportation condition

Economic situation of dealing products

Improvement of the local economy Improvement of living standards of local residents Consideration to local residents‟ feelings

Transportation of products in this area and materials from urban area will benefit people



RHD RHD


Changing traditional land use patterns and utilization of local resources

----- Consideration to local residents‟ feelings

Improved transportation will maintain land use and utilization



RHD RHD


1) Traffic jams caused by increased vehicles 2) Improved roads

----- 1) Traffic volume will increase 2) Access to social services

1) Minimizing traffic volume by using buses for employees of power plant 2) Access to social services The access road can be used even in the rainy season.

1), 2) Villages near the site


RHD RHD


t








----- Consideration to affected peoples‟ feelings

Establish a consultation section for any grievances



RHD RHD

15

Local Conflicts of Interest

Conflict between local residents

Change in local customs

Consideration of the attitudes of local residents to the project

Establish a consultation section for any grievances

Villages along the road


RHD RHD

16 Gender Improved road ----- Access to social services and market

The access road can be used even in the rainy season.



RHD RHD

17 Children‟s Rights

1) Child labor 2) Improved road

----- 1) Banning child labor 2) Access to school

1) Child labor Prohibit labor contracts between subcontractor and children By patrolling periodically, checking for child labor 2) Improved road The access road can be used even in the rainy season.

1), 2) Villages along the road

1), 2) During the operation of the power plant

RHD RHD

19 Accidents Traffic accidents

Land traffic

Prevention of traffic accidents

Observation of traffic regulations, installation of traffic signs, and education on safe driving Reducing the number of vehicles by scheduling buses Consulting with related authorities on schedules Informing vehicle schedules to the surrounding villages



RHD RHD


t






20 Cross-boundary Impact and Climate Change

Efficient road maintenance Idling stops, economic driving

Amount of CO2 emissions

Reduce CO2 emissions per road length

Efficient maintenance Promotion of efficient fuel driving



RHD RHD


148

6.1.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan

The major environmental impact, monitoring method, responsible organization, and expense for each environmental item in the construction and operation phases for the access road are listed in Table 6.1-2.


t

149

Table 6.1-2 Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Access Road

No Significant Impact to be Monitored

Source of Significant Impact

Monitored Parameter

Purpose of the Monitoring

Monitoring Method Responsible Organization Cost Method of

collecting and Analyzing Data

Location Duration and Frequency

Pre-Construction 1 Land Acquisition 1) Loss of private land

2) Loss of salt fields, shrimp farms, and fishing sites 3) Loss of residential/ commercial structures 4) Loss of trees, home gardens, ponds, and fruit

1) 4) Law of land JICA Guideline (2010)

1) 4) Confirmation of compensation process

1) 4) Attendance of compensation payment Record of compensation agreements

1) 4) Areas for compensation

1) 4) During land acquisition process


RHD


Poor households among those who lose jobs

JICA Guideline (2010)

Same as those addressed in Loss of work

Interviewing affected people

Affected people Once a year Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD/ Supervision Consultant

RHD

3 Social Institutions such as Social Infrastructure and Local Decision-making Institutions

Changing peoples` thinking through interacting with local government officers, local residents and others in the land acquisition procedure

----- Confirmation of affected peoples‟ feelings

Interviewing affected people

Affected people Once a year Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD/ Supervision Consultant

RHD


It can occur among residents, workers, government officers, and local politicians

----- Same as those addressed in Land acquisition

Same as those addressed in Land acquisition




RHD


It can occur among residents, workers, government office, and local politicians

----- Same as those addressed in Social institutions

Same as those addressed in Social institutions




RHD


t

150

No

Significant

Impact to be

Monitored

Source of Significant

Impact

Monitored

Parameter

Purpose of the

Monitoring

Monitoring Method

Initiator

Supervisor Cost

Method of

collecting and

Analyzing Data

Location Duration and

Frequency

Construction phase

1 Air Quality 1) Dust resulting from construction work 2) Exhaust gas from construction machinery and vehicles used for mobilization of equipment

1), 2) PM10 Ambient Air Quality Standard IFC guideline value for ambient air quality (General/ 2007)

1), 2) Evaluation of effect of the mitigation measure towards air pollution

1) , 2) Collecting samples and analyzing at the lab.

1) ,2) 3 points -Along the road

1), 2) Once every three month



2 Water Quality 1) Run off water from construction area 2) River water

1) ,2) pH, BOD, TSS, Oil, Coliforms, etc. Waste water standards Ambient water quality standards (inland surface water)

1) , 2) Evaluation of effect of the mitigation measure towards water pollution

1) , 2) Collecting samples and analyzing at the lab.

1) Waterway in the salt/paddy field 2 point Ground water of existing wells: 1 point 2) River water near the construction area: 5 point

1) , 2) Once every three month



3 Wastes 1) Construction waste from construction work 2) Domestic waste from workers 3) Hazardous waste such as dry batteries, etc.

1) 3) Waste Management Rule

1) 3) Evaluation of effect of the mitigation measure for waste

1) 3) Record of kinds and quantity of waste, and the disposal method

1) 3) -Along the road

1) 4) Continuous Record

Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD



1) Noise and vibration caused by construction machinery 2) Noise caused by vehicles used for

1), 2) Noise level Noise level standards IFC guideline value for noise

1), 2) Evaluation of effect of the mitigation measure towards noise level

1), 2) -Measurement using noise level meter

1), 2) 3 points -Along the road

1), 2) Once every three month




t

151

No

Significant

Impact to be

Monitored


Impact

Monitored

Parameter

Purpose of the

Monitoring

Monitoring Method

Initiator

Supervisor Cost

Method of

collecting and

Analyzing Data


Frequency

mobilization of equipment and workers

(General/ 2007)

5 Ecosystem (Mangrove forest)

Existence of mangrove forest

Density JICA Guideline (2010) WB OP 4.04

Evaluation of density 1), 2) Observation

2 line

Once three months



Ecosystem (Tidal flat)

Potential impact due to the degradation of sedimentation and erosion

1) Topographic future 2)Sediment quality 3) Benthic animals

1) 3) Evaluation of effect of the mitigation measure towards water pollution Confirming the population and change in types of the marine organism

1) 3) Collecting samples at the site, analyzing at the lab

1) 3) 5 points Sea area in front of construction area

1) 3) Twice a year at dry and rainy season



Increase in employment and business opportunities

Number of employment opportunities for local residents

Improvement of the local economy Improvement of living standards of local residents Consideration to local residents‟ emotions

Hearings from the related institutions Interviewing residents

Related institutions Villages near the site

Once a year Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD/ Supervision Consultant



Changing the traditional land use patterns and utilization of local resources

Same as those addressed in Deterioration of Local Economy







8 Disturbance to Existing Social Infrastructure and

1) Increase the number of vessels 2) Increase the number

1) 2) Traffic volume by construction

Evaluation of effect of construction schedule

1) 2) Record of numbers of vessels and cars

1) 2) -project site


Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant

Expense is included in contract cost by


t

152

No

Significant

Impact to be

Monitored


Impact

Monitored

Parameter

Purpose of the

Monitoring

Monitoring Method

Initiator

Supervisor Cost

Method of

collecting and

Analyzing Data


Frequency

Services of cars

Supervisor: RHD Contractor.


Conflict between local residents and workers

Change in local custom

Confirmation of the attitude of local residents to the project

Interviewing residents


Once a year Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD/ Supervision Consultant


10 Childen‟s Right Child labor ----- Evaluation of effect of banning child labor

Checking the labor contract between subcontractor and labors Patrolling in construction area

Construction area

Once a year Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD


11 Infectious Diseases such as HIV/AIDS

Temporary influx of migrant labor during construction may increase risk of infection

----- Evaluation of sanitation for labor

Labor health record

Related institutions

Once a year Implementation: Contractor/ Environmental Consultant Supervisor: RHD

12 Work condition (including work safety)

Labor accidents .

Handling heavy loads Working at heights Electric shock

Evaluation of effect of the work safety plan

Record of accidents

Contractor‟s office

Continuous Record



13 Accidents Traffic accidents Land traffic River traffic

Evaluation of effect of traffic schedule

Record of accidents


Continuous Record



14 Cross-boundary impact and climate change

CO2 will be produced by construction work

----- Efforts to reduce CO2 Record of machine maintenance


Continuous Record




t

153

No

Significant

Impact to be

Monitored


Impact

Monitored

Parameter

Purpose of the

Monitoring

Monitoring Method

Initiator

Supervisor Cost

Method of

collecting and

Analyzing Data


Frequency

Operation Stage

1 Air Quality 1) Exhaust gas from vehicles used for mobilization of equipment and workers for power plant 2) Dust from road surface

1) , 2) SO2, NO2, PM10 Emission gas standards Ambient air quality standards IFC guideline values for gas emission (Thermal power plant/ 2008) IFC guideline values for ambient air quality (General/ 2007)

1) , 2) Evaluation of effect of the mitigation measure towards air pollution

1), 2) Collecting samples at the site, analyzing at the lab.

1) ,2) 3 points Residential area around the road

1), 2) Once every 3 month

RHD / Environmental Consultant

RHD CEMS: Expense is included in contract cost by Contractor.

2 Water Quality Surface runoff Water temperature, DO, SS, oil, BOD, COD, heavy metals IFC guideline values for waste water (Thermal power plant/ 2008)

Evaluation of effect of the mitigation measure towards water pollution

Collecting samples at the site, analyzing at the lab Continuous measurement using a sensor

4 points Salt/paddy field

Once every 3 month


RHD

4 Noise and vibration

Noise caused by vehicles used for mobilization of equipment and workers

Noise level Noise standards IFC guideline values for noise (Thermal power plant/ 2008) (General/2007))

Evaluation of effect of the mitigation measure towards noise level

Measurement using noise level meter

3 points Along the road

Once every 3 month


RHD

5 Ecosystem (Mangrove forest)

Existence of mangrove forest

density JICA Guideline (2010)

Evaluation of density Observation Density 2 line

Once three months


RHD


t

154

No

Significant

Impact to be

Monitored


Impact

Monitored

Parameter

Purpose of the

Monitoring

Monitoring Method

Initiator

Supervisor Cost

Method of

collecting and

Analyzing Data


Frequency

WB OP 4.04 Ecosystem

(Tidal flat) Potential impact due to the degradation of sedimentation and erosion

1) Topographic future 2)Sediment quality 3) Benthic animals

1) 3) Evaluation of effect of the mitigation measure towards water pollution Confirming the population and change in types of the marine organism

1) 3) Collecting samples at the site, analyzing at the lab

1) 3) 5 points Sea area in front of construction area

1) 3) Twice a year at dry and rainy season


Improved road ----- Evaluation of access to social services

Hearings from the related institutions Interviewing residents

Related institutions Villages near the site

Once a year RHD / Environmental Consultant

RHD


-Improved transportation condition

----- Evaluation of increase in sales of products and income

ditto ditto ditto RHD / Environmental Consultant

RHD


Changing traditional land use patterns and utilization of local resources

----- Confirmation of local residents‟ emotions

Interviewing residents


Once a year RHD / Environmental Consultant

RHD


1) Increase the number of vessels 2) Increase the number of cars

1) 2) Traffic volume

1) 2) Evaluation of effect of traffic schedule

1) 2) Record of numbers of vessels and cars

1) 2) -along the road


RHD RHD



----- Same as those addressed in Land use

Same as those addressed in Land use



RHD RHD

11 Local Conflicts Conflict between local ----- Same as those Same as those Same as those Same as those RHD / RHD


t

155

No

Significant

Impact to be

Monitored


Impact

Monitored

Parameter

Purpose of the

Monitoring

Monitoring Method

Initiator

Supervisor Cost

Method of

collecting and

Analyzing Data


Frequency

of Interest residents and workers addressed in Land use

addressed in Land use



Environmental Consultant

12 Gender Improved road ----- Same as those addressed in Poor people

Same as those addressed in Poor people




RHD

13 Childrens` Rights 1) Child labor 2) Improved road along with the power plant

1) Child labor 2) -----

1) Evaluation of effect of banning child labor 2) Same as those addressed in Poor people

1) Child labor Checking the labor contract between subcontractor and labors Patrolling in construction area 2) Same as those addressed in Poor people

1) Working area 2) Same as those addressed in Poor people

1), 2) Once a year


RHD

14 Work condition (including work safety)

Labor accidents

Labor accidents Handling heavy loads Working at heights Electric shocks

Evaluation of effect of the work safety plan

Record of accidents

-Along the roadt

Continuous Record

RHD RHD

15 Accidents 1) Traffic accidents 2) Fire

1) Traffic accidents Land traffic Marine traffic 2) Fire

1), 2) Evaluation of effect of the work safety plan

1), 2) Record of accidents and fire

1), 2) Along the road

Continuous Record

RHD RHD

16 Cross-boundary impact and climate change

CO2 emission Amount of CO2 emission

Efforts to reduce CO2 Calculate the CO2 emissions from fuel consumption

Along the road Once a year RHD RHD


156

6.1.3 Implementation system

(1) Construction phase

At the construction phase, the PIU of the executing agency shall carefully consider the

construction activity with Supervision Consultant and encourage the contractor to well

understand the necessary mitigation measures and to implement them.

In this regard, the Environmental Management Unit (EMU) in Executive Agency (PIU) shall be

organized prior to the construction activity and an expert environmental management

administrator shall be placed. The unit will discuss and prepare the mitigation measures with

Supervision Consultant and the contractor prior to the construction activity.

During construction activity in which large inflow of workers and vehicles is predicted, the

environmental management unit shall promote the understanding of the surrounding community

about the contents and schedule of the construction activity and mitigation measures and collect

the local people‟s opinion and correcting the mitigation measures as appropriate.

In order to confirm the implementation of the environmental management and to consider

further mitigation measures, the contractor should submit a regular report to the Supervision

Consultant and environmental management unit on the implementation status of the

management plan.

The environmental management administrator shall regularly conduct explanation to the local

people and submit a report to Department of Environment (DOE), JICA and other relevant

organizations about the implementation status of the environmental management, in addition to

the environmental monitoring described hereinafter.


157

Figure 6.1-1 describes the environmental management and monitoring implementation

structure with the reporting flow in construction phase.


158


Figure 6.1-1 Environmental Management and Monitoring Implementation Structure in Construction Phase for Access Road

(2) Operation phase

EMU is responsible for organizing an environmental management unit to develop and

implement the environmental management plan as a mitigation measures.

An expert environmental management administrator shall be placed so that the environmental

management plan is appropriately implemented.

The environmental management administrator shall enhance the understanding of the

environmental management plan to the project staff prior to the operation, and continue regular

education of the staff during operation phase.

EMU in Executing Agency

(RHD)


159

The environmental management unit shall also function as a grievance organization to

understand and address the grievance from the local people during operation phase, and conduct

appropriate mitigation measures.

Basic policy of the environmental management plan is to coordinate with the local community,

and sufficient explanation of the positive mitigation measures for the local people is very

important.

The administrator shall report the contents and implementation status of the environmental

management plan and the environmental monitoring plan described below to the director of the

plant, with the director taking final responsibility.

The environmental management administrator shall regularly conduct explanation to the local

people and submit a report to Department of Environment, JICA and other relevant

organizations about the implementation status of the environmental management, in addition to

the environmental monitoring described hereinafter.

Figure 6.1-2 describes the environmental management and monitoring implementation

structure with the reporting flow in operation phase.


160


Figure 6.1-2 Environmental Management and Monitoring Implementation Structure in Operation Phase for Access Road

EMU in Executing Agency

(RHD)


161

Chapter 7 Public Consultations

7.1 Public Perceptions in Scoping Stage

7.1.1 1st Stakeholder Meeting

(1) Objective

The 1st Stakeholder Meeting (SHM) was aimed at hearing the opinions and/or comments of

individuals and organizations regarding the project, and understanding the needs of local

residents, as well as appropriately reflecting those needs into the relevant survey. The

followings are the main objectives of the SHM:

To disseminate the project outline and related activities to the project stakeholders

To know the views of the stakeholders‟ about the project

To identify the issues and remedies, if any, related to the proposed project during and

after the implementation

To know the project impacts (positive and negative) on the community

To exchange views about the proposed project

(2) Implementation Methodology

In accordance with JICA Guidelines for Environmental and Social Consideration, stakeholder

meeting for the access road was held at the scoping stage of the feasibility study on the access

road. The meeting was chaired by Upazila Nirbahi Officer (UNO) and assisted by the JICA Study

Team. The methodology of the meeting is shown in Table 7.1-1.

Table 7.1-1 Methodology of 1st Stakeholder Meeting

Item Description

Date 21st March, Thursday 2013

Time 11:00am – 1:30pm

Venue Upazila Parishad Conference Room

Targeted Stakeholders

Local Government Officers


162

Item Description

Community leaders

Local NGOs

Local Elite People

Local affected residents

Notification Method Notification over phone call was done to all key stakeholders prior to the meeting

Number of Paricipants

58 parsons

Chairperson Upazila Nirbahi Officer (UNO)

Facilitator Resettlement Specialist of JICA Study Team (Dr. Khurshed Alam)

Agenda Registration

Recitation of Quran

Keep One Minute Silent for Respecting the Departed Soul of Honorable President of Bangladesh

Welcome Speech by XEN, PDB, Cox‟s Bazaar

Speech of Special Guests ( 4 persons)

Presentation of the Project by JICA Study Team

Question & Answer Session (Facilitated by Dr. M. Khurshed Alam)

Closing Speech and Thanks to all by the Chairman of the Meeting*

Lunch

* (SHM program was shorten because of official leave declaration from 2.00pm local time for the three day mourning to the departed soul of Honorable President of Bangladesh)

(3) Results

At the meeting, a power-point presentation was given to the participants in their local language

(Bengali), with a full explanation of the project work, to allow the audience to fully

understand the project and contribute valuable comments. The main comments raised by the

participants are as follows in the Table 7.1-2

.


163

Table 7.1-2 Result of the 1st Stakeholder Meeting

Participants Comments Responses

XEN, BPDB, Cox‟s Bazaar

Shared the nationwide necessity of electricity

(N/A)

XEN, BPDB, Chittagong

Road is indispensible for a nations development

This access road will help the Moheshkhali people to reach Chittagong by 2 hour journey which may upgrade the economy of the Project area

(N/A)

Mayor, Moheshkhali Municipality

Electricity is our crying need at this moment in Moheshkhali as because the Moheshkhali people get only 2 hours electricity services in a day

JICA expert must look into the anticipated problems that may arise during and after the construction of the access road project

Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan will be built, and implemented during and after construction.

Dhalghata Chairman

Thanks to JICA for taking initiatives of Road construction in the remote village areas like Matarbari, Moheshkhali.

The specific proposals are; Road from Rangakhali to Mohori Gona Ghat, Dhalghata through existing embankment Connecting road from Rangakhali to west Matarbari existing embankment

Proposed road is not scope of the access road, but it will be considered in future. The access road will be connected to the circuit road of the power plant, and these roads will connect the east and west side of Matarbari Island completely.

Chairman, Kalarmarchara

Local development depends on the good communication systems

Specific proposals and info: Most of the settlements are in and around the existing big Pond Existing road widening will encroach many houses Jetty at Bahonaghata (Nayaghata) which is maintained by local

Proper measurement, for example guide walls will be considered. Widening will be conducted carefully.


164


people shall be taken into consideration during and after the road construction of the project Proposed road can be straight if it starts before the Yunuskhali Bazaar point of Kalarmarchara Road i.e. at the causeway point

The function of Jetty will be carefully considered through public consultations. The proposed road route will cause resettlement for several households.

Ex Chairman, Matarbari

Many private land owner will be affected by the Power Plant project

The proposed road will not be helpful for the Matarbari people

Road construction at the proposed location for the Matarbari is immaterial and for no use

Power plant issue The access road will connect the east and west side of Matarbari Island, and benefit Matarbari people.

Assistant Director, Department of

Environment, Cox‟s Bazaar

Road crossing through hilly areas should consider Mitigation Measures like retaining wall etc.

Matarbari is a siltation prone area. Study on siltation of the Kuhelia River should be taken into consideration so that bridge construction over the Kuhelia River does not create any damage to the Bridge adjacent areas

Mangrove forest should be considered carefully so that no damage is done during and after the development

A full scale EIA shall be prepared for this project and with that the Environmental Clearance have to be collected from DOE before construction of this project

Drainage measurement will be considered. Topographical and morphological study will be conducted. The bridge alignment has been considered about the mangrove forest and sifted to north to avoid impact on it. EIA study is conducted as „Red Category‟ in Bangladeshi regulation.

Chairman, Matarbari

I received mixed reactions from my local people on the issue of Access Road Construction

I‟m one of the affected persons who will lose around 30-40 Kani of land for the Power Plant construction

If environmental deterioration does not prevail due to road construction then I have no objection as I‟m not a scientist to assess the affects

This road construction is only for the Power Plants use not for the local development

The bridge construction is no more

It will be considered on environmental and social impact on road construction and operation. This access road including road and bridge


165


useful for the local people as because an existing bridge is now workable and still doing well for us

A leaflet was distributed among you for sharing the bad effects of the power plant at Matarbari and my people like to know from this meeting about the environmental effect of the construction of the Power Plant and Its access road.

If the power plant is not environmentally viable then the access road may not be acceptable to us.

will benefit people not only Matarbari but also Dhalghata and Kalarmachara. As the leaflet was not specified on the Matarbari site and included some misunderstanding, proper explanation will be done. *The explanation was done in the second SHM for the power plant.

Environmental Specialist, JICA Study Team

For this access road development work; Initial Environmental Examination (IEE)

will be done. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

will be done following the IEE. Advantages, disadvantages of local

people during construction and maintenance of roads shall be noted in EIA study and for that the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared.

At the end, the environmental clearance of DOE will be taken, complying with the DOE procedures for starting the construction work in the project site.

UNO, Moheshkhali

More fruitful discussion was possible to do as maximum participants from different corners of the project assembled here to place their views. But sorry for wrapping this program before our schedule due to the declaration of three days national mourning for the death of Mr. Zillur Rahman, Honorable President, GOB.

Electricity is essential and we feel the electricity when it is absent.

Government is trying to generate electricity all over the country to minimize the demand of electricity.

Matarbari and Dhalghata is indivisible, neglected island and with the installation of power plant, deep sea port and other associated infrastructural development i.e. road construction, embankment etc.


166


of the area will increase. Power plant project at the Dhalghata will

be well protected by the CPGC The Dhalghata, Matarbari area will be

safe from natural calamity JICA will ensure the top up

compensation for the project affected peoples (PAPs) and the transportation cost, rehabilitation cost will be orderly done to ensure the PAPs compensation.

SHM was concluded by Chairperson.

(Source:JICA Study Team)

7.1.2 Focus Group Discussion

The access road project will directly involve Kalarmachara Union and Matarbari Union, and

indirectly but closely involved Dhalghata Union, and Matarbari Union and Dhalghata Union

requested strongly to hold consultation meeting at each union to be enable to gather many

local people. Therefore Focus Group Discussion (FGD) at each Union was planned and held

instead of public consultation meeting.

Outline of FGD is shown in Table 7.1-3.

Table 7.1-3 Outline of FGD in Scoping Stage

Item Kalarmachara Union Matarbari Union Dhalghata Union

Date 16 April 2013 26 April 2013 25 April 2013

Time 4:20 pm – 5:00pm 12:10 am – 3:40 pm 10:45 am – 1:00 pm

Venue Union Parishad Auditorium, Moheshkali Upazila office

Magdil Bazar in Matarbari Union

Muhuri Guna Govt. Primary School in Dhalghata Union

Focused person Representative of the union, Woman, Intelligent people

Participants Local people: 7 persons including the

Statement opinion: 6 persons

Statement opinion: 6 persons


167

Chairman Total participants Total participants: 42 persons

Facilitator, Government and Local government officer, JICA Study Team



(1) Kalarmachara Union

The result of FGD in Kalarnmachara Union is shown in Table 7.1-4.

Table 7.1-4 Rresult of FGD in Kalarmachara Union

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Response

1 For any work, people participation, awareness and motivation should be required. So the client should do work with very close contact with local representative (i.e. Chairman, member and other elite persons).

Implementing agencies will work accordingly to local representative.

Coordination will be continuously made with local authorities to improve the local infrastructure.

2 At the intersection of the proposed access road at Yusushkhali bazar, there is a grave yard. They request not to touch that point, as this is very sensitive point. Other than in the Access road no historical/ archaeological site/other important places are there and also there is no potential risk and sensitive issues at and around the access road.

Detailed alignment should be made as not to touch this sensitive area.

Road alignment will be fixed upon sensitive area‟s consideration.

3 For the access road expansion land need to be acquired, for that reasons many complexities about owners‟ information will arise. For this reason joint verification team for original land owner identification is required for proper compensation.

Original land owners list will be identified through local land office and then DC office.

Developing an appropriate “land acquisition and resettlement action plan”, including “livelihood restoration program”.

4 For the land acquire for road development, take minimum land so that the affect will be less to the land owner.

JICA have policy to make minimum affected people of acquired land.


5 Proper compensation should be provided to the land owner. Government compensation is not

The compensation will made through Bangladesh and

Land acquisition and resettlement action plan will be developed through


168


sufficient. JICA guidelines. Bangladesh and JICA guidelines.

6 The soil condition is not good at that area. That‟s why proper design for the road and proper protection need for the road. They also suggested for Guide wall for the road construction.

Road design Engineer will consider this issues and design in proper way to protect the road.

For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: BRRL manual (Bangladesh) , Japanese Guidelines, AASHTO (USA), etc.

7 In every rainy reason, flash water come down from the hills and washed the road and also enters the water in closed residences. As there is no drainage system around the road. So proper drainage network should be construction along the access road.

Drainage system network will be developed, in according with the road design.

Adequate drainage system will be developed so that it can be used even in the rainy season.

8 Along the access road proper road protection design and construction and also box culvert construction (if any).

It will be consider in road design, if needed.


9 Along the road there are two or three ponds, which is very old. At the ponds side proper protection work need to be design.

It will be consider in road design.


10 Take proper action at the intersection and turning of the road.



11 The Bohonaghata jetty was made by the local participation. If the bridge constructed at the point, the people depends or live there life with the income on the jetty will be deprived. For them, there should be some compensation to that people.

If required, the compensation will be provided according to the Bangladesh and JICA guidelines.


12 At the time of construction of access road, there will be some disturbance and the air pollution will happen. So proper methodology of work should be engaged.

It will be consider in a social and environmental management plan.

Pre and Post construction and operation methodology will be develop.

13 The people of this union are very much concern about the health and education. They request us to provide medical facilities at a routine basis during the road construction.

Health facilities will be improved through proper management plan.


14 At the time of construction, the local people should get preference from any other for any work.

The project owner gave assurances that priority will



169


be given to local people for employment in the project.

15 At the end of the meeting, the participants told that they are very much happy for that access road. For any cooperation need, they will give all support at any time. They also said that for the development of this area, the road network should be developed. For the social, environmental and economic perspective, if proper management plan prepared and proper communication with the Chairman, local elite and local representative has done, then no negative impact will impact in this project. The people are waiting for the road development.

JICA will introduce proper Social and Environmental Management plan.

(2) Matarbari Union In the FGD for Matarbari Union, there was no specific comment on the access road, but many comments on the power plant.

(3) Dhalghata Union


Table 7.1-5 Result of FGD in Dhalghata Union

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Response 1 Mr. Saidul Alam:

- This is very good approach and this project is approved by the Govt. of Bangladesh.

- Good communication network will be developed by this Access road.

- Dredging is required at the Rangakhali Khal.

- Total embankment development in this area is necessary for disaster problern.

- Green environment and environmental safeguard policy should be taken.

JICA Study Team will consider all sort of design for embankment protect, dredging of river and khal and also the environmental safe guard policy. JICA will assist to introduce proper Social, Resettlement and Environmental Management plan.

For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: BRRL manual (Bangladesh), Japanese Guidelines, AASHTO (USA), etc. BWDB‟s dredging guidelines will applicable. DoE, JICA and IFC guidelines will apply for Environmental and Social


170

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Response consideration. Pre and Post construction and operation methodology will be developed.

2 Mr. Shafiul Alam: - Dhalghata road network should be

developed. - Save Dhalghata people through

proper protect. - Road up to the Shammardhil ghat

under this project is needed. - Local people will get preference as

employment at the time of construction.

The extension of road will be considered in future. The project owner gave assurances that priority will be given to local people for employment in the project.


3 Mr. Aminul Hoque: - After this project, the total area

infrastructure and peoples life style will be changed.

- At 1991 cyclone, 25ft water surge hit this area, so the embankment needs to be above the 25ft from ground level.

- People are scared about this power plant project activity, so proper and appropriate consultation is required.

- Drainage system should be improved due to water scoring.

- Local land price will increase. - Employment will increase during

and after this project. - For the development of the nature,

impact on environment is less significant.

- Employment of fisher man and salt/shrimp production people, should be considered at the before and after construction.

- Ecological critical area need to be considered.

- Total cooperation will be gotten from Dhalghata‟s people.

Road design Engineer will consider this issue and design in proper way to protect the road. Drainage system network will be developed, in according with the road design. JICA will introduce proper Social, Resettlement and Environmental Management plan.

For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: BRRL manual (Bangladesh), Japanese Guidelines, AASHTO (USA), etc. Adequate drainage system will be developed so that it can be used even in the rainy season. Pre and Post construction and operation methodology will be develop.

4 Md. Hossain: - The economic and living standard

of this area is not good condition. - Embankment development

throughout the area is to be the main objective, under this project, as in 1991 cyclone lot of people died as there is area in un-protected.


For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: BRRL manual (Bangladesh),


171

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Response - Dhalghat‟s people are watching

over this project and JICA, for the development.

- Education will be developed if road communication is developed.

- Power plant name need to change, both union names should be incorporated.

Japanese Guidelines, AASHTO (USA), etc.

5 Mr. Akhteruzzaman: - Road design height should be

considered according to the last flood water level.

- Without road development, no development will arise.

- The access road should be extended up to the Shammardhil ghat.

- People are scared when rainy season come in every year.

- Tree plantation for green environment along the access road.

Road design Engineer will consider this issues and design in proper way to protect the road. This issue will be considered in future. Proper Environmental Management plan will be built.

For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: BRRL manual (Bangladesh), Japanese Guidelines, AASHTO (USA), etc. Pre and Post construction and operation methodology will be develop.

6 Mr. Nurul Huda: - For the access road development,

embankment needs to be developed.

- Medical facilities need to be improved.

Road design Engineer will consider this issues and design in proper way to protect the road. Health facilities will be improved through proper management plan.

For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: BRRL manual (Bangladesh), Japanese Guidelines, AASHTO (USA), etc. Pre and Post construction and operation methodology will be develop.

7 Mr. Nurul Afsar Moni: - Dredging is required at the

Rangkhali khal. At summer season the salt carrying boat cannot move due to low depth.

- Dhalghata to Matarbari road need to develop.

- Total surrounding area embankment need to be developed.

All sort of design for embankment protect, dredging of river and khal and also the environmental safe guard policy will be considered.

BWDB‟s dredging guidelines will be applicable.

8 Mr. Ahasan Ullah (Chairman): - For the access road and power

plant, Dhalghata people will give land.

- This project is the dream of this area.

- All kind of support and cooperation

The extension of road will be considred.


172

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Response will get from the people of Dhalghata.

- The access road should be extended up to the Shammardhil ghat.



173

7.2 Public Perceptions in Finalizing Stage

7.2.1 The Second Stakeholder Meeting

(1) Objective The second stakeholder meeting was aimed at hearing the opinions and/or comments of individuals and organizations regarding the environmental impact and environmental management plan at finalizing stage of EIA report. The followings are the main objectives of the SHM:

To know the project impacts (positive and negative) on the community To know the Environmental Management Plan and the Environmental Monitoring

Plan


(2) Implementation Methodology

In accordance with JICA Guidelines for Environmental and Social Consideration, stakeholder

meeting for the access road was held at the scoping stage of the feasibility study on the access

road. The meeting was chaired by Upazila Nirbahi Officer (UNO) and assisted by the JICA Study

Team. The methodology of the meeting is shown in Table 7.2-1.

Table 7.2-1 Methodology of 2nd Stakeholder Meeting

Item Description

Date 1st August, Thursday 2013 Time 11:30am – 2:00pm




Community leaders

Local NGOs

Local Elite People



Number of Participants

71 persons




174

Item Description

Agenda 1) Registration 2) Recitation from the Holy Quran 3) Welcome Speech by Manager, CPGCBL 4) Presentation of the Project by Engr. Md. Nurul Alam Siddique , JICA

Study Team 5) Participants' Opinion and Sharing about Project, Facilitated by Dr.

Khurshed Alam 6) Speech of Special Guests 7) Speech of Chief Guest 8) Speech of Host 9) Closing Speech and thanks to all by the Chairman of the Meeting


(3) Results At the meeting, a power-point presentation was present before the local participants in their local language (Bengali), with a full explanation of the project work, to allow the audience to fully understand the project and contribute valuable comments. The main comments raised by the participants and then responded/shared by JICA Study team are listed in Table 7.2-2.

Table 7.2-2 Comments and Responses/sharing of the 2nd SHM

Participants Comments Responses/Sharing

Mr. Ilyeas Rahman, Manager, CPGCBL

Shared the nationwide necessity of electricity Invited all participants for the constructive

discussion on the project work Engr. Mohammad Nurul Alam Siddique, Environmental Expert, JICA Study Team

Present the Presentation of the SHM-2 Dr. Khurshed Alam, Resettlement Specialist, JICA Study Team Facilitate the SHM-2

Mr. Gowranga Chandra Biswas, Upazila Assistant Engineer, LGED, Maheshkhali

Is there any measures taken to keep the existing Graveyard & Canal undisturbed at the Yunuskhali Bazar?

Make sure that some small ponds and a big pond along the existing roadside will not be affected by the Access road.

Existing drain which is now used for the irrigation purpose shall be avoided or not?

Existing salt field/shrimp field will be affected for the project or not?

What measures are to be taken for the possible marginal land owners of the project?

Is there any special measure for the

The access road is designed in a way that the existing Graveyard and Canal will remain untouched.

The access road is especially designed to save the possible small ponds and the big pond along the route with retention wall and there the top width of the road will be properly maintained.

The existing drain is fully avoided. The road is designed with required box

culvert, regulator, sluice gate etc. to produce the minimum intervention of the existing setup. And possibly the salt field/shrimp field will not be affected due to this access road project.

The project will follow the minimum land


175


embankment protection? use policy and in the unavoidable circumstances the possible marginal land owners will get the top up compensation (i.e. land price with financial aid), even for the construction material deposition temporary land shall be requisitioned

With proper Hydrological study the embankment shall be designed to protect the embankment from erosion, surge effect etc.

Mr. Noor Bax, Teacher, Masterbari Majidia Alim Madrasah

Fish hatchery/Shrimp Cultivation/Salt cultivation/4Production Tube-well might be in the project area

What compensatory measures shall be taken for?

JICA principally avoid the private land use and resettlement for any project

The possibility of the affect are underway to evaluate through socioeconomic and resettlement field survey

The minimum private land is accepted for this project and the top up compensation shall be made for that

Mr. Mohammad Iqbal Bahar Chowdhury, Ward Member, 3 No. Kalarmarchara Union

Experience of past project compensation for the PAPs are not so good in Bangladesh

What is the fate of the PAPs compensation in this project?

Nowadays the Project compensation is made before the start of any project work

JICA has special care for the compensation of PAPs

Mr. Md. Abu Bakar Siddiq, Upazila Chairman, Maheshkhali

Land for the best quality road is not a problem for the local people

JICA is doing this project with best quality design and minimum land acquisition as because JICA don‟t encourage any resettlement

Mr. Mohammed Anwarul Naser, Upazila Nirbahi Officer, Maheshkhali

Khash land (Government Land) shall be used than of Private land

JICA always encourage to use the Government owned land

Mr. Md. Maksud Mia, Mayor, Moheshkhali Municipality

Road width shall be maintained in a way that the heavy vehicle can easily travel

Local people shall get first priority to get the job opportunity of the project work during construction

Two lane 7.3m crest width road is designed for this project

Local people will have the utmost priority to get the project job opportunity

Advocate Mustak Ahmed, Upazila Vice Chairman, Maheshkhali

Crash Program for compensation should be taken for this project

Crash program shall be taken for compensation

Mr. Meer Quassim Chowdhury, Chairman, Kalarmarchara Union, Maheshkhali

Jetty construction at the Bridge site shall be constructed so that existing waterway can be used

Beautification of the Bridge site shall be made to encourage the tourism

Jetty at the Bridge side is approved by the RHD and beautification of the bridge site

Mrs. Sakuntaj Begum, Female Member, Matarbari Union

Women labor shall have the opportunity to get Job in this project

Women labor will get the priority to be employed during the construction of the project work

Mr. Azizur Rahman, Local Leader, Bangladesh Awami League

RHD should design a sustainable road

Design of sustainable road is underway



176

7.2.2 Focus Group Discussion

The 2nd Focus Group Discussion (FGD) at each Union was planned and held instead of public

consultation meeting.

Outline of FGD is shown in Table 7.2-3.

Table 7.2-3 Outline of FGD in Finalizing Stage

Item Kalarmachara Union Matarbari Union Dhalghata Union

Date 25 July 2013 27 July 2013 26 July 2013

Time 10:45am –12:45am 10:15am –12:15am 11:40am –1:00pm

Venue Kalarmarchara Union Parishad Office

Rajghat Government Primary School

Muhuri Guna Govt. Primary School in Dhalghata Union

Focused person Ward Member (Male & Female), School Teacher, Religious Leader, Political Leader, Social Worker

Participants Local people: 25 persons

Local people: 31 persons

Local people: 22 persons





(1) Kalarmachara Union


Table 7.2-4 Comments by participants and response in the 2nd FGD in Kalarmachara

Item Topics Response

1. Damages of House Structures If there are, they will

be compensated

2. Compensation of the Damages It will be Covered by RHD

3. Top up compensation should be made before the start of the Project Work

It will be Covered by RHD


177

4. No objection for this project would come from the local people if everything goes well as per suggestion above

N/A

The pros of the project were deliberately shared by the participants with the following points:

5. Communication between Dhalghata and Matarbari will be developed i.e. most of the Dhalghata people and 2/3rd of the Matarbari people will use the new proposed bridge & road as because the existing bridge is not much functional to them at present.

N/A

6. Fish/salt transportation of Dhalghata, Matarbari and Kalarmarchara will be easier and ultimately this road will promote the business of these areas.

N/A

7. Dropout of school going children will decrease. N/A

8. Female education will increase which will help to increase the total education rate of the project areas (female >male).

N/A

9. Transport cost will be reduced remarkably N/A

10. Business centre will develop along the new road and Bridge ends It will be considered by RHD and CPGCBL

11. Migration of people (climate refugee) from Matarbari and Dhalghata will decrease

N/A

12. Tourism will get a new shape for the construction of a new Bridge over Kuhelia River and connectivity between Matarbari Sub-Island and Maheshkhali Island

N/A

13. Health facilities will increase access of Ambulance to the remote areas and easy-quick transport facilities

N/A

14. Pregnant women can avail easy-quick transport facilities if critical situation arises

N/A

15. Security of the areas will be strengthened N/A

16. Social crime will decrease N/A

17. Land price will goes up i.e. demand of land will increase N/A

Special suggestions were made by the participants relating to the project components

18. Toilet facilities should have some points along the roads It will be considered by RHD


178

19. Ensure the Road Safety (especially for the child) It will be considered by RHD

20. Final road design should be shared with the Project Affected Persons (PAPs) in the project areas

It will be considered by RHD

21. Security of the Construction materials should be taken care of by the Contractors


22. Uninterrupted Material Transportation to the construction site will be ensured by the local people


23. Improvement of the existing Jetty (good landing facilities of children/female; heavy loading and unloading facilities etc.) is a request


24. Improved Jetty will help to keep the waterway communication of Dhalghata-Kalarmarchara-Matarbari route

N/A

Facilities to the Implementing Authorities and PAPs

25. Security of the Constructions Materials is first and foremost important thing.


26. Temporary land acquisition (if possible) will do instead of unnecessary permanent acquisition of land especially for storage of construction materials.


27. Project Work Should be started after land acquisition with top up compensation


28. A well defined work plan shall be shared with local people before the commencement of the project


In reply of the use of the land of Younuskhali to Power Plant Site via Nayaghata Jetty, if Road & Bridge is not built, one answer was pronounced by the participants.

29. Fate of the local people will remain unchanged N/A

The FGD was concluded with thanking each other and assuring necessary cooperation in future. (Source: JICA Study Team)


179

(2) Matarbari Union

The result of FGD in Matarbari Union is shown in Table 7.2-5.

Table 7.2-5 Comments by participants and response in the 2nd FGD in Matarbari


1. Land loss for the Power Plant Project shall be maximum It will be compensated

by CPGCBL

2. Assuming significant environmental deterioration due to Power Plant

Environment friendly Technology shall be Installed by the CPGCBL




N/A


5. Communication between Matarbari and Maheshkhali Upazila will be shortened and 2/3rd people will use the new proposed bridge & road as because the existing bridge is not much functional to them at present.

N/A

6. Fish/salt transportation will be easier N/A


N/A


9. Health facilities will increase due to access of Ambulance to the remote areas and easy-quick transport facilities as well

N/A


N/A

11. Security of the area will be strengthened N/A




180

14. Factory i.e. Ice, Hatchery, Salt Processing, Fish Processing etc. will establish

N/A

15. Job opportunity and Job Migration will create N/A

16. Day labourer, Rickshaw Puller will earn better N/A

17. Overall local economy will boost up N/A


18. Rangakhali to Billpara Road is highly important in addition to the access road which will shorten the road distance with Yunuskhali and Maheshkhali Upazila

N/A

19. For the protection/sustainability of the Power Plant as well as the protection of Matarbari Union, a well designed Ring Road is highly required

N/A






22. Security of the Constructions Materials is first and foremost important thing








In reply of the land use of Rangakhali for the Power Plant access road, if Road & Bridge is not built, one answer was pronounced by the participants.

26. Fate of the local people will remain unchanged even the existence of Matarbari might be questionable

N/A



181

(3) Dhalghata Union

The result of FGD in Dhalghata Union is shown in Table 7.2-6.

Table 7.2-6 Comments by participants and response in the 2nd FGD in Dhalghata


Land loss for the Power Plant Project shall be maximum It will be compensated

by CPGCBL

Assuming significant environmental deterioration due to Power Plant

Environment friendly Technology shall be Installed by the CPGCBL

Top up compensation should be made before the start of the Project Work

It will be Covered by CPGCBL

No objection for this project would come from the local people if everything goes well as per suggestion above

N/A


Communication between Dhalghata and Maheshkhali Upazila will be easier i.e. most of the Dhalghata people will use the new proposed bridge & road as because the existing bridge is not much functional to them at present.

N/A

Fish/salt transportation will be easier N/A

Female education will increase which will help to increase the total education rate of the project areas (female >male).

N/A

Transport cost will be reduced remarkably N/A

Migration of people (climate refugee) will remarkably decrease and the migrated people will return to their homestead

N/A

Health facilities will increase the access of Ambulance to the remote areas and easy-quick transport facilities as well

N/A

Pregnant women can avail easy-quick transport facilities if critical situation arises

N/A

Security of the areas will be strengthened and ultimately the pirates attack and torture to the female/child will be bunged up

N/A


182

Social crime will decrease N/A

Land price will goes up i.e. demand of land will increase N/A

Factory i.e. Ice, Hatchery, Salt Processing, Fish Processing etc. will establish

N/A

Job opportunity and Job Migration will create N/A


Rangakhali to Muhurighona via Bangabandhu Road is highly important to be connected shortly with Yunuskhali and Maheshkhali Upazila by road

N/A

For the protection/sustainability of the Power Plant as well as the protection of Dhalghat Union, a well designed Ring Road is highly required

N/A

Security of the Construction materials should be taken care of by the Contractors


Uninterrupted Material Transportation to the construction site will be ensured by the local people



Security of the Constructions Materials is first and foremost important thing.


In reply of the land use for the Power Plant Project if Road & Bridge is not built, one answer was pronounced by the participants.

Fate of the local people will remain unchanged even the existence of Dhalghata might be questionable.

N/A



183

Chapter 8 Conclusion And Recommendations

8.1 Conclusion

On the basis of the field reconnaissance, secondary information collected from different

authorities and environmentaland social baseline survey, and public consultation, it is concluded

that the project stands environmentally sound and sustainable when the recommended

mitigation measure and environmental management processes are adopted properly.

The benefits of the project will be realized primarily at the level of the national economy.

Benefits in the project area will be insignificant except for some short terms employment and

business opportunities during the construction phase. However, the needs of access road to the

power plant are obvious and for that the communication system of the area will be developed.

Developed communication system will directly influence the growth of economy of the area.

The proposed project activities have no significant adverse environmental impact so far as a

time bound execution program with application of advanced construction technology is ensured.

The mitigation measures are well within such codes and practices of construction and operation

of the access road.

8.2 Recommendation

Severe weather conditions would have an impact on the road construction activities. The

construction activities may even have to be stopped during these storms. So it is recommended that

commencing construction in early winter season may help to reap the benefit of full dry spell of the

season. Further,

In order to enhance the occupational health and worker safety during the construction period,

construction equipment would have to be kept in good order. Adequate safety measures should

be taken and safety related equipment including personal protective and safety equipment (PPE),

firefighting equipment etc. must be provided in order to reduce the potential for accidents.

Solid waste will be generated during the construction period from excavation and refuse from

construction camps.Conduct separate waste collection and promote recycling and reuse.


184

Appropriate disposal of non-recyclable waste according to rules Hazardous waste should be

treated under the related regulation

The major issue is the need to minimize disturbance to the local population in the areas of road

construction. Effort should be put in to arrive at a fair and equitable level of compensation for

farmers, residents and other individuals affected by land taken (permanent and temporary) for

the project. A positive policy of employing local people during the construction phase should be

adopted.

In the post construction phase, the environmental impact of the project will be some loss of land

utility along the road alignments and any accidents. The former can be mitigated by adoption of

a fair compensation policy and the latter by adequate maintenance and monitoring.

The implementation of the proposed project will provide supply of clean burning fuel and

thereby not only reduce Bangladesh‟s dependence on foreign energy resources but also help

accruing a good number benefits in terms of health, agricultural, forestry, commercial and

industrial development. To receive these benefits, certain environmental impacts of the project

will have to be tolerated. However, the anticipated impacts are mostly of short duration and

relatively minor in nature.

In view of the above considerations and the fact that the executing agency (RHD) will maintain

standard quality of implementation of the program with due consideration to other standing rules

and regulations including but not limited to updated ECA 1995 and ECR 1997 the project may

be recommended for implementation.

ANNEX ANNEX 1: TOR of EIA Study A-1 ANNEX 2: Hydrological and Morphological Analyses for Construction of Bridge over the Kohelia River on the Access Road A-5 ANNEX 3: LARAP Framework (to be replaced) A-38

ANNEX 4: Public Perceptions (Stakeholder Meeting and Focus Group Discussion) A-88

ANNEX 1

A-1

ANNEX 1: TOR of EIA Study Table 1-1 shows the survey items, methods and assessment procedures concerning the access road.

. Table 1-1 Survey items, method, prediction assessment and countermeasures

(Access road)

Environmental Items

Survey Items Survey Method Prediction Assessment and

Countermeasures Air Quality Relevant environmental

standards Meteorology Current status of air

quality

- Obtain ambient air quality standards and emission gas standards.

- Obtain meteorological data (temperatures, moisture, wind directions, wind speeds, etc.) from the nearby weather center.

- Measurement of air pollutants (SOx,

NOx, PM10, CO, O3): conducted in the dry season and rainy season to reflect seasonal change.

Construction phase Taking preventive measures for

air pollution by vehicles Operation phase Taking preventive measures for

air pollution by vehicles

Water Quality Relevant environmental standards

Geographical features of the river

Current status of water quality

- Obtain water quality standards. - Water depth measurement - Measurement of river water quality On-site observation: Clarity, Colour, Water temperature, Salinity (vertical), pH, Turbidity Laboratory analysis: Suspended Solid, Dissolved Oxygen,

COD, BOD5, Ammonium Nitrogen (NH4-N), Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3-N), Total Nitrogen, Phosphate (PO4-P), Total Phosphorus, Total Coliform, Oil and Grease content, Mercury, Arsenic, Lead, Chromium, Cadmium, Copper, Nickel, Zinc.

conducted in the dry season and rainy season to reflect seasonal change


water pollution Operation phase Taking preventive measures for

water pollution

Sediment Quality Geographical features of the river

Current status of water quality

- Water depth measurement - Measurement of river sediment

quality Appearances, Odor, Colour, Grading

Analysis, Density, Water content, Ignition loss, COD, Mercury, Arsenic, Lead, Chromium, Cadmium, Copper, Nickel, Zinc

conducted in the dry season and rainy season to reflect seasonal change


water pollution

Waste Relevant environmental standards

Obtain waste handling standards/ manuals/ guidelines

Construction phase Establishing a disposal plan for

industrial, domestic, and hazardous waste

ANNEX 1

A-2

Environmental Items


Countermeasures Operation phase Ditto

Noise and Vibration

Relevant environmental standards

Current status of noise and vibration

- Obtain noise level standards - Measurement of noise and vibration

levels: conducted in the rainy season and dry season to reflect seasonal change.


noise and vibration Operation phase Taking preventive measures for

noise and vibration Soil Quality Groundwater quality)

Relevant environmental standards

Current status of groundwater

- Obtain environmental standards for ground water

- Measurement of ground water quality

On-site observation: Clarity, Colour, Water temperature, Salinity, pH, Turbidity Laboratory analysis: Dissolved

Oxygen, COD, BOD5, Ammonium Nitrogen (NH4-N), Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3-N), Total Nitrogen, Phosphate (PO4-P), Total Phosphorus, Total Coliform, Mercury, Arsenic, Lead, Chromium, Cadmium, Copper, Nickel, Zinc: conducted in the rainy season and dry season to reflect seasonal change.

Construction phase Machine and fuel management

rule shall be developed Operation phase Ditto

Protected Forest Relevant laws and regulations

Current status of flora and fauna

Research relevant laws and regulations, and management conditions

Survey the distribution of flora and fauna

Construction phase Compare with similar projects Operation phase None

Ecosystem Current habitat status of ecologically valuable habitat (mangrove forests and mud flats).

Current habitat status of flora, fauna, tidal flat organisms, precious species

Survey the distribution of flora and fauna

Construction phase Estimating the degree of the

impact on ecologically important habitat (mangroves, mud flats), and taking preventive measures if significant impact on the habitat is expected.

Operation phase Ditto

Resettlement Residents affected by land acquisition and involuntary resettlement.

Property of the affected residents.

Lives and livelihoods of the affected residents.

Collate relevant laws and regulations and case studies

Population census survey Survey of assets inventory Socioeconomic survey

Pre-Construction phase Establishing an appropriate

LARAP

Disturbance to Poor People

Poor households among the affected residents

Collate relevant laws and regulations and case studies

Population census survey Survey of assets inventory

Pre-Construction phase Developing ―livelihood

restoration program‖ Construction phase

ANNEX 1

A-3

Environmental Items


Countermeasures Socioeconomic survey Ditto

Operation phase Ditto

Deterioration of Local Economy such as Losses of Employment and Means of Livelihood

Current status of occupation and livelihoods of the potentially affected households

Local economic development plan

Collate material on local peoples‘ employment and income

Interview the affected households Collate a local economic development

plan

Pre-Construction phase Establishing an appropriate

LARAP Construction phase Developing mitigation

measures Operation phase Ditto

Land Use and Utilization of Local Resources

Current land use Current status of

occupation and livelihood of the potentially affected households

Collate material on local peoples` employment and income

Interview the affected households Collate a local economic development

plan

Pre-Construction phase Developing mitigation

measures Construction phase Developing mitigation


Disturbance to Water Usage, Water Rights, etc.

Current condition of water usage and water rights

Interview survey Construction phase Developing mitigation

measures Operation phase None

Disturbance to Existing Social Infrastructure and Services

Current traffic volume Obtain statistical data on traffic volume

Construction phase Developing mitigation

measures Operation phase Construction of roads available

to the local people Social Institutions such as Social Infrastructure and Local Decision-making Institutions

None

None


Misdistribution of Benefits and Damages

Occupation and livelihood of the potentially affected households

Collate materials on local peoples` employment and income

Interview the affected households


Local Conflicts of Interest

Occupation and livelihood of the potentially affected households

Collate materials on local people‘s employment and income

Interview the affected households


Gender Gender of the affected people

Collate the relevant laws, regulations and case studies

Population census survey Survey of assets inventory Socioeconomic survey

Operation phase Construction of roads available

to the local people

Children‘s Rights Number of children among the affected people

Collate the relevant laws, regulations and case studies

Population census survey

Construction phase None Operation phase

ANNEX 1

A-4

Environmental Items


Countermeasures Education rate Access to medical

facilities Vaccination rate

Socioeconomic survey Construction of roads available to the local people

Infectious Diseases such as HIV/AIDS

None

None


measures Work Environment (Including Work Safety)

None

None


measures Operation phase None

Accidents None None Construction phase Developing mitigation


Cross-boundary Impact and Climate Change

None.

None.

Construction phase Reduce CO2 emission as much

as possible Operation phase Ditto

ANNEX 2

A-5

ANNEX 2: Hydrological and Morphological Analyses for Construction of Bridge over the Kohelia River on the Access Road

ANNEX 2

A-6

ANNEX 2: Hydrological and Morphological Analyses for Construction of Bridge over the Kohelia River on the Access Road

1.0 INTRODUCTION

The ‗Access Road‘ of the proposed ‗Chittagong Area Coal Fired Power Plant‘ will need construction of

a new bridge over the Kohelia River in Maheshkhali Upozila of Cox‘s Bazar District. The bridge will be

about 640 m long on about 578 m wide river channel. The Kohelia River is referred to as Matarbari

Channel in Bangladesh Water Development Board (BWDB) documents. The proposed power plant is

going to be located inside BWDB Coastal Flood Protection Polder No – 70; in areas under Matarbari

and Dholghata unions of Maheshkhali Upazilla. The Polder 70 is surrounded by the Kohelia River on

the northern and the eastern sides where as the Kutubdia Channel and the Bay of Bengal is located on

the western side and the southern side respectively. The proposed approach road coming from the

eastern side will cross the Kohelia River and then follow the BWDB embankment for a distance, on

way to the proposed power plant site inside the Polder 70. The Kohelia River Bridge will start from

Nayaghata Jetty site, on the eastern bank of the Kohelia River. The bridge will cover about 62 m

mud-flat on the west bank after crossing the existing river channel.

General lay-out of the Kohelia River, proposed bridge site, access road alignments and part of power

plant site are shown in the figure below:

Figure: General lay-out of the proposed Kohelia River Bridge site

ANNEX 2

A-7

Hydrological and morphological analyses of the Kohelia River, related to the construction of the

proposed bridge have been detailed in the following chapters. Considering normal practice all the

analyses have been presented in Public Works Department (PWD) datum values. Relationship between

Public Works Department (PWD) value and Mean Sea Level (MSL) value has been explained below

mathematically and schematically for quick reference.

Relationship between Mean Sea Level (MSL) value and Public Works Department (PWD) value

Figure: Schematic representation of relationship between

MSL and PWD datum values

ANNEX 2

A-8

Public Works Department (PWD) datum

value was fixed initially on the basis of

the then Mean Sea Level (MSL) datum

value. Subsequently MSL datum level

has been raised up but PWD datum level

has remained unchanged. The schematic relationship is shown in the attached figure. Because of rising

of MSL datum level, the new mathematical relationship between MSL and PWD levels is: mPWD =

mMSL + 0.46 m

2.0 HYDROLOGICAL ANALYSES FOR DESIGN OF THE PROPOSED

KOHELIA RIVER BRIDGE

Hydrological analyses are done to determine hydraulic design parameters for detailed design of a bridge.

The analyses would be kept limited to the Kohelia River Bridge only, for reasons as have been detailed

before. The required hydraulic deign parameters are:

(1) Design High Water Level (DHWL);

(2) Design Low Water Level (DLWL);

(3) Design Discharge;

(4) Water Way Opening;

(5) Anticipated Scour Depth; and

(6) Navigation Clearance.

Following data and information have been collected from field reconnaissance, surveys and other

sources.

The Kohelia is an active tidal river. The proposed bridge is going to be about 640 m long; of

which about 578 m will be on main channel and about 62 m will be on western side mud

flat;

Average ground level on the eastern side of the bridge is 2.157 mPWD.

Average ground level on the western side mud-flat is 2.587 mPWD.

RL of the river banks at bank-full stage is 2.157 mPWD

Cross section area of the river at bank-full level is 1050 m2

ANNEX 2

A-9

Observed highest water level at a BWDB water level gauge station (Shaflapur of

Maheshkhali) in close proximity of the bridge site is 4.36 mPWD.

Observed lowest water level at the gauge station mentioned above is (-) 2.17 mPWD

Observed lowest bed level of the river at the time of bathymetries survey was (-) 3.87

mPWD.

Mean High Water Spring (MHWS) at nearby Cox‘s Bazar as per BIWTA Tide Table - 2013

is:

3.785 mCD = 3.785-(4.836-3.931) mPWD = 2.88 mPWD.

Mean Low Water Spring (MLWS) at nearby Cox‘s Bazar as per BIWTA Tide Table – 2013

is:

0.205 mCD = 0.205-(4.836-3.931) mPWD = (-) 0.700 mPWD.

Highest flood level considered in construction of BWDB Polder - 70 embankment in 1962-65

was 3.96 mPWD (source: Halcrow et. al; BWDB Systems Rehabilitation Project, Feasibility

Report, Polder – 70 Sub-project; June 1994).

A BWDB design of protective work for Polder – 70 in 30 June 2009 has considered HWL to

be 4.00 mPWD.

Anticipated navigation clearance above design high water level is 5 m.

2.1 Design High Water Level (DHWL)

Roads & Highways Department of Bangladesh made an overall hydraulic analysis for the Bangladesh

region in 1992 for bridge design purpose under Road Master Plan Project (RMPP). The RMPP Study

Report (in Vol-V; Hydrology) recommended 50 years flood frequency analyses for construction of road

bridges on stretches of land exposed to direct over-spill from large rivers. The study also recommended

use of normal high tide level for design purpose in case of roads located within active tidal zone.

Fixations of Design High Water Level (DHWL) considering different criteria are detailed below. The

criteria considered are:

Tide level;

Long-term highest water level;

Frequency analyses;

HFL considered by BWDB, (a) in construction of Polder – 70; and (b) in construction of

protective works for Polder – 70

ANNEX 2

A-10

Cyclone storm surge levels; and

Sea level rise.

2.1.1 Tide level

The Kohelia River is in active tidal zone being connected to Bay of Bengal directly at one end and

through Kutubdia Channel at the other end. Tides in Bangladesh coast originate in the Indian Ocean and

then enter the Bay of Bengal through 2 submarine canyons, namely the ‗Swatch of No Ground‘ and the

‗Burma Trench‘. The tides in the Bay of Bengal are predominantly semi-diurnal having a tidal period of

12 hours 25 minutes. Normal high tide level in Bay of Bengal is the Mean High Water Spring (MHWS).

MHWS is the highest level to which spring tide reaches on the average over a period of time (often 19

years). The level is generally considered to be the high water mark. MHWS is expressed in meter above

or below Chart Datum (CD). CD is the plane of vertical reference to which all charted depths are related.

It is a plane so low that the water levels seldom fall below it.

MHWS value of nearby Bangladesh Inland Water Transport Authority (BIWTA) measuring station

Cox‘s Bazar is 3.785m CD (BIWTA Tide Table-2013). It may be mentioned here that BIWTA Bench

Mark (BM) height at Cox‘s Bazar is 4.836 m and 3.931 m in CD value and PWD value respectively.

Therefore, MHWS value is 3.785 - (4.836 - 3.931) mPWD = 2.880 mPWD

2.1.2 Long term highest water level

Nearest available water level station is BWDB water level measuring station at Shaflapur of

Maheshkhali Upazila. Particulars of the gauge station are:

Station Name: Shaflapur, Maheshkhali BWDB Gauge Station

Station ID: SW 200

Station Location: Latitude 21.6479, Longitude 91.98

Data of the gauge station mentioned above was procured for the period of 1971 to 2012 from

ANNEX 2

A-11

BWDB archive being maintained by Hydrology Directorate of BWDB. Yearly maximum

and minimum water levels were extracted. It may be mentioned here that missing data as

well as confusing data were not considered in preparation of the list. Observed yearly

maximum and minimum water levels of Shaflapur, Moheshklali is given in the table below:

Table: Yearly maximum and minimum water levels of Shaflapur, Maheshkhali BWDB

Gauge Station Period: 1971 to 2012 (Source: Hydrology Directorate,

BWDB)

Serial Year

Yearly

maximum WL

(mPWD)

Maximum recorded

WL during the period

(mPWD)

Yearly

minimum WL

(mPWD)

Minimum recorded

WL during the

period (mPWD)

1 1971 3.23 (-) 1.68 2 1972 3.05 (-) 1.77 3 1973 3.17 (-) 1.80 4 1974 3.75 (-) 1.74 5 1975 2.74 (-) 1.68 6 1976 3.16 (-) 0.39 7 1977 3.35 (-) 1.67 8 1978 2.59 (-) 1.68 9 1983 4.21 (-) 1.91 10 1984 3.65 (-) 1.55 11 1985 4.36 4.36 (-) 1.20 12 1986 3.60 (-) 1.20 13 1987 4.20 (-) 1.50 14 1988 4.20 (-) 1.50 15 1989 4.20 (-) 1.86 16 1990 3.76 (-) 1.86 17 1991 3.13 (-) 2.17 (-) 2.17 18 1992 3.33 (-) 2.10 19 1993 3.56 (-) 1.88 20 1994 3.16 (-) 1.64 21 1995 3.74 (-) 1.55 22 1996 3.88 (-) 1.35 23 1997 3.75 (-) 1.40 24 1998 3.20 (-) 1.30

ANNEX 2

A-12

Serial Year

Yearly

maximum WL

(mPWD)

Maximum recorded

WL during the period

(mPWD)

Yearly

minimum WL

(mPWD)

Minimum recorded

WL during the

period (mPWD)

25 2004 3.45 (-) 1.60 27 2005 3.70 (-) 1.80 28 2006 2.80 (-) 1.70 29 2007 * (-) 1.80 30 2008 3.84 * 31 2009 3.98 * 32 2010 3.95 * 33 2011 3.88 * 34 2012 3.97 *

Note: * indicates confusing data

Highest recorded water level at the gauge station SW 200 during the period 1971 – 2012 is

4.36 mPWD

2.1.3 Frequency analyses of highest flood levels

Frequency analysis of highest flood levels on the basis of available BWDB Shaflapur,

Maheshkhali data was done using Gumbels EV-1 method. The peak water levels are:

1 : 10 year: 4.29 mPWD

1 : 20 year: 4.59 mPWD

1 : 25 year: 4.68 mPWD

1 : 50 year: 4.98 mPWD

Halcrow et.al, did frequency analysis with BWDB data of Bakkhali River near Cox‘s Bazar

during feasibility study preparation for Polder-70 sub-project under BWDB Systems

Rehabilitation Project (June 1994). They calculated peak water levels as:

1:20 year: 3.63 mPWD


ANNEX 2

A-13

Halcrow et.al in their report mentioned above, also quoted frequency analysis of Cyclone

Protection Project-II for the region as:



2.1.4 HFL considered by BWDB, (a) in construction of Polder – 70; and (b) in construction of

protective works for Polder – 70

(a) Highest flood level considered in construction of BWDB Polder - 70

embankment

Polder - 70 was constructed by BWDB during the period of 1962-1965, under ‗Coastal

Embankment Project (CEP-1)‘. The polder had 25.76 km of sea dyke and 8.04 km of interior

dyke. Design crest levels of the sea dyke and the interior dyke were 5.49 mPWD [3.96 m

(HFL) +1.53 m (free board)] and 4.88 mPWD [3.96m (HFL)+0.92m (Free board)]

respectively. The dykes have withstood the onslaught of tides and storm surges without any

over topping since then.

Design flood level considered for construction of the dykes was 3.96 mPWD. (Reference: Halcrow et.

al; BWDB Systems Rehabilitation Project; Feasibility Report, Polder-70 Sub-project; June 1994).

(b) Highest water level considered by BWDB (in 30 June 2009) in design of protective works of

Matarbari in BWDB Polder - 70 embankment

BWDB Design Circle – IV, Dhaka designed protective works for Matarbari, Km 27.250 to Km 28.120

of Polder – 70 embankments in connection with Riverbank Protection & Development and Town

Protection Project (Phase – IV) under Cox‘s Bazar O&M Division, BWDB, Cox‘s Bazar during the year

2009 – 2010 & 2010 – 2011. Highest water level for the design of the protective works has been taken

as 4.00 mPWD. Photocopy of a drawing sheet showing the considered Highest Water Level (HWL) of

4.00 mPWD is given in the following page.

ANNEX 2

A-14

Considering the aspects mentioned above it may be considered that BWDB constructions of Polders –

70 embankments and protective works have been designed considering Highest Water Level (HWL) of

4.00 mPWD.

ANNEX 2

A-15

Figure: BWDB drawing for protective works of Matarbari, Polder – 70 showing considered HWL of 4

mPWD

ANNEX 2

A-16

ANNEX 2

A-17

2.1.5 Cyclone storm surge levels

Cyclone storm surges are caused due to combined effect of different weather/environmental parameters.

The parameters have too many variables and each of which is very sensitive in nature. Weather

forecasting, using world‘s most powerful computers, is yet to be brought to a credible stage. Because of

presence of so many variables in parameter, cyclone and/or cyclonic storm surge predication to an

acceptable degree is yet to materialize.

Storm surge heights resulting from cyclones along Bangladesh coast have been collected from

Bangladesh Meteorological Department (BMD) for the period 1960 to to-date. Since there has been no

major cyclone in Bangladesh coast in recent time, the BMD has put the period 1960-2011 in the

statement. In fact the statement contains cyclone AILA on 25-02-2009 as the last entry. The BMD list is

given below.

Table: Major Cyclonic Storms in Bangladesh from 1960 to 2011 with Storm Surge Heights

(Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department)

Date of landfall Landfall area Max. wind speed (Kph) Surge height

11.10.1960 Chittagong 160 6.0 m

31.10.1960 Chittagong 193 6.6 m

09.05.1961 Chittagong 160 5.0 m

30.05.1961 Chittagong (Near Feni) 160 2.0 - 4.55 m

28.05.1963 Chittagong- Cox's Bazar 200 6.0 m

11.05.1965 Chittagong-Barisal Coast 160 3.7 m

05. 1l. l965 Chittagong 160 6-7.62 m

15.12.1965 Cox's Bazar 210 2.4 - 3.6 m

23.09.1966 Noakhali coast 139 6 - 6.67 m

1.11.1966 Chittagong

6-6.7 m

07.12.1966 Cox's Bazar 81 -

08.11.1967 Khulna (Sundarban) 111 -

23.10.1967 Cox's Bazar 107

23.10.1970 Bangladesh- West Bengal coast 163 4.7 m

12.11.1970 Chittagong 224 3 - 10 m

ANNEX 2

A-18

Date of landfall Landfall area Max. wind speed (Kph) Surge height

8.05.1971 Chittagong 81 2.4 - 4.24 m

29.09.1971 Sundarban coast 97 - 113 0.61 m

6.11.1971 Chittagong- Noakhali coast -- -

18.1l.l973 Chittagong 102 -

30.05.1974 Patuakhali 74 - 83 -

28.11.1974 Chittagong -Cox's Bazar coast 163 3.0 - 5.1 m

10.12.1981 Khulna 120 2.12-4.55 m

15.10.1983 Chittagong 93 -

09.11.1983 Chittagong -Cox's Bazar coast 136 1.5 m

24.05.1985 Chittagong 154 4.55 m

29.11.1988 Khulna coast 160 4.4 m

18.12.1990 Cox's Bazar coast 115 2.13 m

29.04.1991 Chittagong 225 6 - 7.6 m

31.05.1991 Noakhali coast 83 2.5 m

02.05.1994 Cox's Bazar-Teknaf Coast 200 - 250 3.64 - 4.85 m

25.11.1995 South of Cox's Bazar 55 3.05 m

26.10.1996 Sundarban coast 70 1.5 - 2.0 m

19.05.1997 Sitakundu 232 4.55 m

27.09.1997 Sitakundu 150 3.03-4.55 m

20.05.1998 Chittagong coast near Sitakundu 173 0.911m

28.10.2000 Sundarban coast 50-60 1.22 m

12.11.2002 Sundarban coast near Raimangal River 65-85 2.13 m

19.05.2004 Cox's Bazar & Akyab coast 65-90 1.223 m

15.05.2007(AKASH) Ctg-Cox's Bazar coast near ctg 83 -

15.11.2007(SIDR) Khulna-Barisal coast near Patharghata 223 6.10 m

26.10.2008(Rashmi) Khulna-Barisal coast near Patharghata

2.13 m

17.04.2009(BIJLI) Ctg-Cox's Bazar coast near Chittagong 90 -

25.05.2009 (AILA) West Bengal-Khulna (Bangladesh) coast near

Sagar Island of India 92 2.44m

The highest recorded storm surge of the list is the storm surge of 12 November 1970, which has been

recorded as 3 m – 10 m. Wide variation in the recorded stage of 3 m to 10 m, itself, expresses the guess/

estimation factor. The list contains the next highest storm surge to be of height 6 m – 7.62 m of the year

1965. There is again the presence of estimation factor. More or less same hold true for other data also.

ANNEX 2

A-19

There have been several exercises on predicting storm surge heights on the basis of frequency analysis.

It may be mentioned here that methods of frequency analyses are empirical in nature based on statistical

analyses. These have been postulated to predict long term impact of water level or discharge. Variation

of water level or discharge has some limited variables. As has been mentioned before, storm surge

heights are the effect of many variables. It is not comprehensible, how analysis of storm surge heights

can be analogous to that of water level or discharge. However, for academic interest, some of the

findings of related frequency analysis of storm surges on Bangladesh coast are presented below.

Frequency analysis on the basis of BMD data using Gumbel’ EV-1 method

Rearranging the yearly extreme values gives the following Table:

Year Extreme Surge Height (m)

1960 6.6

1961 5.0

1963 6.0

l965 7.62

1966 6.7

1970 10

1971 4.24

1974 5.1

1981 4.55

1983 1.5

1985 4.55

1988 4.4

1990 2.13

1991 7.6

1994 4.85

1995 3.05

1996 2.0

1997 4.55

1998 0.911

2000 1.22

ANNEX 2

A-20

Year Extreme Surge Height (m)

2002 2.13

2004 1.223

2007 6.10

2008 2.13

2009 2.44

Gumbel‘s EV-1 method gives the following surge heights for recurrence intervals mentioned against

them:

Frequency Analyses of Bangladesh Coast Cyclone Storm Surges

Recurrence interval in years 1:2 1:5 1:10 1:20 1:25 1:50 1:100 1:200 1:1000

Water level in mPWD 3.91 6.38 8.01 9.58 10.08 11.62 13.14 14.65 18.17

Cyclone Protection Project (CPP)- II’s frequency analysis

Cyclone Protection Project–II presented the following cyclonic storm surge levels as per

frequency analysis in their Final Project Preparation Report; Appendix – C (reference:

Halcrow et. al; BWDB Systems Rehabilitation Project; Feasibility Report – Polder 70

Sub-project; June 1994).

Peak water levels (mPwd) on frequency analyses of storm surges for Polder - 70

Frequency in years 1:5 1:10 1:20 1:40 1:50 1:100

Water levels in m(PWD) 4.31 4.92 5.53 6.03 6.23 6.75

Institute of Water Modelling (IWM)’s analysis

Institute of Water Modelling (IWM), in connection with a study for Pacific Consultants International of

Japan reported the 100 year surge level to be around 5.5m MSL ( 5.96m PWD) near Sonadia Island of

Cox‘s Bazar (IWM: Coastal and Hydraulic Study for Deep Sea Port, Final Report; November 2008).

Comparison of Different Analyses Mentioned Above

ANNEX 2

A-21

It could be seen that the results are not even close to one another. For 1:100 years frequency, the storm

heights are 13.14 m, 6.75 m and 5.96 m from BMD‘s data, CPP – II‘s data and IWM data respectively.

The BMD‘s storm surge heights (taking the higher of the stated values for each entry) were arranged in

descending order to have an idea about a median cluster. But ready identification of a median cluster

was not possible from the data set. The data so arranged were: 10m; 7.62 m; 7.6 m; 6.7 m; 6.6 m; 6.1 m;

6.00 m; 5.1 m; 5.0 m; 4.85 m; 4.55 m; 4.55 m; 4.55 m; 4.4 m; 4.24 m; 3.05 m; 2.44 m; 2.13 m; 2.13 m;

2.13 m; 2.00 m; 1.5 m; 1.223 m; 1.22 m and 0.911 m.

The storm surge heights

were plotted against

individual storms over

the period; to find out

trend, if any. The graph

is attached herewith. It

can be seen in the graph

that the storm surge

heights (with the

exception of a few data)

fit nicely in an

envelope; and the

envelop shows a

downward movement trend. This is contrary to generally held conception that with global warming the

storm surge heights are likely to increase.

Analyzing all the above mentioned facts, evaluation of past cyclone storm surge height records as a

whole in totality (instead of taking a particular value) for fixation of design high water is recommended

2.1.6 Sea level rise due to climate change

It is now an accepted fact that the major impact of climate change due to global warming will

be the ‗Sea Level Rise (SLR)‘. Many papers are there in qualitative or broad based terms as

Figure: Trend graph of cyclonic storm Vs surge heights

ANNEX 2

A-22

to possible impact of global warming on water sector of Bangladesh. Research papers

mentioning impacts of SRL in definite or quantitative terms are few and far.

The Water Resources Planning Organization (WARPO) of Bangladesh has made a detailed

assessment of Impacts of SLR in the coastal zone of Bangladesh based on the

recommendations of the Third Assessment Report (TAR) of the Intergovernmental Panel on

Climate Change (IPCC) and NAPA (National Adaptation Program of Action) scenarios

(WARPO: Impact Assessment of Climate Zone of Bangladesh, 2005). The potential effects

of climate change were studied for different sea level rise i. e. 14 cm, 32 cm and 88 cm for

the project years 2030, 2050 and 2100.

World Bank in its report ―Bangladesh: Climate Change and Sustainable Development Report

No. 21140 BD, Dhaka; in the year 2000; predicated sea level rise of 10 cm, 25 cm and 1 m

for Bangladesh coasts by the year 2030, 2050 and 2100 respectively. The above mentioned

values are in a sense pessimistic in type, when compared to IPCC‘s global predicted range of

18 cm to 59 cm SLR for the year 2100.

Considering all the aspects 32 cm as considered by WARPO for the year 2050 seems to be a

reasonable value for SLR consideration for construction of the road bridge.

2.1.7 Recommended “Design High Water Level”

The findings of discussions made above can be summed up as:

i) Tidal Mean High Water Spring (MHWS): 2.880 mPWD

ii) Observed highest water level: 4.36 mPWD

iii) Highest flood level considered for Polder 70: 4.00 m PWD

iv). Frequency analysis of highest flood level

Analysis 1:20 year flood

frequency

1:50 year

flood

ANNEX 2

A-23

frequency

Analysis of Shaflapur BWDB data 4.59 mPWD 4.98 mPWD

Halcrow‘s analysis using Cox‘s

Bazar BWDB data 3.63 mPWD 3.74 mPWD

CPP-II‘s analysis 4.24 m PWD 4.60 m PWD

v) Sea Level Rise Effect: 32 cm in the year 2050

vi) Navigation Clearance: 5 m above Design High Water Level

Considering all the above mentioned facts, the recommended ―Design High Water Level

(DHWL)‖ for design of Kohelia Bridge is 4 mPWD. The recommended water level of 4.00

mPWD along with additional 5 m navigation clearance will be sufficient to take care of

impacts of anticipated 32 cm sea level rise in 2050 as well as cyclone storm surge heights

normally observed in the past.

2.2 Design Low Water Level (DLWL)

Design low water level can be fixed from the following 2 considerations:

i) Tidal Mean Low Water Spring (MLWS)

ii) Lowest observed water level

2.2.1 Mean Low Water Spring (MLWS)

Tidal Mean Low Water Spring (MLWS) is the lowest level to which spring tide reaches on the average

over a period of time (often 19 years). This is generally considered to be the low water mark. MLWS

value of nearby measuring station Cox‘s Bazar is 0.205 m CD (BIWTA Tide Table 2013) Therefore

MLWS Value in mPWD is 0.205 - (4.836-3.931) m PWD = (-) 0.700 m PWD

2.2.2 Lowest observed water level

Referring to table mentioned above the lowest water level of Shaflapur, Maheshkhali BWDB Gauge

ANNEX 2

A-24

SW 200 is (-) 2.17 m PWD.

2.2.3 Recommended “Design Low Water Level (DLWL)”

Recommended ―Design Low Water Level (DLWL)‖ for design of Kohelia Bridge is (-) 0.700 m PWD.

2.3 Design Discharge

No historical data or information as to the discharge of Kohelia River was available. The formula Q = A

gives the discharge; where Q = Discharge in m3/sec; A = Cross section area in m2; and = Velocity

in m/sec. Information on cross section area and velocity are required for the purpose. Discharge can also

be obtained using indirect methods, namely; (i) the Rational Equation for ill defined channels or (ii)

Slope Area Method for defined channels. The Rational Equation Q = ciA gives the peak discharge from

drainage basin runoff; where Q = Peak discharge, c = Rational method runoff coefficient, i =

Rainfall intensity and A = Drainage area. The Slope Area Method uses Manning‘s Formula for

calculation of velocity. The Manning‘s Formula is ; where, = Flow velocity; n =

Roughness coefficient; R = Hydraulic radius and S = River slope. Accurate catchment area

demarcation for rivers in southern region of Bangladesh is difficult, as the rivers often flow parallel to

each other and at the same time are inter-connected by cross channels. And, as such, the Slope Area

Method is the preferred choice in case of determination of discharge using indirect method.

Figure: Bridge alignment vis’-a-vis’ location of main channel and

mud-flat

ANNEX 2

A-25

In this particular

case, measured

velocity of nearby

Kutubdia Channel is

available from an

IWM study. IWM

found maximum

average velocity of

1.7 m/sec in the

channel at the time of

their measurement.

(IWM; Hydraulic

Modelling Study for

Rehabilitation of Affected Seven High Risk Coastal Polders; Final Report; November 2004). In

accordance with IWM measurement, of 1.7 m/sec will be used for subsequent calculations.

The Design flood level is 4.00 m PWD and average low bank level is 2.157 mPWD, so for any rise of

water level above 2.157 mPWD, there will be spilling over of water overland on western side mud-flat.

It is assumed that cumulative width of the over land flow will be 62 m. The attached figure shows the

bridge alignment along with location of main channel and the mud-flat.

Discharges for the main channel, over-land flow and design discharge are shown in the following Table

using discharge equation, measured cross section areas and observed velocity.

Level (mPWD) Area (m2) (m/sec) Q=A* (m3/sec)

Main channel flow 4.00 2115.25 1.7 3596

Over-land flow 4.00 87.61 1.7

149

Design Discharge

3745

ANNEX 2

A-26

The design discharge is 3745 m3/sec

2.4 Water Way Opening

Any bridge design has to have sufficient water way, so that no afflux is created even under condition of

maximum flooding. Presence of afflux has the risk of outflanking of the bridge or creation of higher

velocity which may cause unanticipated scouring. In either case stability of bridge structure is

endangered.

Required net water way according to Lacey‘s Formula is Ws = 4.75 √ Q ; where Ws is the required

water way opening in meter and Q is the design discharge in m3/sec. Putting the design discharge value

of 7289 m3/sec, the required net water way comes to:

Ws = 4.75√ Q =4.75√ 3745 m = 290.68 m

Present water way width of the river is 578 m and the proposed bridge width including viaduct is 640 m.

So the proposed bridge width is safe from water way opening consideration.

2.5 Anticipated Scour Depth

Bridge and associated protective works are designed in such a way that scouring of river bank or river

beds is well taken care of, as not to destabilize the structure. Scouring can be bank scour and/or bed

scour. Scour depths are estimated using empirical formula along with mathematical & physical

modelling (if available).

Bank scours are erosion of river bank, which can be localized or spread over a length of river and is

caused by eddy or local turbulence. Bank scours are closely associated with general alignment of the

channel and are also dependent on the nature of materials forming the bank. Constriction of water way

can cause bank scour because of sudden increase in velocity (constriction scour). The proposed bridge is

going to have via-duct from environmental consideration and for accommodation of clear navigation

height requirement. The bank material contains a considerable percentage of clay materials. The bridge

alignment is going to be perpendicular to channel alignment and there is no constriction of water way.

ANNEX 2

A-27

As such no bank scour is anticipated.

Bed scour can be general deepening of river bed and/or local scour. General deepening of river bed may

take place due to long term hydrologic and morphologic changes in the river where as local bed scour

takes place due to obstruction in flow passage. The 3 components of bed scours are:

(i) General scour;

(ii) Constriction scour. In this particular case there is no risk of constriction scour (as has already

been explained before): and

(iii) Local scour.

2.5.1 Scour in the main channel

General Scour

General scour in main channel will be calculated using Lacey‘s Formula for normal scour (d) which is;

d = 0.473 (Q/fs)1/3 , where;

d = Normal depth of scour in meter below DHWL

Q = Discharge in cumec; and

fs = Silt factor = 1.76 √grain size mean dia in mm (D50) = 1.76 0.08 = 0.5

d = 0.473( 3596/0.5)⅓ = 9.13 m below design flood level

Constriction Scour

Since there is no constriction of water way, occurrence of constriction sour is not anticipated.

Local Scour

General formula for calculation of local scour below pile is:

i) 2.25 x pile dia; when flow depth is 5 m or more ; and

ANNEX 2

A-28

ii) 1.5 x pile dia; when flow depth is less than 5 m

There are other empirical formulae and methods for calculation of local scour. The formulae and

methods have been developed from empirical consideration and are site specific. These are also

dependent on depth of flow, velocity of flow; angle of attack etc. beside pier size and configuration. The

result varies from formula to formula as well as method to method.

Considering empirical nature of different local scour formula, Indian Road Congress (1998, 2000) has

recommended doubling the normal depth of scour to determine maximum bed scour (general scour +

local scour).

dmax = 2 d

T. R. Jagadeesh and M. A. Jayaram in their book‖ Design of Bridge Structure (Prentice Hall, India) has

suggested use of 1.5 d for calculation of depth of scour under abutment and 2d for calculation of depth

of scour under pier.

As such anticipated depth of scour in main channel:

i) Below piers in main channel

= 2 d below design flood level = 2 x 9.13 m = 18.26 m

ii) Below eastern side abutment (i.e. bridge abutment on Nayaghata Jetty side)

= 1.5 d below design in flood level = 1.5 x 9.13 m = 13.70 m

2.5.2 Scour in flood plain

General Scour

General scour in flood plain will be calculated using Lacey‘s Formula for normal scour (d) which is;

dfp = 0.473 (Qfp/fs)1/3 , where;

dfp = Normal depth of scour in meter below DHWL

ANNEX 2

A-29

Qfp = Discharge in flood plain in cumec; and

fs = Silt factor = 1.76 √grain size mean dia in mm (D50) = 1.76 0.08 = 0.5

dfp = 0.473( 149/0.5)⅓ = 3.16 m below design flood level

Local Scour

General formula for calculation of local scour below pile is:

2.25 x pile dia; when flow depth is 5 m or more ; and

1.5 x pile dia; when flow depth is less than 5 m

As maximum depth of flow in flood plain will be less than 5 m, local scour below pile in flood plain

will be

= 1.5 X 1.2 (assuming pile dia to be 1.2 m) = 1.80 m

As such anticipated depth of scour in flood plain:

i) Below piers in flood plain

(a) Considering 2 dfp = 2 X 3.16 = 6.32 m below design flood level

(b) Considering dfp + local scour of pile = 3.16 + 2.25 = 5.41m below design flood

level

(c) Recommended depth of scour below pier in flood plain as per above mentioned criterion (a) is

6.32 m below design flood level

ii) Below western side abutment (i.e. bridge abutment on western side mud-flat)

= 1.5 dfp below design in flood level = 1.5 x 3.16 m = 4.74 m

2.5.3 Anticipated scour depth & level

i) Below pier in main channel = 18.26 m below design high water level i.e up to (-) 14.26

mPWD

ANNEX 2

A-30

ii) Below eastern abutment = 13.70 m below

design high water level i.e up to (-) 9.70 mPWD (main channel)

iii) Below pier in flood plan = 6.32 m below design high water level i.e up to (-) 2.32

mPWD

iv) Below western abutment = 4.74 m below design high water level i.e up to (-) 0.74mPWD

(flood plain)

2.6 Navigation Clearance

Mandatory navigation height as per Bangladesh Inland Water Transport Authority (BIWTA) regulation

(source: Bridge Design standards for Roads and Highways Department; Government of the People‘s

Republic of Bangladesh, Ministry of Communications, Roads and Railways Division; January 2004) is

given below:

SI. Classification of waterways Minimum vertical

clearance (m)

Minimum horizontal

clearance (m)

I Class-I 18.30 76.22

2 Class-II 12.20 76.22

3 Class-III 7.62 30.48

4 Class-IV 5.00 20.00

The design manual of Roads and Highways Department; Government of the People‘s Republic of

Bangladesh clarifies that for waterways which have not been classified by BIWTA; consideration shall

be given to the local requirement for passage of fishing vessel, boats, trawlers, burgs etc. At least one

span must be kept wide enough to accommodate intended river traffic. The absolute minimum vertical

clearance should be 1.50 m above standard high water level, where boat traffic exists.

Since the proposed bridge, is on a non-classified route; the absolute minimum vertical clearance has to

be more than I .5m above design high water level. It is to be noted that just upstream ( about 2 km

north) of the proposed bridge is the location of LGED‘s Matarbari Bridge, which has clear span width

of less than/ close to 20 m. The soffit level of the existing bridge is at 12.48 mPWD. As such navigation

ANNEX 2

A-31

clearance of the bridge from our Design High Water Level is 8.12 m (12.48 mPWD – 4.36 mPWD).

Presence of Matarbari Bridge in a close proximity of the proposed bridge logically creates a boundary

condition with its clear span width and navigation height.

On the basis of evaluation of ground realities and consideration of future generated traffic due to power

station establishment and approach road construction; it is being recommended that at least 1 span of

the bridge should have minimum 20 m horizontal clearance and minimum 5 m vertical clearance.

3.0 MORPHOLOGY AND BANK LINE SHIFTING OF THE KOHELIA

RIVER

The Kohelia River is a tidal one, in Maheshkhali Upozilla of Cox‘s Bazar district. In BWDB documents

it is often referred to as Matarbari Channel. It is connected to Bay of Bengal on the northern end via

Kutubdia Channel. On the southern end it is directly connected to Bay of Bengal. Main portion of the

river has north-south alignment. On the northern side it turns west-ward and meets the Kutubdia

Channel. On the northern side of the river; the Ujantia Khal meets the river from north and the

Koriardia Khal meets the river coming from north-eastern side. From inside Polder-70, the 1.76 km long

Donarghona Khal drains into the Kohelia River on the north coming from south side. The 1.86 km long

Morakhali Khal, the 8.29 km long Rangakhali Khal and the 4.06 km long Tiakhali Khal drains into the

river from west side. It may be mentioned here that the Polder 70 is surrounded by the Kohelia River on

the northern and the eastern sides where as the Kutubdia Channel and the Bay of Bengal is located on

the western side and the southern side respectively. The 1.84 km long Kankadi Khal drains into the

Kutubdia Channel. The figure below shows the geo-morphological setting of the Kohelia River.

Figure: Geo-morphological setting of the Kohelia River

ANNEX 2

A-32

The width of the river at the proposed bridge site at ‗Nayaghata Jetty‘ is about 365 m. LGED‘s 220.25

m wide Matarbari Bridge is located at about 2 km distance (on the north) from the proposed bridge

location.

3.1 Bank Line Shifting Analyses

Long-time bank line shifting analyses of the Kohelia River was done with satellite images from archive

of Center for Environment and Geographic Information Services (CEGIS). Processing of images and

analyses of bank line shifting was done with support and cooperation of CEGIS. 1974 image was

selected as it was one of the early clear images of the river in CEGIS archive. Image of 2009 shows the

present position of the river. 1990 image was randomly selected as an intermediate one. The following

ANNEX 2

A-33

image shows the bank lines of the river in different years along the proposed bridge alignment. The

image also shows the location of the Matarbari LGED Bridge.

Figure: Long-time bank line shifting of the Kohelia River

ANNEX 2

A-34

ANNEX 2

A-35

Details of the images used in the analyses are as follows:

Name Path Row Acquisition Date Image Type Remarks

Landsat5 TM 136 45 06 December 2009 Multispectral 30 m resolution

Landsat5 TM 136 45 31 December 1990 Multispectral 30 m resolution

Landsat5 MSS 146 45 10 January 1974 Multispectral 80 m resolution

The images were first geo-referenced using Ground Control Points (GCP) and projected to the

Bangladesh Transverse Mercator (BTM) co-ordinate system. The images were also co-registered. The

images were re-sampled to 30 m x 30 m pixel size. Bank lines were identified and extracted. The bank

lines of the river from 1974 and 1990 images were superimposed on 2009 image.

The alignment of the proposed bridge was easily identifiable from the view of the ‗Nayaghata Jetty‘ on

the image. The bridge alignment was also verified using the following previously recorded co-ordinates:

1) Nayaghata Jetty Side: Latitude: 210 42‘, 33.28‖ N ; Longitude: 910 54‘, 53.77‖ E

2) Western End Mud Flat: Latitude: 210 42‘, 41.80‖ N ; Longitude: 910 54‘, 31.23‖

E

The position of the bank lines during different years along the bridge alignment have been found to be:

Eastern Bank

Image X- Coordinate Y- Coordinate Observations on bank line shifting

Image of 1974 698350.574 401572.049 No appreciable movement of bank lines

Image of 1990 698350.574 401572.049

Image of 2009 698350.574 401572.049

Western Bank

ANNEX 2

A-36

Image X- Coordinate Y- Coordinate Observations on bank line shifting

Image of 1974 697556.240 401874.296 Bank line has been found to move eastward

for a distance of about 500 m by accretion

during the period 1974 – 1990; and after that

no appreciable movement of bank lines could

be seen for the period 1990 - 2009

Image of 1990 698065.813 401684.455

Image of 2009 698065.813 401684.455

From hydro-morphological evaluation and bank line shifting it is observed that:

a) The eastern bank has remained stable during the observed period of more than last 25 years

(1974-2009); and

b) Accretion of about 500 m took place on the western bank during 1974-1990 (may be due to

mangrove afforestation). Than there has been no further accretion or erosion during the observed

period of last 19 years i.e from 1990 to 2009.

On the basis of above mentioned facts and analyses, it is apparent that both the banks of the Kohelia

River at the bridge site are presently passing through a stable phase and the present stable phase can be

expected to continue in the coming years in future; if there is no other external intervention (s).

4. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN OF THE

KOHELIA RIVER BRIDGE

Review and analyses of the prevailing hydrological and morphological environment of the proposed

Kohelia Bridge area leads to the following conclusions and recommendations:

Design High Water Level: 4.00 mPWD

Design Low Water Level: ( - ) 0.700 mPWD

Regime Width of the Kohelia River at Bridge Site: 290.68 m

Bridge Soffit Level over Navigable Portion of the Channel: Higher than 9.00 mPWD

Minimum Bridge Span Openings on Navigable Portion of the Channel: 20 m

ANNEX 2

A-37

Anticipated Scour Levels:

Observed lowest bed level of the river was at (-) 3.87mPWD.

Anticipated maximum scour level at bridge piers in main channel is upto (-) 14.26 mPWD;

Anticipated maximum scour level at bridge piers in flood plain is upto (-) 2.32 mPWD;

Anticipated maximum scour level at eastern side bridge abutment on main channel bank is

upto (-) 9.70 mPWD.

Anticipated maximum scour level at western side bridge abutment on flood plain is upto (-)

0.74 mPWD.

Bank lines of the river at the proposed bridge site are in a hydro-morphological stable state; as

such occurrence of any major erosion or accretion is not anticipated. Nominal river training and

bank protection works are recommended to take care of the normal wave erosions as well as

anticipated erosions resulting from interventions in river flow due to construction of the bridge.

ANNEX 3

A-38

ANNEX 2: LARAP Framework (to be replaced)

ANNEX 3

A-39

ANNEX 2: LARAP Framework

1.1 Objectives of Resettlement Framework This resettlement framework (RF) is prepared for Chittagong area coal fired power plant development project in Bangladesh (JICA study) under Maheskhali Upazila of Coxs‘ Bazar District. The RF outlines the objectives, policy principles, and procedures for land acquisition, compensation, and other assistance measures for affected persons (APs) including subsidence mitigation measures. The RF is based on the Government of Bangladesh‘s (GoB) Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance of 1982 (ARIPO amended in 1993 and 1994), and other benefits offered under involuntary resettlement of the people and the JICA Policy. It will serve as the guide for the Project Management and Implementation Unit (PMIU) in developing and implementing required resettlement plan (RP) consistent with GoB and JICA policies and subsidence mitigation measures. The basic objectives of the RF are to: (i) guide the executing agency (EA) in properly compensating project APs, (ii) serve as binding document to ensure APs compensation, and (iii) provide direction in preparing, implementing and monitoring project RP. The RMIU will be responsible for ensuring the preparation and implementation of RP in line with this RF. A separate implementation unit will take the responsibility of implementing the resettlement works of the project. A detailed description of each compensation measure and assistance is provided in the entitlement matrix.

1.2 Needs and Scope of Land Acquisition and Resettlement

The project has plan for implementation but resettlement and rehabilitation work yet to start in its full swing. The needs for resettlement has been envisaged in the project area during designing the road including the construction of bridge and other approach roads. All those activities have broadly two types of affect where land owners or operators would be affected. The Involuntary Resettlement (IR) categorization checklist to identify resettlement impacts

due to the project is in Appendix 1. But the site has been duly identified and all kinds of impacts have been verified on ground. The impacts of project is anticipated as high which will mostly affect land, water, labour already under the possession of the people living in the project area and zone of influence. The

ANNEX 3

A-40

project requires permanent land acquisition which includes access to the site through widening of existing access roads, and development of infrastructure within the project sites. Major impacts on non-titleholders are also anticipated. In addition to possible permanent land acquisition, temporary impacts are anticipated during improvement of roads. The overall resettlement impacts are to be further avoided or minimized through the following strategies.

(i) During implementation of the project effort needs to be made not to affect other land

except access road;

(ii) People who are interested to resettle in their own land outside the zone of influence

needs to be given support

(iii) All people of the same lineage/ clan may be placed in one cluster area so that they can

maintain their traditional social solidarity and brotherhood.

(iv) The affected people are to be fully informed and closely consulted. Affected people

are to be assisted to integrate economically and socially

(v) The three important elements of the involuntary resettlement policy are (i)

compensation to replace lost assets, livelihood, and income; (ii) assistance for

relocation, including provision of relocation sites with appropriate facilities and

services; and (iii) assistance for rehabilitation to achieve at least the same level of

well-being with the project as without it. Some or all of these elements may be present

in a project involving involuntary resettlement.

(vi) Particular attention will be paid to vulnerable groups including those without legal

title to land or other assets; households headed by women; the elderly or disabled.

Assistance must be provided to help them improve their socio-economic status. It will

be beyond corporate social responsibility (CSR) of the company.

(vii) Cash Compensation under Law (CCL) and Maximum Allowable Replacement Value

of Land will be paid to the APs

(viii) In case of inability to provide employment from the company side, a cash grant will

be provided to each displaced household.

(ix) Compensation will be paid to all displaced households who could not invest for last 3

years due to potential adverse affect from the project1.

(x) Under the CSR the company should provide free medical check up and free essential

medicines to all APs. All the APs should be given health card based on which they

may be provided medical services.

1 This will be estimated based on the annual income of the households multiplied by the national level economic growth rate. For example, one household has annual of income of Tk. 1 lakh. As per 6% annual growth rate of the country the same household will get Tk. 6,000 only for one year.

ANNEX 3

A-41

An Entitlement Matrix, consistent with the existing norms and guidelines of the GoB and the company policy on involuntary resettlement has been prepared to cover losses caused by the Project. Special consideration has been given to the APs of this project as they are not the direct beneficiary like other projects implemented in Bangladesh, for example, Bangabandhu Jamuna Bridge. The matrix also recognizes that the lack of title/ customary rights recognized under law will not be a bar to entitlement and has special provisions for non-titled persons. The eligibility for compensation shall be determined through a cut-off date. People have no or little chance to move to the project area after the cut-off date.

1.3 Policy And Legal Framework For Resettlement

The policy framework and entitlements for the project are based on national laws and JICA

policy. A review of the same has been presented here.

1) Resettlement and Compensation Policy of GoB

The salient features of Resettlement and Compensation Policy of GoB and other Identical Organizations have been summarized below.

GoB Land Acquisition Related Policies

The compensation of properties in Bangladesh is founded in Articles 42 and 47 of the Constitution. The law and the implementing rules and regulations that govern all cases of land acquisition and requisition is the Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance of 1982 (ARIPO), known as Ordinance No II of 1982, some provisions of which were subsequently amended in 1993 and 1994. Sections 3 and 18 exempt the acquisition of property used for religious worships, public or educational institutions, graveyards and cremation grounds. Section 8 prescribes the amount of compensation to be determined by the Deputy Commissioner (DC) based on the affect consideration: (i) market value of the property based on average value during the twelve months preceding the publication of notice of acquisition; (ii) damage to standing crops and trees; (iii) damage for severing such property from other properties of the person occupying the land; (iv) adverse effects to other properties, immovable or movable and/or his earning; and (v) cost of change of place of residence or

ANNEX 3

A-42

place of business. In addition, the Deputy Commissioner will award a sum of fifty percent on such market value of the property to be acquired. The Ordinance, however, does not cover PAPs without titles or ownership record such as informal settlers/ squatters, occupiers, and informal tenants and lease-holders (without document) and does not ensure replacement value of the property acquired. The act has no provision of resettlement assistance and transitional allowances for restoration of livelihoods of the non-titled APs. The Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance (1982) will be applied to the project. The requiring body submits land acquisition proposals to Office of the DC for appropriate action: (i) if the total land is above 50 bighas, or 16.1 acres, the approval will come from the National Government; (ii) if requirements is above 2 acres and below 16.66 acres, approval comes from the Divisional Land Allocation Committee; and (iii) if the land is 2.0 acres or less, the approval will be made at the District Land Allocation Committee.

Japan International Cooperation Agency Policy

The followings are the main policy of JICA in regard to resettlement: Avoid and minimize the impacts on involuntary resettlement and loss of means of livelihood If these impacts cannot be avoided, compensate for losses must be agreed upon with the people who will be affected. At full replacement cost improve or at least restore to pre project levels In the case of large involuntary resettlement projects it is desirable that the resettlement action plan include elements laid out in the World Bank Safeguard Policy, OP 4.12 RAP must be prepared and made available to the public before JICA environmental review For projects that will result in large-scale involuntary resettlement, a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) must be submitted to JICA.

Prior to JICA‘s environmental review, JICA will disclose the RAPs for projects that will result

in large-scale involuntary resettlement.

JICA confirms that projects do not deviate significantly from the World Bank‘s Safeguard

Policies (not only OP4.12 but also its main text).

Compensation based on legal systems of host countries

In many cases, compensation covers only for loss of assets

ANNEX 3

A-43

Resettlement Assistance provided by the executive agencies as an additional measures to fill

gaps between ―targets level‖ and ―country system level‖ For example, providing grants to

make up for full replacement cost or providing assistance to squatters and encroachers

Full replacement cost of agricultural land could be defined market value of land of equal

productive potential of affected land, plus the cost of land developing, plus the cost of any

registration and transfer taxes.

Full replacement cost of houses and other structure could be defined the by market cost of the

materials to build a replacement structure, plus the cost of any registration and transfer tax.

Depreciation of the asset and the value of salvage materials are not taken into account.

2) Consultation with the APs

During the RF preparation period the proposed affected area field were checked on March-June, 2013.

APs have placed the following demands:

they are ready to vacate the area only after getting due compensation for their assets;

they want to see their rehabilitation or resettlement as per conditions set out in the SHC or

FGD;

they are interested to have other benefits from the project

3) Project Resettlement Policies

Following the GoB policy and practices made by other such companies, the following core involuntary

resettlement policies for the project will be adopted:

Acquisition of land will be minimized to avoid the resettlement of people;

(ii) Local stakeholders will be systematically informed and properly consulted to identify the

possible alternative solutions to avoid or minimize the adverse impacts of land acquisition; and

disclosure to the public regarding the preparation of RP and LAP, eligibility of APs, compensation,

entitlements and special assistance measures to APs including vulnerable groups will be undertaken;

(iii) All affected persons (APs) will be properly identified and recorded in a census instrument in

which cut-off date for their eligibility is the last day of the survey in the sub-project area, and will be

notified in advance when land for the subproject will be acquired; lack of formal legal rights to the

assets lost will not prevent APs from receiving compensation, entitlement and rehabilitation measures;

ANNEX 3

A-44

(iv) Where resettlement cannot be avoided, relocation site(s) whether permanent or temporary,

free from environmental risks and with access to drinking water and sanitation, social services and all

other services accessible in the previous location, will be provided prior to relocation, in consultation

with APs and their hosts;

(v) Relocated APs will be provided with assistance to maintain, or improve their pre-project

living standards, income earning capacity and production levels;

(vi) Special assistance measures will be incorporated in resettlement implementation process to

protect the socially and economically vulnerable groups that will be affected2;

(vii) Effective mechanism for arbitration of complaints and grievances will be provided during

resettlement implementation;

(xi) Institutional arrangements and human resources will be in place for consultation,

liaison, land acquisition, resettlement and monitoring to ensure the effective

resettlement implementation prior to commencement of the project;

Payment of compensation prior to displacement must be provided, and other resettlement

assistance initiated prior to the award of civil works contract.

Corporate social responsibility (CSR) has to be observed by the company since the project is

a commercial one where APs are no way going to be benefited directly from the project like Jamuna or

Padma Bridge Project.

Eligibility Criteria: APs eligible to receive compensation and entitlements under the zone of influence

of the project is individuals and public or private institutions “with” or “without” legal title who are

residing3, working or cultivating the lands that shall be temporarily or permanently acquired or affected

for all parts of the project as of the date of joint census and inventory of losses (IOL). The inventory of

APs will be finalized after the locations of sites are confirmed and detailed designs have been

completed. Furthermore, those who may be affected due to temporary land acquisition as a result of the

rehabilitation and construction works are also eligible for compensation as a result of the temporary

disruptions in their livelihood activities. An actual inventory of the extent and scope of impact will be

accounted for during the detailed design phase of the project.

Categories of APs and Types of Losses: As envisaged the following categories of persons that will

be affected by Project interventions are:

(i) Persons whose land is being used for agricultural, residential, or commercial purposes and is

in part or in total affected (temporarily or permanently); 2 This will include ethnic minorities or indigenous people if any, women-headed households, household headed by elderly people, and people living below the poverty line. 3 Persons who left the area for some reasons would not be covered by any tracer study.

ANNEX 3

A-45

(ii) Persons whose structure is being used for residential, commercial, or religious purposes in

part or in total affected (temporarily or permanently);

(iii) Persons whose assets, other than land or structure, are partly or fully affected (temporarily or

permanently);

(iv) Persons whose business or source of income is in part or in total affected (temporarily or

permanently);

(v) Persons whose crops (annual or perennial) and/or trees are affected;

(vi) Persons whose access to common property resources is affected (temporarily or permanently);

(vii) Persons affected who belong to socially and economically vulnerable groups.

Compensation and Entitlement Policy: Compensation and entitlements for each category of eligible

APs are based on the levels of losses. Based on the GoB policies, Table 1 provides the Entitlement

Matrix indicating the details of possible losses of APs and their entitlements and compensation for

covering such losses. Loss of land, structure, assets, trees, and crops will be at replacement cost.

Independent land appraisers engaged by the implementing consultant/NGO will verify that Government

rates are replacement cost; the implementing consultant/NGO will verify that Government rates for

structures and other assets are at replacement cost through a survey of construction materials; and the

implementing consultant/NGO based on a survey of market prices and consultation with

agriculture/horticulture experts will determine if Government rates for trees and crops are at

replacement cost. The implementing consultant/NGO will also undertake consultations with APs on

replacement costs. Vulnerable households will be provided additional assistance in the form of

land-for-land replacement options, prioritization in project employment, and an additional allowance for

land and structure losses. Income losses are anticipated to be minimal and temporary. Income

restoration activities include the provision of short-term allowances and restoration of access to

livelihood activities.

Procedure for LAP Preparation: Land Acquisition Plan (LAP) for project will be prepared in the

following manner: (i) the project authority with guidance from the Social/ Resettlement Specialist will

undertake socio-economic surveys for project based on land requirement including covering zone of

influence. The project will require a full LAP having detail of land possession; (ii) LAP will include

details of land occupancy, use and access to land; (iii.) process of land acquisition must not cause

disadvantage to vulnerable groups; and (iv) must comply with government polices and compensation

packages.

Procedure for RP Preparation: RP for project will be prepared in the following manner:

1. Description of the project

ANNEX 3

A-46

2. Potential impact

3. Objectives

4. Socioeconomic studies

5. Legal framework

6. Institutional framework

7. Organizational responsibility

8. Eligibility

9. Valuation of and compensation for losses

10. Resettlement measures

11. Site selection, site preparation, and relocation

12. Housing, infrastructure, and social services

13. Environmental protection and management

14. Integration with host populations

15. Community participation

16. Grievance procedures

17. Implementation schedule / 20．Cost and budget

18. Monitoring and evaluation

A comparative Picture of GoB and JICA Entitlement Matrix has been shown in Table 1.3-1:

Table 1.3-1 Gap Analysis between Bangladeshi Laws and JICA Guidelines

No Category of PAPs / Types of lost assets Bangladesh Laws JICA Guidelines

1 For lands of all types and other assets for legal land

Acquired by DC as per legal requirements / procedures

Preference should be given to land-based resettlement strategies for displaced persons whose livelihoods are land-based

2

Land tenants Compensation for the standing crops if harvesting of crops is not possible

People who must be resettled involuntarily and people whose means of livelihood will be hindered or lost must be sufficiently compensated and supported.

3 Land Users Squatters, encroachers and

unauthorized users / occupiers are not recognized

ditto

4 Owners of temporary structures

Only compensation under law (CUL)

Compensation must be based on the full replacement cost as much as possible.

5 Owners of permanent structure buildings

ditto ditto

6 Perennials crops Market prices of the standing crops with value of plants

Compensation must be based on the full replacement cost as much as possible.

7

Timing for payment of entitled compensation by the PAPs

No concern on the part of the project proponent. Land is handed over to the project proponent as soon as the fund is placed to the DC.

On the completion of payment of compensation to the PAPs the land to be vacated and handed over to the project proponent.

ANNEX 3

A-47

8

The issue of relocation and income generation activities

No concern about relocation and income generation activities.

People who must be resettled involuntarily and whose means of livelihood will be hindered or lost must be sufficiently compensated and supported, so that they can improve or at least restore their standards of living, income opportunities and production levels to pre-project levels.

9

Vulnerability of PAPs No distinction between the PAPs Particular attention must be paid to the needs of the vulnerable groups among those displaced, especially those below the poverty line, the landless, elderly, women and children, ethnic minorities, etc.

10

Role of DC, project proponent and PAPs

DC to acquire lands, the project proponent to use the land, and PAPs to seek compensation from the DC.

DC and project proponent to assist the PAPs in getting the compensation, assist to collect the legal and required documents, and provide support for the transition period between displacement and livelihood restoration.

Source: JICA Study Team The Executing Agency (EA) will ensure that (i) this RF is closely followed when an RP is formulated

for the project, and (ii) adequate resettlement budgets are delivered on time to the EA and that

consultants/NGOs are involved for timely implementation of RP.

ANNEX 3

A-48

Table 1.3-2 Entitlement Matrix

SL No.

Type of loss or disturbance

Entitled Person (EP)

Entitlements Additional services Expected Results

1. Loss of agriculture land

Legal owner of the land at the time of serving notice under section 3 of LA Laws.

i. CCL (Market value assessed by DC plus 50% premium as per Law) ii. Additional grants to cover difference between CCL and Maximum Allowable Replacement Value (MARV) of land determined by PVAT. iii. Refund of registration cost incurred for replacement land purchase at the replacement value determined by a legally

i. Owners-Cultivators being head of household (as identified by NGO survey) not able to purchase replacement agricultural land before eviction will be entitled to a one time maintenance grant of Tk. 10,000.00

Replacement of land or the value to the APs

ANNEX 3

A-49

SL No.




constituted body (PVAT)

2. Loss of homestead land

Legal owner of the land at the time of serving notice under section 3 of LA Laws

i. CCL (Market value assessed by DC plus 50% premium as per Law) ii. Additional grants to cover difference between CCL and Maximum Allowable Replacement Value (MARV) of land determined by PVAT. iii. Refund of registration cost incurred for replacement land purchase at the

i. Resettlement Site(s): Each of the displaced household who opts for self relocation elsewhere other than the resettlement site shall be given a one time cash grant of Tk. 1,00,000.00 for purchasing new homestead land.

Replace of land or the value to the APs

ANNEX 3

A-50

SL No.




replacement value determined by a legally constituted body (PVAT)

3. Loss of residential/ commercial structure

Legal Titleholder Owner(s) of the structures identified by DC

i. CCL (Market value assessed by DC plus 50% premium as per Law) ii. Additional grants to cover difference between CCL and Maximum Allowable Replacement Value (MARV) of land determined by PVAT.

i. Transfer grant (TG) @ 12.5% of the value of non-masonary (kutcha) and semi-pucca and 5% for masonary (pucca) assessed by PVAT. ii. Owner will be allowed to take all salvaged materials at free of cost without delaying. iii. Reconstruction grant (RG) @ 12.5% of the value of all structures assess by PVAT for title owners. iv. Special assistance for Female Headed/ Vulnerable Households @ Tk. 5000, Tk. 7000, and

Reconstruction of structure at a new site

ANNEX 3

A-51

SL No.




Tk. 10,000 for kutcha, semi-pucca and (pucca) structure. v. Special Assistance of Tk. 10.000 for Vulnerable Households having disabled member in the family.

4. Loss of Access to Cultivable Land by Farmers, Tenant/ Sharecroppers including cultivations of Khas land

Farmers, tenants and sharecroppers of the land under contract as identified by the SES to be conducted during implementation of RP.

i. Transition Allowance equivalent to one year‘s net income from the cultivable land to farmer, tenant/ sharecropper, based on Market value of the Crop/fish.

Compensation for loss of access to farm land

5. Loss of economically valuable perennials

Legal owner of the land where the full grown trees are located at the time of serving notice

i. CCL (Market value assessed by DC plus 50% premium as per Law)

i. EPs will be given free 10 sapling of their choice at new homestead. ii. EPs will be allowed to cut the

Compensation for full grown trees.

ANNEX 3

A-52

SL No.




under section 3 of LA Laws.

trees and take it away free of cost if they wish so.

6. Loss of standing crops

Legal owner of the land where standing crops are located at the time of serving notice under section 3 of LA Laws.

i. CCL (Market value assessed by DC)

I. EPs will be allowed to cut the crops and take it away free of cost if they wish so.

Compensation for standing crops.

7. Loss of Access to house/ commercial structure (rented or leased)

Tenants renting/leasing the property as identified by the SES

i. One time cash grant for facilitating alternative housing/ structure assessed by PVAT

Alternate rental arrangement

8. Loss of residence by informal settlers/ encroachers or unauthorized occupants

Heads of Household occupying homestead land illegally or squatting as identified by SES.

i. Compensation for the lost structure (if owner) as per assessed value/ price by DC provided certified by the land owner

i. The owner‘s income is under the poverty line will get paid training and cash grant under income generation program (IGP) ii. Transfer grant (TG) @ 12.5% of the value of non-massonary (kutcha) and

Alternate rental arrangement

ANNEX 3

A-53

SL No.




semi-pucca and 5% for massonary (pucca) assessed by PVAT iii. Owner will be allowed to take all salvaged materials at free of cost without delaying.

9. Loss of Business by shops/ business owners due to dislocation

Owner/ Operator of the business as recorded by the SES

i. Business Restoration Grant to owners, renters and leaseholders assessed by PVAT ii. Non titled shop owners above the poverty line will not be eligible for business restoration Grant.

Alternate business restoration

10. Loss of Income Employment/ Work

Workers of affected business as recorded the

i. One time cash grant for 30/90 days at the rate of

Subsistence and income in post displaced period

ANNEX 3

A-54

SL No.




Opportunity of Full Time/ Part Time Workers

SES local wage rate (30 days in commercial area and 90 days in agriculture area)

11. Poor and vulnerable

Poor and vulnerable household including informal settler, squatters/ no tilted APs identified by SES

i. Paid Training and cash grant under income generation program (IGP)

i. Additional cash grant of Tk. 10,000 for affected women headed households and other vulnerable households. ii. Qualification criteria will be relaxed for employment in coal mining if possible

Poverty reduction measures and development

12. Loss of Access to Utility Services such as Piped water supply, Electricity, Sewerage line or Telephone

Legal owner of the structure with utility services at the time of serving LA notice Section 3 or only the legal owner of the Utility Service as identified by SES

i. CCL (Market value assessed by DC plus 50% premium as per Law) ii. Additional grant to cover difference between CCL and

i. One time Cash grant to transfer/Re-installment of the utility services to new location

Reconstruction of structure at a new site

ANNEX 3

A-55

SL No.




Maximum Allowable Replacement Value (MARV) of structure determined by PAVT.

13. Loss of community facilities/ common property resources by APs

Community as a whole where the PAs will relocate

i. CCL (Market value assessed by DC plus 50% premium as per Law) ii. Additional grant to cover difference between CCL and Maximum Allowable Replacement Value (MARV) of structure determined by PAVT.

i. Transfer grant (TG) @ 12.5% of the value of non-massonary (kutcha) and semi-pucca and 5% for massonary (pucca) assessed by PVAT ii. Owner will be allowed to take all salvaged materials at free of cost without delaying. iii. Reconstruction grant (RG) @ 12.5% of the value of all structures assessed by PVAT

Restoration of community structure for common benefits.

14. Adverse impact on the Host Communities

Affected or host area/village where the APs

i. Provision for additional civic amenities

Development of cluster settlements assisted by

ANNEX 3

A-56

SL No.




due to relocation of APs during and after Project implementation

will relocate (roads, plantation, tube-well for drinking water, community slab latrines and drainage to community facilities)

EA

15 Loss of agriculture/ homestead land

Legal owner of the land at the time of serving notice under section 3 of LA Laws.

As mentioned Sl. 1 and 2

As mentioned Sl. 1 and 2 Special provision: The EA will give preference to the nominated members of the displaced and other affected households in the matter of employment. The order of preference will be as follows: (i) Displaced household losing all land including homestead land, (ii) Displace household losing more than 2/3rd of agricultural land and

ANNEX 3

A-57

SL No.




homestead land (iii) Household losing all agricultural land but not homestead land, (iv) Displayed household losing more than 1/3rd of agricultural land and homestead land. (v) Displaced household losing only homestead land but not agricultural land vi. Household losing only agricultural land in part but not homestead land. As far as practicable, the objective shall be to provide one member from each displaced / other household as mentioned above with employment in the project. However, where the same

ANNEX 3

A-58

SL No.




cannot be provided because of reason to be explained in writing, cash compensation as mentioned below shall be provided to such displaced households. (a) Displaced households coming under category (i) Tk. 7.50 lakh Displaced (b) Displaced households coming under category (ii) Tk. 4.50 lakh (c) Displaced households coming under category (iii)- Tk. 3.0 lac (d) Displaced households coming under category (iv. v. vi)- Tk. 1.50 lakh

16. Loss of income not having scope of investment

Households who have land or other assets in the project

i. 6% of the households‘ annual income for

Income augmentation of the affected households

ANNEX 3

A-59

SL No.




in the area area each year as per growth rate of the country.

17. Any other loss not identified

Unanticipated involuntary impacts caused to any AP

i. Determined by Joint Verification Team (JVT)

Mitigate all types of loss incurred to APs

1.4 Socioeconomic Information

The EA will ensure that the project will have minimum involuntary resettlement impacts. The

EA with assistance from Social Development Specialist (SDS) and the Resettlement

Specialist, will prepare RP ensuring that RP will include measures to ensure that

socio-economic conditions, needs, and priorities (including those of women) are identified and

that the process of land acquisition and resettlement does not disadvantage anyone especially

vulnerable APs. The socioeconomic data will establish baseline information on various

parameters regarding APs and the affected assets and properties in the project area. Based on

these, the EA will ensure that the appropriate entitlements and mitigation measures are

incorporated in the RP in accordance with this RF.

1) Design of Questionnaire and Data Processing

The SDS will formulate the detailed measurement survey instrument (DMSI) with assistance

from the Resettlement Specialist Consultant (a sample is in Attachment 1). The DMSI will

ANNEX 3

A-60

gather required information which are divided into six major sections: (i) demographic

characteristics of the APs and their spouses, education, religion, ethnicity, civil status,

household membership and gender; (ii) profile of the affected lands that indicate the

percentage to total land owned or occupied by the AP, status of ownership, land use, and legal

circumstances; (iii) impacts on assets other than land such as houses and/or business

structures, other structures, crops, trees, loss of business and livelihood including a portion

asking AP preferences in case of resettlement; (iv) assessment if the AP is vulnerable; (v)

socioeconomic profile which provides information on the APs current social condition, access

to drinking water, gender concerns, etc.; and (vi) options for social rehabilitation that provides

consultation with and confirmation by vulnerable APs on training or skills needs prior to

relocation.

The DMSI will be assigned with alphanumeric codes for tracking and safekeeping records of

APs. The RMIU with assistance from the SDS will administer the surveys. The EA will also

hold focus group discussions in affected villages to gather socioeconomic information, and

process the data for the preparation of RP.

(A) Database Management

The data on affected properties of APs collected will be transcribed in a temporary

Compensation and Entitlement Form (CEF), for the individual calculation of compensation

and entitlements. The agreed amounts will be indicated in the final CEF that will serve as the

individual ledger of APs, with the temporary CEF attached to the final CEF. Assisted by the

SDS, the EA will calculate compensation. The EA will maintain the list of APs and CEF for

control and monitoring purposes and will be reviewed by the SDS. The APs will maintain

their individual copy of the CEF. The EA will mark the word ―paid‖ to CEF upon receipt of

ANNEX 3

A-61

payment for compensation by the APs.

1.5 Gender Impact And Mitigating Measures

1) Identification of Women’s Socioeconomic Condition, Needs, and Priorities

The project will have some adverse impacts on women as some woman headed households

likely to get affected. For them some plans to be provided in RP to improve their

socio-economic conditions, training on livelihood, supporting some IGAs for them by the

NGO/ banks, employment opportunities, etc. In order to determine socioeconomic conditions,

needs, and priorities of women in relation to RP, the DMSI shall include collection of gender

related data. Raw data will be processed together with the other statistical information from

the questionnaires, and will be discussed in RP.

2) Mitigating Impacts of Land Acquisition on Women

There will be land acquisition or resettlement related impacts of the project. Therefore, social

impacts on women are expected to be high. However, the RF ensures the protection of women

affected by the project interventions in the event of land acquisition and/or relocation impact.

Women APs are: (i) included in the provision for temporary or permanent access to common

property resources; (ii) entitled to receive compensations for their affected properties and other

assets; (iii) entitled to receive special assistance if they belong to the socially and

economically vulnerable group; and (iv) given right as co-owners of replacement land in

which holding numbers will be named with their husband if the affected land is acquired

during their conjugal partnership. Any negative impacts of the project on female-headed

households will be taken up on a case-to-case basis and assistance to these households will be

ANNEX 3

A-62

treated on a priority basis. The RP will formulate measures to ensure that socio-economic

conditions, needs and priorities of women are identified and the process of land acquisition

and resettlement does not disadvantage women. The RP will ensure that gender impacts are

adequately addressed and mitigated. Women‘s focus groups discussions will be conducted to

address specific women‘s issues. During disbursement of compensation and provision of

assistance, priority will be given to female-headed households. Joint ownership in the name of

husband and wife will be provided in cases of non-female-headed households.

1.6 Project Disclosure, Participatory Approaches, And Public Consultations

1) Identification of Stakeholders The project will be developed around a participatory approach involving stakeholder consultations and socioeconomic surveys. To ensure that a wide range of stakeholders are aware of the resettlement policies, the communities around the project location, shall be provided the opportunity to make substantive contributions concerning the existing conditions in their locality and their preferences in developing the relocation site. The primary stakeholders of the RP are landowners/occupants and household members affected by land acquisition, landowners/occupants within the project boundaries, and contractors who do the mining works. Secondary stakeholders include the various Government Departments, and the beneficiary community if any in general.

2) Project Disclosure A framework for consultations and community participation is described in this RF for continuing the process during implementation. The RP and other relevant documents will be made available at public locations in the area and will be disclosed to a wider audience via the project website. For future disclosures, an implementing consultants/NGO contracted for the socio-economic survey and community mobilization, will also be tasked information dissemination and consultation activities to ensure that the needs and concerns of the APs are

ANNEX 3

A-63

properly attended to and addressed. Project Information Booklet (PIB) translated to Bangla language will be distributed by the EA through the implementing consultants/NGO to ensure that APs, stakeholders, and local authorities will fully understand the project during disclosure. The PIB will have the following general contents: (i) brief project description and project objectives; (ii) types of impacts; (iii) eligibility of APs; (iv) basic compensation policy and entitlements; (v) project implementation schedule; (vi) grievance and redressal mechanism; and (vii) the importance of community participation. The invitation for public meetings and consultations will be posted in the public places at sites, mosques, and other prominent places in the village/settlement where the project is located. One project map that indicates the project site will be posted on a wide board during the disclosure, so that public will be able to situate the location of both temporary and permanent land acquisition. The EA will also ensure that relevant information about any major changes to scope of project is shared with the public.

3) Participation and Public Consultation

Following disclosure, the EA will consult APs in order to: (i) reduce potential conflicts; (ii) minimize the risk for project delays due to grievances, and (iii) enable the project to design land acquisition and resettlement as a development program. Consultations will be conducted in two phases, as described below.

1. Phase 1: Consultation on Project RP Preparation Focus group discussions with stakeholders and APs will be conducted to get their suggestions on project design and assistance/compensation for considerations in preparing the project RP. They will also be encouraged to participate in monitoring and evaluation, which are valuable in implementing the RP as part of the participatory planning process. The EA will consult the APs, project stakeholders, and local institutions as well as women‘s groups on the draft project RP before its finalization. The EA will be assisted in all aspects of project RP preparation by the national consultant. On endorsement of the RP it will be submitted company for review and approval.

2. Phase 2: Consultations during RP Implementation Upon receipt of approval of the RP from the Board, the EA will hold public meetings to inform officials of project communities, stakeholders, and APs on the implementation of

ANNEX 3

A-64

project RP. The Compensation and Resettlement Committees (CRCs) will also be mobilized. The RP will be translated in Bangla and disclosed to APs prior to resettlement plan implementation. Individual consultation with APs will be undertaken regarding compensation and the schedule of clearing affected lands. They will be given 60 days advance notice by implementing consultants/NGOs so that they will have enough time for preparation as a result of land acquisition. While relocation is largely anticipated by the project, where required— APs especially the vulnerable, will be consulted on their choices of relocation sites, informed on the dates of receiving compensation payments, and consulted on the schedule of their transfer to relocation sites. They will be informed of their entitlements and their rights to file complaints and grievances.

4) Disclosure of the RF and RP

Consistent with good practices of Public Communications Policy, the EA will disclose the RP documents to the public. For the EA, it will disclose the draft RP and the final updated RP. The RPs will be made available to APs in the form of brochures, leaflets, or booklets translated in Bangla language so that they can be easily understood by the local stakeholders. Both the draft RF and the RP duly endorsed by EA and its update and final version have to be uploaded on company website.

1.7 Grievance And Redress Mechanism Any grievance or complaint from the APs on any aspects of land acquisition, compensation

and resettlement will be solved in a timely and satisfactory manner. This RF provides the

grievance redressal mechanism. The EA will ensure that APs are aware of the procedures.

They will print the detailed grievance and redressal mechanism and process appeals and will

distribute them to APs during public consultations.

1) Contents of Grievances

APs can submit their grievance/complaint about any aspects of resettlement plan

ANNEX 3

A-65

implementation and compensation. Grievances can be submitted verbally or in written form,

but in case of the verbal complaints, the GRCs will write them down in the first instance

during the meeting at no cost to APs.

2) Grievance and Redress Procedural Details

Grievances of APs will first be brought to the attention of the implementing consultants/NGO.

Grievances not redressed by the implementing consultants/NGO will be brought to the

Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) constituted for the project. The GRC will comprise

representatives from the Office of the EA, the implementing consultants/NGO, the office of

the DC and 2 representatives of the APs, including a women AP. The GRC, will meet every

month, determine the merit of each grievance, and resolve grievances within 15 days of

receiving the complaint. The GRC procedure includes an appeal procedure for the AP who

can, if not satisfied with the GRC decision, attend the next meeting for reconsideration of the

AP‘s case. Grievances not redressed by the GRC will be addressed by the Project Steering

Committee, or the Office of the District Commissioner for grievances related to land

acquisition. Further grievances will be referred by APs to the appropriate courts of law.

Records will be kept of all grievances received including: contact details of complainant, date

that the complaint was received, nature of grievance, agreed corrective actions and the date

these were effected, and final outcome. Steps to be taken in grievance redressal are provided

in Table 1.7-1.

ANNEX 3

A-66

Table 1.7-1 Grievance and Redressal Mechanism

Concerning Land with Holding Number

Concerning Structures and Other Assets

Step 1

AP files a grievance/complaint verbally or in writing to implementing consultants/NGO. If unwritten, implementing consultants/NGO will meet to hear the complaint, and resolve the grievance/complaint within 15 days.

AP files a grievance/complaint verbally or in writing to implementing consultants/NGO. If unwritten, implementing consultants/NGO will put it in writing. AP, implementing consultants/NGO will meet to hear the complaint, and resolve the grievance/complaint within 15 days.

Step 2

If no solution or understanding is reached, AP files the grievance/complaint to the GRC for resolution within 15 days. AP appeals the decision if not satisfied with GRC decision.

If no solution or understanding is reached, AP files the grievance/complaint to the GRC for resolution within 15 days. AP appeals the decision if not satisfied with GRC decision.

Step 3

If no solution or understanding is reached on the appeal of the AP, GRC will assist the AP to file the complaint to DC. Guided by Section 27 of the Ordinance, DC appoints an arbitrator.

If no solution or understanding is reached with APs, the GRC will guide the AP in filing the grievance/complaint to the District Court.

Step 4

Arbitrator hears the complaints and renders decision within 30 days upon appointment. If AP is not satisfied with the decision of Arbitrator, DC forms an Arbitration Appellate Tribunal.

The District Court will assess the merit of grievance/complaint and schedule the hearing. The district Court decision is final and executory.

Step 5

Arbitration Appellate Tribunal hears and assess the merits of grievance/complain. Its decision is final and executory.

AP-affected person, DC-District Commissioner, GRC-Grievance Redressal Committee, NGO-Non-Governmental Organization, EA- Executing Agency

ANNEX 3

A-67

1.8 Compensation, Resettlement And Income Restoration

1) Verification of Land Ownership

The office of the DC will assist the EA in verifying the holding numbers of APs who claim

ownership of affected lands, and those whose applications for holding numbers are being

processed in the Local Land Registration Offices (LLROs) under the DC office. The technical

descriptions of the lands and the project zone of influence/ boundary will be plotted in a

property map to guide land acquisition, including the determination of actual measurement of

affected lands for the calculation of compensation due to APs.

2) Establishment of Unit Prices

Loss of land, structure, assets, trees, and crops will be at replacement costs. In establishing the

unit prices for calculating the replacement costs and complying with the Compensation and

Entitlement Policy, the EA will ask independent entities to verify the prevailing market unit

prices of properties that shall be affected by the project.

3) Land:

Independent land appraisers engaged by the implementing consultants/NGO will verify that

Government rates are replacement cost based on the following considerations: (i) present

status of development; (ii) demand for land in the area based on its land use, i.e. agricultural,

residential and commercial, and its development potential, etc. The appraisers will gather

information on land prices in three villages. It will first verify the prices of land in the project

village by asking at least 10 respondents, such as (i) landowners; (ii) recent buyers or sellers of

the land; and (iii) deed writers at the LLRO who have recently handled transactions in the

project villages. As prices vary, the statistical mode will be obtained that will then be the basis

for establishing the unit prices for calculating the replacement cost for land.

ANNEX 3

A-68

4) Structures:

For structures to be affected, temporarily or permanently, in part or in total, the EA will

prepare the list of construction materials that shall be extracted from DMS questionnaires used

in the survey. The EA shall obtain quotes of such materials, from at least three suppliers,

including their unit selling prices and the cost of delivery. The average unit prices will be

calculated to serve as the unit replacement cost for the materials of affected structures. An

average of 35% of the total cost of construction materials shall be allotted for cost of labor and

15% from total cost of labor and materials for contingency.

5) Other Assets:

The approach for establishing the unit costs on structures shall be the same for other assets,

where applicable.

6) Business or Sources of Income:

The implementing consultants/NGO will conduct the survey on daily incomes from a sample

of businesses as well as the rent of structures in the project area. From the grouped data, the

statistical mode will be determined as basis for establishing the unit rate for the compensation

on the lost daily business and/or rental incomes of APs.

7) Crops and Trees:

The implementing consultants/NGO will conduct the survey on unit prices of trees and crops

if significant numbers shall be affected by temporary or permanent land acquisition, in

consultation with agriculture/horticulture experts. The unit prices for seasonal crops will be

based on the highest market price during its season to ensure that APs will receive adequate

compensation; the unit prices for perennial crops will be based on their average prices for the

past 12 months. The unit prices for compensation of different species of fruit trees will be

based on the market values of their fruits. For trees producing timber or medicinal trees will be

based according to their species, age and quality.

8) Compensation

Cash compensations will be calculated by multiplying the established unit prices by actual size

ANNEX 3

A-69

of affected lands, lost assets, or numbers of replacement construction materials, lost days

incomes, estimated loss from not having scope of investment, and trees and volume of crops

harvested following the guidelines discussed in the Entitlement Matrix. The bases for

establishing the unit prices will be disclosed to APs during consultations on compensation.

9) Income Restoration

Loss of livelihood is also envisaged under the project. From the socioeconomic data from the

questionnaires, the EA will classify the sources of the APs affected income. Each type of

livelihood has different approaches of intervention in restoring adversely affected incomes of

APs. These interventions are provided for in the Compensation and Entitlement Policy of this

RF. The vulnerable APs including those experiencing indirect impacts will be eligible to

getting assistance for losing employment /wages because of dislocation. The eligible members

of AP households will receive training and credit support for Income Generation Activities

(IGA) for income restoration. The poor and vulnerable APs will be covered under IGA

through Human Resource Development and occupational skill development training and

subsequent credit support. The RP will have provision for providing assistance to affected

businesses to restore and regain their businesses. All businesses irrespective of titled/

non-titled owners of business premises, will receive a cash grant for loss of access to business

premise, plus shifting or moving allowance, and one-time cash grant for loss of income. This

assistance is intended to supplement the income loss during transitional period to re-establish

business in new location.

10) Employment

Household shall be eligible for employment by the project causing displacement or loss of

assets. Each household shall nominate one person for employment. However, since the scope

of employment of one member from each household is slim in the company, the EA will

compensate the employment of one member from each family for self-employment. The

principal of compensation will be as follows:

Table 1.8-1 Amount of one time cash assistance for self-employment in Taka

ANNEX 3

A-70

Sl. No. Types of affect Amount of one time cash assistance in (Taka)

01. Displaced households losing all land including homestead land

Tk. 7.5 lakh

02. Displaced households losing more than 2/3 agricultural and homestead land

Tk. 4.5 lakh

03. Displaced households losing more than 1/3 agricultural and homestead land

Tk. 3.5 lakh

04. Displaced households losing only homestead land but not agricultural land or households losing all agricultural land but not homestead land

Tk. 1.5 lakh

11) Screening of Vulnerable Households

The following criteria shall be adopted by EA for the screening of vulnerable households entitled to

receive special assistance from the Project:

(i) Household Headed by Women

Widowed, divorced or separated as confirmed by neighbors and village chairman;

Carrying the whole responsibility of raising her family; and

With household members below 18 years of age.

(ii) Household Headed by the Elderly

With age of 65 years old and above, regardless of gender and marital status as

confirmed by neighbors and village chairman;

Carrying the whole responsibility of raising the family;

Not receiving regular support from children and/or relatives; and


(iii) Household Headed by the Poor

With monthly income below the country‘s poverty line4;

Carrying the whole responsibility of raising the family as confirmed by neighbors and

village chairman; and 4The poverty line will be based from the official announcement on Household Income and Expenditures Survey (HIES) 2010.

ANNEX 3

A-71


(iv) Household Headed by Indigenous Person

Indigenous person or ethnic minority;

Carrying the whole responsibility of raising the family; and


The screening of households is provided so that appropriate assistance is delivered to vulnerable APs as

defined in the Entitlement Matrix. Vulnerable households will be provided additional assistance in the

form of land-for-land replacement options, prioritization in project employment, and an additional

allowance for land and structure losses.

1.9 Resettlement Budget And Financing Arrangement

1) Budgeting and Financial Planning

In RP, the budgets for compensation for land, structures, other assets, crops and trees, and

special assistance will be calculated reflecting replacement cost. The costs for relocation and

special assistance will be consistent with the RF policies. Other costs involving project

disclosure, public consultations and focus group discussions, surveys including DMS, training

and income restoration, and monitoring and evaluation will be incorporated in the RP budget.

There will also be a budget allocation for RP administration.

All resettlement funds will be provided by the company or GoB based on the financing plan

agreed by the EA. Land acquisition, compensation, relocation and rehabilitation of income and

livelihood will be considered as an integral component of project costs. Based on the

preliminary assessment, a broad cost estimate for implementation of the land acquisition and

resettlement shall be worked out.

2) Approval of Resettlement Budget The EA will approve the budget for RP, and will commit to the provision of adequate budgetary support to implement the RP in compliance with the RF.

ANNEX 3

A-72

3) Accounting Systems and Control

Upon commencement of RP implementation, the SDS will assist in setting-up chart of

accounts, and design appropriate forms and invoices for the payments for compensation and

entitlements, special assistance, and administrative costs related to resettlement. The chart of

accounts will be part of the accounting system on the development expenditures for the

resettlement project which will be monitored by disbursements for the implementation of the

RP.

4) Flow of Compensation Payments

Based on ARIPO, compensation for land acquisition in Bangladesh is carried out by the DC.

To comply with the technical provisions of ARIPO at the same time ensuring the rehabilitation

of APs without holding numbers, EA will arrange with the DC the mode of compensation

involving land. The following procedures for payment for compensation will apply of the RP:

5) Cash Payment for Land

The EA will deposit the moneys to the bank on the account of DC that will be given the list of

APs and the Deeds of Sale. The list will also indicate the individual amounts as reference in

preparing the cheques to APs. To ensure APs receive payment the following is required:

DC will prepare individual cheques accompanied by five (5) receiving copies of payment and

four (4) copies of the Deed of Sale for signature of APs. In case of death of the original APs recorded in

the DMS and CEF, the cheques will be in the name of authorized representatives of the household who

should present acceptable documents for their identification and certification from their village

chairman;

In coordination with DC, EA will inform the APs on the release of payment, its date, time and

place. If the money involves a sizeable amount, the EA can suggest APs to open a savings account with

the releasing bank that will issue a passbook for them to make withdrawals from their savings deposit;

The APs will present acceptable documents for their identification to the bank teller before

the money is released to them.

ANNEX 3

A-73

The bank teller will request the APs to sign the cheques and withdrawal slip, the five (5)

receiving copies of payment and the four (4) copies of the Deed of Sale, and then release the money to

APs;

The bank will retain one (1) copy of the receiving payment as the four (4) copies will be

returned to DC for distribution to EA and for its own file. The bank will return the four (4) copies of the

Deed of Sale to DC and have it notarized by a licensed notary public. The copies will then be distributed

to the APs and DC; the Notary Public will retain one copy.

6) Cash Payments Other than Land

The payment for affected structures, other assets, crops and trees, entitlements and relocation

expenses as well as special assistance to vulnerable APs will be the responsibility of the EA.

The following steps shall be initiated in paying the APs:

EA will prepare the individual cheque of APs accompanied with four (4) receiving copies of

payment and advice the EA on the schedule of release. In case of death of the original APs

recorded in the DMS and CEF, the cheque will be in the name of an authorized household

representative who must present acceptable documents for their identification and a

certification from their village chairman;

EA will coordinate with EA to inform the APs on the release of payment, its date, time and

place. If the money involves a sizeable amount, the EA can suggest that APs open a savings

account with the releasing bank that will issue them a passbook for them to make withdrawals

from the savings deposit;

The APs will present acceptable documents for their identification to the bank teller before the

moneys is released;

The bank teller will request the APs to sign the cheque and withdrawal slip and the four (4)

receiving copies of payment, and then release the money to APs;

ANNEX 3

A-74

The bank will retain one copy of the payment receipt, as the three (3) copies will be returned

for distribution to EA, and for its own file5.

1.10 Implementation Schedule The Project will be implemented in phases over a period of (3) years following approval of the

Project. The completion of RP implementation (with the exception of external monitoring) is

expected within 36 months. The implementation schedule for projects where resettlement/land

acquisition is required is shown in Table 1.10-1.

Table 1.10-1 Schedule of RP Implementation

Sl. No.

Land Acquisition and Resettlement Activities

Starting Date Completion Date

Duration (Days)

1 Mobilization of GRC and hiring of Implementing consultants/NGO.

1st of Month 1 7th of Month 1 7 days

2 Agreement of compensation with APs and preparation of Deeds of Sale on lands.

15th of Month 1

14th of Month 2 30 days

3 Provision for adequate budget and approval for release.

15th of Month 2


4 Release of funds for compensation 16th of Month 3


5 Filing and resolution of complaints and grievances

16th of Month 4


6 Application for and issuance of holding number for lands.

15th of Month 2


7 Consultation with APs on schedule of clearing the lands

16th of Month 4


8 Review and approval of RP implementation and confirmation of ―No Objection‖ for the award of civil works of relocation site to the contractor.

16th of Month 4


5 Grievance redress will be an ongoing activity, but based on the implementation schedule it is anticipated that this

period will cover the compensation payment period where most issues will arise.

ANNEX 3

A-75

9 Clearing of lands and relocation Month 35 30th of Month 35 30 days

10 SDS to assess compliance to Project policies

1st of Month 36 30th of Month 36 30 days

11

Social impact assessment by external monitor.

365 days after the 36 Month

Social impact assessment by external monitor.

1.11 Monitoring And Evaluation

1) Internal Monitoring

Internal monitoring will be undertaken by the EA with assistance from implementing

consultants/NGO. The implementing consultants/NGO will gather information on RP

implementation. All activities listed will be illustrated in Gantt Charts showing the target dates

for completing resettlement activities. Internal monitoring reports on RP implementation will

be included in the quarterly Project Progress Report (PPR). The report of EA will contain: (i)

accomplishment to-date; (ii) objectives attained and not attained during the period; (iii)

problems encountered; and (iv) targets for the next quarter. The internal monitoring report will

then be integrated by the EA with the overall PPR. Table 6 below shows the potential

monitoring indicators that will be reported.

ANNEX 3

A-76

Table 1.11-1 Potential Monitoring Indicators

Monitoring issues Monitoring indicators

Budget of AP Entitlements

RP staff mobilized as scheduled Capacity building on RP provided as planned RP activities achieved as planned Funds for RP allocated to implementing bodies on time Disbursing body received funds on time Funds disbursed according to RP Land and RoWs acquired and taken over in time for project implementation

Delivery of AP Entitlements

APs received entitlements according to the numbers and categories of loss in the entitlement matrix APs received payment on time APs received agreed other benefits based on schedule of compensation Landowner received cash payment or land title Business establishments, merchants, vendors or homeowners received entitlements

Consultation, Grievance and Other Issues

RF/RP information brochures/leaflets prepare and distributes as per plan Consultations as scheduled APs aware of their specific entitlements AP used the grievances and redress mechanism and what was the outcome Conflicts resolved

Benefit Monitoring Changes in the pattern of the APs as a result of the project Changes in APs income and expenditure as a result of project activities Vulnerable groups affected and changes as a result of the project and RP implementation

2) External Monitoring and Evaluation The EA will engage an external monitor who will be responsible for external monitoring that will be conducted in two phases: compliance monitoring and social impact evaluation.

ANNEX 3

A-77

3) Compliance Monitoring Compliance monitoring of RP implementation will cover (i) project compensation and entitlement policies, (ii) adequacy of organizational mechanism for implementing the RP, (iii) restoration of APs incomes, (iv) handling of complaints and grievances, and (v) provisions for adequate budgetary support for implementing the RP. The external monitor will assess if the APs: (i) have been provided with replacement land; (ii) have reestablished their structures; and (iii) were extended assistance to restore their incomes from pre-project levels. It will also appraise the accounting documents used in recording the payments of compensation to APs by the EA.

4) Social Impact Evaluation

The external monitor will conduct a one-time social impact evaluation, at least after six

months following the completion of resettlement. It will use appropriate investigative and

analytical techniques in assessing the post-Project socio-economic conditions of the APs in

relation to the baseline socio-economic data on income and living standards as recorded in the

DMSI. The evaluation will describe any outstanding future issues that are required to bring the

resettlement into compliance with GoB Policy on Involuntary Resettlement, and further

mitigation measures needed to meet the needs of any APs or families perceiving themselves to

be worse off as the result of resettlement. It will include lessons learned from the evaluation

that may be useful in developing future policies on involuntary resettlement.

1.12 Implementation Arrangements

Institutional Responsibilities

EA will appoint a full time Project Director with adequate seniority. The Project Director and

a team of administrative, financial, technical, and social/environmental staff will monitor the

project and have overall responsibility 6 for its implementation. The EA will oversee

6 The EA responsibilities include: (i) prepare resettlement plan, land acquisition plan and other related

documents, (ii) appoint project management and relocation site improvement design consultants; (iii)

appoint all resettlement consultants/ Firms/ NGO; (iv) ensure land acquisition; (v) ensure all safeguards;

(vi) approve surveys, investigations, engineering designs and bid documents prepared by Resettlement

Project Implementing Units and consultants; (vii) review and endorse procurement of works and goods;

ANNEX 3

A-78

resettlement concerns related to project implementation, its responsibilities include preparation

and updating of RP consistent with the RF.

Environment and Social Advisory Unit (ESU) will be established within the EA. One fulltime

Social Development Specialist (SDS) will be engaged under the ESU. The SDS will oversee

and manage social issues and social safeguards, and an Environment Specialist (ES) of the

project will provide overall direction for management of environmental issues. The SDS will

ensure that the project complies with Government and involuntary resettlement policies and

the RF. NGO or consultants will be engaged to implement RP. Design, Supervision, and

Management Consultants (DSM) will be recruited by the EA to provide assistance in design,

supervision and management of resettlement project implementation. The consultants include

two resettlement specialists (RS) and will provide technical support to the EA including

review and update of the RF and guidelines for the project, and assist in preparing terms of

reference for resettlement plan preparation. The RSs will support resettlement planning

functions including updating RP, and assist in monitoring project and will ensure that the

project complies with involuntary resettlement safeguards. The RSs will work with the EA to

update the RP in the detailed design stage. Consultants/NGOs will be appointed to implement

RP. Further detail on agencies responsible for RP activities are in Table 1.12-1.

(viii) oversee contract administration; (ix) organize and supervise awareness campaigns and

participation programs; (x) organize and operate the resettlement performance monitoring system; (xi)

approve and disburse resettlement related payments; (xii) prepare and submit timely reports EA; and

(xiii) review and facilitate the progress.

ANNEX 3

A-79

Table 1.12-1 Institutional Roles and Responsibilities

Activities Responsible

Person/Agency

Preparation of RP:

Recruitment of RSs EA

Preparation of PIB for disclosure to stakeholders and APs Firm/ NGO

Establish collaboration with ODC EA

Disclosure, focus group discussion and identification of stakeholders IC/NGO

Consultations with women IC/NGO

Census of 100% APs and socioeconomic survey SDS/IC/NGO

Survey on unit prices for computing replacement costs IC/NGO

Screening of vulnerable APs SDS/IC/NGO

Calculation of compensation and entitlements SDS/IC/NGO

Consultations on RP and entitlements with APs SDS/IC/NGO

Incorporate comments and suggestions to RP SDS/ EA

Finalize RP and submit to BCMCL SDS/EA

Website disclosure Company

Implementation of RP

Budget allocation and approval EA

Disbursement of funds, preparation of cheques, compensation and entitlement

forms and vouchers EA

Advance notice to APs concerning land acquisition EA

Internal monitoring EA

Resolution of complaints and grievances PMIU/GRCs

Communication of outcome of GRC cases EA

AP=affected person, GRC = Grievance Redress Committee, IC/NGO = implementing

consultants/non-government organization, PID = Project information document, ODC = Office of

District Commissioner, RP = Resettlement plan, SDS = Social Development Specialist

ANNEX 3

A-80

1.13 Implementation Schedule

All land acquisition, resettlement, and compensation for the project will be completed before

award of civil works contracts. All land required will be provided free of encumbrances to the

contractor prior to handing over of relocation site and the start of civil works. The

implementation of the RP will include: (i) identification of cut-off date and notification7, (ii)

verification of losses and extent of impacts, (iii) finalization of entitlements and distribution of

identity cards, (iv) consultations with APs on their needs and priorities, and (v) resettlement,

provision of compensation and assistance, and income restoration for APs.

7 The census will be the cut-off date for non-titled APs. For titled APs, the cut-off is the date of notification.

ANNEX 3

A-81

Appendix 1: Sample Detail Measurement Survey Instrument (DMSI)

Instrument

Code No. -

Introduction: The purpose of this census is to record the losses on your properties due to the

implementation of the ………..project carried out here in your place. The Project Executing

Agency is the ……………Company Limited. We greatly appreciate your cooperation in this

census and we will consult you again after the plan has been completed. (If there are two

families living in the house or employees working in affected business shop that would be

affected, use separate questionnaire for each).

House __________________Village: __________________ Union/Ward:

__________________ Mouza: ___________ Thana: __________

I. DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS

1. Name of the respondent: ____________________________. Relation to household

head: [ ] self [ ] son [ ] daughter [ ] relative [ ] other _______________.

2. Household Profile (fill up the appropriate column and cross the appropriate box)

Household Head Spouse

Name

Age

Occupation

Sex [ ] Male [ ] Female [ ] Male [ ] Female

Head of the Family [ ] Yes [ ] No [ ] Yes [ ] No

Ethnicity

Civil Status [ ] Single [ ] Married [ ]

Widow

[ ] Separated/Divorced

Education None None

elementary elementary

high school high school

ANNEX 3

A-82

college college

others others

Monthly Income

Monthly Expenses

3. Religion: [ Muslim [ ] Hindu [ ] Buddhism [ ] Christian [ ] Others ___________

4. Members of the family other than the husband and wife (indicate only the members living

with the household).

Se

x

Occupatio

n/

Se

x

Occupatio

n/

Ag

e

Relationshi

p

Type of

Work

Monthl

y

Incom

e

Ag

e

Relationshi

p

Type of

Work

Monthl

y

Incom

e

II. THE AFFECTED LAND

Ownership of Affected Land (cross the appropriate box)

Owned by

occupant

Under lease

Government land Other, pl specify

2. Use of Land, Total Area and Area to be Acquired

To be taken

Use of the Land Total Size of the land % of the total

(in sq. meters) In sq. meters size of the land

Residential

Commercial

Industrial

ANNEX 3

A-83

Total

a) If owned by other private person, do you have the permission from the owner to use or

occupy this land? [ ] Yes [ ] None

b) How long have you been living in or using this land? ______

III. RESETTLEMENT EFFECTS OF LAND ACQUISITION (cross the appropriate box)

House

Commercial business shop Crops

Common property structure Loss of business

Fruit trees Loss of livelihood

Wood trees Rent income

1. House and/or business structure

Affected house and/or Total Area Affected Area % of Affected Area to

Business Shop (in sq.m.) (in sq.m.) Total Area

House

Business Shop

a) Cross the appropriate column opposite each statement as to the nature of occupancy by the

AP:

[1] Owned by the Affected Person

[2] Not leased but with permission from the owner

[3] Without permission from the owner

[4] On lease or rental arrangement

[5] If lease or rent, indicate the monthly payment.

b) Cross the appropriate box that indicate the types of materials used in building the affected

structure.

House Business

Shop

ANNEX 3

A-84

Wood and bamboo Bricks and concrete

Galvanized iron Straw

Other light materials

c) Affected utilities in the house or business shop. [ ] electricity connections

[ ] water connections [ ] others (specify) _________________________.

2. Other Structures (cross the appropriate box)

d) [ ] gate or frontage [ ] common property structure (identity) __________________

e) In case of common property resources, will this require for reestablishment?

[ ] Yes [ ] No

3. Crops

Crops/plants Grown

in the Affected Land

Unit of

Measure

No. of harvest

per year

Ave. yield per

harvest

Unit Price

4. Trees

Name of Affected Trees Age of Trees Number

[a] Fruit-bearing trees

ANNEX 3

A-85

[b] Wood trees

[c] Medicinal trees

Total

Note: The affected trees will not be compensated unless the trees are planted and nurtured by

the APs.

5. Loss of Business (the information required should only be asked to AP who is engaged in

business)

Business Data

[a] Nature of business

[b] Number of helpers

[c] Average monthly sales

[d] Average monthly expenses

6. Loss of Livelihood (the following questions should only be asked to AP whose house shall

be relocated or who are employed in affected business shop)

[a] How many members of your family, including yourself, would lose jobs with the

implementation of the project? _____.

[b] How many are dependent on employment? _____ How many are self employed? _____

how many are engaged in agriculture? _______

[c] Have any of your family members participated in works of BCMCL/ mining at the site?

__________, If yes, how many ?_____________.

[d] Will any of your family members be willing to participate as labour in the construction stage

of the project, or during excavation? __________. If yes, specify.

ANNEX 3

A-86

__________________________________________________________________

[d] Is there any member of your household who works elsewhere or relative that provides

financial assistance to your family? [ ] Yes [ ] No

7. Options on Resettlement (The following questions should only be asked if the

house or business shop of the AP will be fully or greatly affected that would be transferred

elsewhere).

[a] willing to relocate involuntarily Yes No

[b] willing to relocate voluntarily Yes No

[c] willing to relocate in own land Yes No

IV. ASSESSMENT OF THE HOUSEHOLD HEAD OF AP (cross the appropriate boxes that

apply to AP )

An elderly who is 65 years and above.

Physically disabled person.

Woman headed household.

An orphan

None of the above.

V. SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE (The following questions should only be asked to selected

APs that represent 10% of the total APs, and 20% of the vulnerable APs as described in

Section V. But these questions should not be asked to AP whose only losses are trees )

[a] Do you have existing debts? Yes No

[b] From whom do you borrow money? [ ] relatives [ ] bank [ ] cooperative

[ ] usurers

[c] What social services do you need most? [ ] water connection [ ] artesian well

[ ] sanitary latrine [ ] public school [ ] road [ ] solid waste disposal

[d] How many school going children do you have?

[e] How many of your school children have stopped schooling?

[f] Where do you get your drinking water?

[g] Do you have own toilets at your house? Yes No

If none, what toilets do you use?

[h] Which of the following are the roles of women in your household?

ANNEX 3

A-87

Cooking [ ] etc. hing of drinking water [ ] taking care of children [ ] gathering of wood

for fuel [ ] vending [ ] domestic help [ ] work in construction [ ] work in grocery

shops [ ]

[i] Are women in your house contributing to household income? Yes No

[j] Are women given roles in decision making in your household? Yes No

[k] What are the education levels achieved by women member of your household?

[ ] primary [ ] secondary/high school [ ] college [ ] technical course [ ] none

THANK YOU VERY MUCH

Interviewer: __________________

Date Interviewed: _____________

ANNEX 4

A-88

ANNEX 3: Public Perceptions (Stakeholder Meeting and Focus Group Discussion)

ANNEX 4

A-89

ANNEX 3: Public Perceptions (Stakeholder Meeting and Focus Group Discussion) 1. Stakeholder meeting

1.1 First Stakeholder Meeting (SHM-1) 1.1.1 Objective

The first Stakeholder Meeting was aimed at hearing the opinions and/or comments of individuals and organizations regarding the project, and understanding the needs of local residents, as well as appropriately reflecting those needs into the relevant survey. The followings are the main objectives of the SHM:

To disseminate the project outline and related activities to the project stakeholders To know the views of the stakeholders‘ about the project To identify the issues and remedies, if any, related to the proposed project during and

after the implementation To know the project impacts (positive and negative) on the community To exchange views about the proposed project

1.1.2 Implementation Methodology

In accordance with JICA Guidelines for Environmental and Social Consideration, the first stakeholder meetings for Access Road project was held at the coping stage of the feasibility study on the access road. The meeting was chaired by Upazila Nirbahi Officer (UNO) and assisted by the JICA Study Team. The methodology of the meeting is shown in Table 1.1-1.

Table 1.1-1 Methodology of the 1st Stakeholder Meeting

Item Description

Date 21st March, Thursday 2013

Time 11:00am – 1:30pm




Community leaders

Local NGOs

Local Elite People



Number of Paricipants

58 parsons


ANNEX 4

A-90

Item Description


Agenda 1) Registration

2) Recitation of Quran

3) Keep One Minute Silent for Respecting the Departed Soul of Honorable President of Bangladesh

4) Welcome Speech by XEN, PDB, Cox‘s Bazaar

5) Speech of Special Guests ( 4 persons)

6) Presentation of the Project by JICA Study Team

7) Question & Answer Session (Facilitated by Dr. M. Khurshed Alam)

8) Closing Speech and Thanks to all by the Chairman of the Meeting*

9) Lunch

* (SHM program was shorten because of official leave declaration from 2.00pm local time for the three day mourning to the departed soul of Honorable President of Bangladesh)

1.1.2 Results

At the meeting, a power-point presentation was given to the local participants in their local language (Bengali), with a full explanation of the project work, to allow the audience to fully understand the project and contribute valuable comments. The main comments raised by the participants by JICA Study team are as follows in the Table1.1-2.

Table 1.1-2 Comments and Responses of Participants

Participants Comments and Responses

Mr. Shamsul Alam,

XEN, PDB, Cox‘s Bazaar

Shared the nationwide necessity of electricity

Mr. Ilias Rahman,

XEN, PDB, Chittagong

Road is indispensible for a nations development

This access road will help the Moheshkhali people to reach Chittagong by 2 hours journey which may upgrade the economy of the Project area

Mr. Maksud,

Mayor,

Moheshkhali Municipality

Electricity is our crying need at this moment in Moheshkhali as because the Moheshkhali people get only 2 hours electricity services in a day

JICA expert must look into the anticipated problems that may arise during and after the construction of the access road project

Dr. Khurshed Alam, Resettlement Specialist, JICA Study Team

Facilitate the Stakeholder Meetings (SHM)

Mr. Bacchu,

Dhalghata Chairman

Thanks to JICA for taking initiatives of Road construction in the remote village areas like Matarbari, Moheshkhali.

The specific proposals (satellite image-2) are

ANNEX 4

A-91


Road from Rangakhali to Mohori Gona Ghat, Dhalghata through existing embankment

Connecting road from Rangakhali to west Matarbari existing embankment

Mr. Mir Kasem,

Chairman,

Kalarmarchara

Local development depends on the good communication systems

Specific proposals and info:

Most of the settlements are in and around the existing big Pond

Existing road widening will encroach many houses

Jetty at Bahonaghata (Nayaghata) which is maintained by local people shall be taken into consideration during and after the road construction of the project

Proposed road can be straight if it starts before the Yunuskhali Bazaar point of Kalarmarchara Road i.e. at the causeway point (Satellite image-1)

Ex Chairman,

Matarbari

Many private land owner will be affected by the Power Plant project

The proposed road will not be helpful for the Matarbari people

Road construction at the proposed location for the Matarbari is immaterial and for no use

Mr. Sardar Shariful Islam,

Assistant Director,

Department of Environment,

Cox‘s Bazaar

Road crossing through hilly areas should consider Mitigation Measures like retaining wall etc.

Matarbari is a siltation prone area. Study on siltation of the Kuhelia River should be taken into consideration so that bridge construction over the Kuhelia River does not create any damage to the Bridge adjacent areas

Mangrove forest should be considered carefully so that no damage is done during and after the development

A full scale EIA shall be prepared for this project and with that the Environmental Clearance have to be collected from DOE before construction of this project

Chairman,

Matarbari

I received mixed reactions from my local people on the issue of Access Road Construction

I‘m one of the affected person who will lose around 30-40 Kani of land for the Power Plant construction

If environmental deterioration does not prevail due to road construction then I have no objection as I‘m not a scientist to assess the affects

This road construction is only for the Power Plants use not for the local development

The bridge construction is no more useful for the local people as because an existing bridge is now workable and still doing well for us

A leaflet was distributed among you for sharing the bad effects of the power plant at Matarbari and my people like to know from this meeting about the environmental effect of the construction of the Power Plant and Its access road.

ANNEX 4

A-92


If the power plant is not environmentally viable then the access road may not be acceptable to us

Dr. Mustafa Kamal,

Environmental Specialist,

JICA Study Team

For this access road development work

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) will be done

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) will be done following the IEE

Advantages, disadvantages of local peoples during construction and maintenance of Roads shall be noted in EIA study and for that the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared

At the end, the environmental clearance of DOE will be taken, complying with the DOE procedures for starting the construction work in the project site

Mr. Anowarul Naser,

UNO,

Moheshkhali

More fruitful discussion was possible to do as maximum participants from different corners of the project assembled here to place their views. But sorry for wrapping this program before our schedule due to the declaration of three days national mourning for the death of Mr. Zillur Rahman, Honorable President, GOB

Electricity is essential and we feel the electricity when it is absent.

Government is trying to generate electricity all over the country to minimize the demand of electricity

Matarbari, Dhalghata is an indivisible, neglected island and with the installation of power plant, deep sea port and other associated infrastructural development i.e. road construction, embankment etc. of the area will increase

Power plant project at the Dhalghata will be well protected by the CPGC

The Dhalghata, Matarbari area will be safe from natural calamity

JICA will ensure the top up compensation for the project affected peoples (PAPs) and the transportation cost, rehabilitation cost will be orderly done to ensure the PAPs compensation

SHM was concluded by Put up thanks from Chair

(Source:JICA Study Team)

1.1.3 Findings Most of the participants supported the project where a small group was not in favor of the project as they believe that the project may have some adverse impacts.

The SHM was successful in the following senses:

a. All the stakeholders were there in the meeting b. People‘s representatives expressed their opinion c. People present their could know their opinions d. Agency people could know about the opinion of the local leaders e. People likely to be affected could not express their opinion due to shortage of time f. The SHM has considerable success as viewed by all the stakeholders

ANNEX 4

A-93

1.1.4 Photographs of the 1st Stakeholder Meeting

Stakeholder Meeting (SHM) at Moheshkhali UNO Office

Satellite Image-1 Matarbari UP Chairman’s Proposal (Cyan Color)

Satellite Image-2 Dhalghata UP Chairman’s

Proposal -1 :Cyan Color Route Proposal -2 : Spring Green Color Route

ANNEX 4

A-94

Glimpse of SHM

ANNEX 4

A-95

1.1.5 Participant List of the 1st SHM

ANNEX 4

A-96

ANNEX 4

A-97

1.2 Second Stakeholder Meeting

1.2.1 Objective

The second stakeholder meeting was aimed at hearing the opinions and/or comments of individuals and organizations regarding the environmental impact and environmental management plan at finalizing stage of EIA report. The followings are the main objectives of the SHM:

To know the project impacts (positive and negative) on the community To know the Environmental Management Plan and the Environmental Monitoring Plan


1.2.2 Implementation Methodology

I In accordance with JICA Guidelines for Environmental and Social Consideration, stakeholder

meeting for the access road was held at the scoping stage of the feasibility study on the access road.

The meeting was chaired by Upazila Nirbahi Officer (UNO) and assisted by the JICA Study Team. The

methodology of the meeting is shown in Table 1.2-1.

Table 1.2-1 Methodology of 2nd Stakeholder Meeting

Item Description

Date 1st August, Thursday 2013 Time 11:30am – 2:00pm




Community leaders

Local NGOs

Local Elite People




71 persons



Agenda 1) Registration 2) Recitation from the Holy Quran 3) Welcome Speech by Manager, CPGCBL

ANNEX 4

A-98

Item Description

4) Presentation of the Project by Engr. Md. Nurul Alam Siddique , JICA Study Team

5) Participants' Opinion and Sharing about Project, Facilitated by Dr. Khurshed Alam

6) Speech of Special Guests 7) Speech of Chief Guest 8) Speech of Host 9) Closing Speech and thanks to all by the Chairman of the Meeting

1.2.3 Results

At the meeting, a power-point presentation was present before the local participants in their local language (Bengali), with a full explanation of the project work, to allow the audience to fully understand the project and contribute valuable comments. The main comments raised by the participants and then responded/shared by JICA Study team are listed in Table1.2-1.

Table 1.2-1 Comments and Responses/sharing of the 2nd SHM


Mr. Ilyeas Rahman, Manager, CPGCBL

Shared the nationwide necessity of electricity Invited all participants for the constructive

discussion on the project work Engr. Mohammad Nurul Alam Siddique, Environmental Expert, JICA Study Team

Present the Presentation of the SHM-2 Dr. Khurshed Alam, Resettlement Specialist, JICA Study Team Facilitate the SHM-2

Mr. Gowranga Chandra Biswas, Upazila Assistant Engineer, LGED, Maheshkhali

Is there any measures taken to keep the existing Graveyard & Canal undisturbed at the Yunuskhali Bazar?

Make sure that some small ponds and a big pond along the existing roadside will not be affected by the Access road.

Existing drain which is now used for the irrigation purpose shall be avoided or not?

Existing salt field/shrimp field will be affected for the project or not?

What measures are to be taken for the possible marginal land owners of the project?

Is there any special measure for the embankment protection?

The access road is designed in a way that the existing Graveyard and Canal will remain untouched.

The access road is especially designed to save the possible small ponds and the big pond along the route with retention wall and there the top width of the road will be properly maintained.

The existing drain is fully avoided. The road is designed with required box culvert,

regulator, sluice gate etc. to produce the minimum intervention of the existing setup. And possibly the salt field/shrimp field will not be affected due to this access road project.

The project will follow the minimum land use policy and in the unavoidable circumstances the possible marginal land owners will get the top up compensation (i.e. land price with financial aid), even for the construction material deposition temporary land shall be requisitioned

With proper Hydrological study the embankment shall be designed to protect the embankment

ANNEX 4

A-99


from erosion, surge effect etc. Mr. Noor Bax, Teacher, Masterbari Majidia Alim Madrasah

Fish hatchery/Shrimp Cultivation/Salt cultivation/4Production Tube-well might be in the project area

What compensatory measures shall be taken for?

JICA principally avoid the private land use and resettlement for any project

The possibility of the affect are underway to evaluate through socioeconomic and resettlement field survey

The minimum private land is accepted for this project and the top up compensation shall be made for that

Mr. Mohammad Iqbal Bahar Chowdhury, Ward Member, 3 No. Kalarmarchara Union

Experience of past project compensation for the PAPs are not so good in Bangladesh

What is the fate of the PAPs compensation in this project?

Nowadays the Project compensation is made before the start of any project work

JICA has special care for the compensation of PAPs

Mr. Md. Abu Bakar Siddiq, Upazila Chairman, Maheshkhali

Land for the best quality road is not a problem for the local people

JICA is doing this project with best quality design and minimum land acquisition as because JICA don‘t encourage any resettlement

Mr. Mohammed Anwarul Naser, Upazila Nirbahi Officer, Maheshkhali

Khash land (Government Land) shall be used than of Private land

JICA always encourage to use the Government owned land

Mr. Md. Maksud Mia, Mayor, Moheshkhali Municipality

Road width shall be maintained in a way that the heavy vehicle can easily travel

Local people shall get first priority to get the job opportunity of the project work during construction

Two lane 7.3m crest width road is designed for this project

Local people will have the utmost priority to get the project job opportunity

Advocate Mustak Ahmed, Upazila Vice Chairman, Maheshkhali

Crash Program for compensation should be taken for this project

Crash program shall be taken for compensation

Mr. Meer Quassim Chowdhury, Chairman, Kalarmarchara Union, Maheshkhali

Jetty construction at the Bridge site shall be constructed so that existing waterway can be used

Beautification of the Bridge site shall be made to encourage the tourism

Jetty at the Bridge side is approved by the RHD and beautification of the bridge site

Mrs. Sakuntaj Begum, Female Member, Matarbari Union

Women labor shall have the opportunity to get Job in this project

Women labor will get the priority to be employed during the construction of the project work

Mr. Azizur Rahman, Local Leader, Bangladesh Awami League

RHD should design a sustainable road Design of sustainable road is underway


ANNEX 4

A-100

1.2.3 Photographs of the 2nd SHM

Second Stakeholder Meeting (SHM-1)

Conference Room, UNO Office, Moheshkhali Upazilla, Cox’s Bazar

ANNEX 4

A-101

1.2.4 List of Participants of the 2nd SHM

Sl.No. Name Designation Organization Mobile No.

1. Mr. Md. Abu Bakar Siddiq Upazila Chairman Maheshkhali 01817 222851 2. Mr. Mohammed Anwarul Naser Upazila Nirbahi Officer Maheshkhali 01732 592321 3. Mr. Md. Shamsul Alam Executive Engineer BPDB, Cox‘s Bazar 01755 583017 4. Mr. Md. Zahangir Alam Executive Engineer RHD, Cox‘s Bazar 01711 422826 5. Mr. Mohammad Ilyeas Rahman Manager CPGCBL 01711 168468 6. Advocate Mustak Ahmed Upazila Vice Chairman Upazila Parishad, Maheshkhali 01819 628668 7. Md. Kabir Hossain Police Inspector Maheshkhali Thana 01712 273731 8. Sarder Shariful Islam Assistant Director Department of Environment & Forest, Cox‘s Bazar 01556 340776 9. Engr. Md. Moshrraf Hossain Upzila Engineer LGED, Maheshkhali 01819 964310 10. Mr. Nazem Uddin Headmaster Yunuskhali Government Primary School 01828 423508 11. Mr. Mowlana Mahmudul Karim Imam Puranbazar Baitul Aman Mosjid, Maheshkhali 01740 817215 12. Mr. Noor Bax Teacher Masterbari Majidia Alim Madrasah 01740 974088 13. Mr. Md. Shah Alam BEAT Officer Garuk Ghata BEAT, Sadar, Maheshkhali 01720 907946 14. Mr. Md. Reza Khan Headmaster Materbari High School 01740 802691 15. Mr. Saleh Ahmed Headmaster Dhalghata Ideal High School 01813 727367 16. Mr. Abdul Gafor Union Member Kalarmarchara Union 01823 381104 17. Mr. Mohammed Joynal Abedin Assistant Land Officer, Kalarmarchara Ministry of Land 01818 626518 18. Mr. Md. Shahed Assistant Land Officer, Kalarmarchara Ministry of Land 01812 341533 19. Mr. Gowranga Chandra Biswas Upazila Assistant Engineer LGED, Maheshkhali 01712 092958 20. Mr. Gopal Chakrabarti Junior Engineer Bangladesh Palli Biddyut Samitee 01769 400394 21. Mrs. Sakuntaj Begum Mohila Member Materbari Union 01821 819940 22. Mr. Abdul Hamid Union Member Materbari Union 01714 548800 23. Mr. A. B. M. Humayun Kabir Sub-Assistant Engineer LGED, Maheshkhali 01916 498737 24. Mr. Mohammd Anamul Haque Imam Upazila Parishad, Maheshkhali 01825 026231 25. Mr. Meer Hossain Headmaster Uttar Nalbila Govt. Primary School, Maheshkhali 01818 676830

ANNEX 4

A-102


26. Mr. Rashedul Anwar Area Manager Resource Integration Center (RIC), Maheshkhali 01716 736678 27. Mr. Mohammed Zahid Hossain Sub-Assistant Engineer LGED, Maheshkhali 01715 012711 28. Mr. Nurul Alam Assistant Teacher Maheshkhali 01771 319515 29. Mr. Ruhul Boyan Reporter, Representative The Prothom Alo, Maheshkhali 01713 645923 30. Mrs. Hasina Begum Mohila Member Materbari Union, Maheshkhali 01831 729944 31. Mr. Azizur Rahman Local Leader Bangladesh Awami League - 32. Mr. Yakub Ali Assistant LGED, Maheshkhali 01818 558361 33. Mr. Nurul Kader Siddique Headmaster Yunuskhali Nasir Uddin High School, Maheshkhali 01818 144865 34. Mr. Mohammad Iqbal Bahar Chowdhury Ward Member 3 No. Kalarmarchara Union 01838 142347 35. Mr. Md. Aktaruzzaman Union Member Dhalghata Union, Maheshkhali 01812 750143 36. Mr. Ruhul Amin (Badsha) Ward Member Dhalghata Union, Maheshkhali 01815 176136 37. Mr. Nabir Hossain Azad Ward Member Dhalghata Union, Maheshkhali 01824 910207 38. Mr. Aminul Hoque Chairman Press Club, Maheshkhali 01712 112726 39. Mr. Abdul Gafor Ward Member Kalarmarchara Union, Maheshkhali 01827 572601 40. Mr. Md. Atik Ullah Upazila Agriculture Officer Ministry of Agriculture 01673 052275 41. Mr. Meer Quassim Chowdhury Chairman Kalarmarchara Union, Maheshkhali 01743 524552 42. Mr. Badiul Alam Household Kalarmarchara Union, Maheshkhali 01838 140576 43. Mr. Kawser Mahmood Businessman Maheshkhali 01921 492344 44. Mr. Mosleh Uddin Service Jamya Ashrafia, Jhapua, Maheshkhali 01831 026265 45. Mrs. Shahida Akter Mohila Member, 1, 2, 3 No. Ward Kalarmarchara Union, Maheshkhali 01713 967391 46. Mr. Minu Ara Begum Mohila Member, 7, 8, 9 No. Ward Kalarmarchara Union, Maheshkhali 01818 025417 47. Mrs. Karima Begum Mohila Member, 4, 5, 6 No. Ward Dhalghata Union, Maheshkhali 01855 679842 48. Mr. Md. Mohiuddin NSI Maheshkhali 01740 625445 49. Mr. Siraj Alam Ward Member Dhalghata Union, Maheshkhali 01815 941394 50. Mrs. Shammi Ara Dulari Mohila Member Materbari Union, Maheshkhali 01813 060583 51. Mr. Hamed Hossain Ex. Member Materbari Union, Maheshkhali 01740 817275 52. Mr. Ansarul Karim Businessman Materbari Union, Maheshkhali 01740 861715

ANNEX 4

A-103


53. Mr. Md. Muksud Miah Mayor Maheshkhali Sadar 01815 861832 54. Mr. Abdul Hai Business Kalarmarchara Union, Maheshkhali - 55. Mr. Hafez Md. Rezaul Karim Imam Sairar del Shanti Bazar Mosjid, Maheshkhali 01740 878717 56. Mr. Kazuhiro YOSHIDA Environmental Expert JICA Study Team 01775 486867 57. Mr. Mohammad Nurul Alam Siddiquie Environmental Engineer BETS Consulting Services 01819 463345 58. Mr. Abdur Rahman Coordinator JICA Study Team 01911 010714 59. Dr. Md. Khurshed Alam Resettlement Expert BETS Consulting Services 01711 071053 60. Mr. Anowar Pasha Businessman Local Leader, Jubadal, Maheshkhali 01845 199275 61. Mr. Jahir Businessman Maheshkhali 01816 818223 62. Mr. Prony Kumar Computer Operator UNO Office, Maheshkhali 01713 631270 63. Mr. Joynal Abedin Reporter Inqilab, Maheshkhali 01712 273470 64. Mr. Md. Rezaul Karim Office Assistant and Computer cum Typist LGED, Maheshkhali 01718 682899 65. Mr. Tajendra Peon UNO Office, Maheshkhali - 66. Mr. Hafaz MLSS UNO Office, Maheshkhali - 67. Mr. Ali Ahmed MLSS UNO Office, Maheshkhali - 68. Mr. Sirajul Haque Reporter Daily Banglar Gowrab, Maheshkhali - 69. Mr. Abdur Rahim MLSS LGED, Maheshkhali - 70. Mr. Jahangir MLSS LGED, Maheshkhali - 71. Mr. Khokan MLSS LGED, Maheshkhali -

ANNEX 4

A-104

2. Focus Group Discussion (FGD)

2.1 FGD in Scoping Stage

2.1.1 Kalarmachara Union (1) Methodology and Results

The main topic of this FGD was to clarify the social, environmental issues and also the observations of

the local people about the Access Road for the Power Plant Project.

Table 2.1-1 and Table 2.1-2 show methodology and results, respectively.

Table 2.11.13-1 Methodology of 1st FGD in Kalarmachara

Item Description

Date 16 April, Tuesday 2013

Time 4:20pm – 5:00pm


Focused persons Ward Member (Male & Female), School Teacher, Religious Leader, Political Leader, Social Worker


7 persons

Facilitator Engr. Md. Asif Masud, Environmental and Social Expert

JICA Study Team - Mr. Osamu Nakazawa (Deputy Team Leader)

- Mr. Kazuhiro Yoshida (Environmental Expert)

- Md. Abdur Rahman (Coordinator)

- Engr. Md. Asif Masud (Environmental and Social Expert)

Table 2.1-2 Comments by participants and response in the 1st FGD in Kalarmachara

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Recommendation 1 For any work, people participation,

awareness and motivation are required. So the client should do work with very close contact with local representative (i.e. Chairman, member and other elite persons).

JICA Study Team will work accordingly to local representative.

Coordination will be continuously made with local authorities to improve the local infrastructure.

2 At the intersection of the proposed access road at Yusushkhali bazar, there is a grave yard. They request us not to touch that point, as this is very sensitive point. Other than in the Access road no historical/ archaeological site/other important places are there and also there is no potential risk and sensitive issues at and around the access road.

Alternative Road design will be made as not to touch this sensitive area‘s.

Road alignment will be fixed upon sensitive area‘s consideration.

3 For the access road expansion land need to be acquired, for that reasons many complexities about owners‘ information will arise. For this reason

Original land owners list will be identified through local land office and then DC office.

Developing an appropriate ―land acquisition and resettlement action

ANNEX 4

A-105

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Recommendation joint verification team for original land owner identification is required for proper compensation.

plan‖, including ―livelihood restoration program‖.

4 For the land acquire for road development, take minimum land so that the affect will be less to the land owner.

JICA have policy to make minimum affected people of acquired land.

Developing an appropriate ―land acquisition and resettlement action plan‖, including ―livelihood restoration program‖.

5 Proper compensation should be provided to the land owner. Government compensation is not sufficient.

The compensation will made through Bangladesh and JICA guidelines.

Land acquisition and resettlement action plan will be developed through Bangladesh and JICA guidelines.

6 The soil condition is not good at that area. That‘s why proper design for the road and proper protection need for the road. They also suggested for Guide wall for the road construction.


For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: AASHTO (USA), TRRL (UK), IRC (India) and BRRL manual (Bangladesh).

7 In every rainy reason, flash water come down from the hills and washed the road and also enters the water in closed residences. As there is no drainage system around the road. So proper drainage network should be construction along the access road.

Drainage system network will be developed, in according with the road design.

Adequate drainage system will be developed so that it can be used even in the rainy season.

8 Along the access road proper road protection design and construction and also box culvert construction (if any).

It will be consider in road design, if needed.


No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Recommendation 9 Along the road there are two or three

ponds, which is very old. At the ponds side proper protection work need to be design.



10 Take proper action at the intersection and turning of the road.



11 The Bohonaghata jetty was made by the local participation. If the bridge constructed at the point, the people depends or live there life with the income on the jetty will be deprived.

If required, the compensation will be provided according to the Bangladesh and JICA guidelines.

Developing an appropriate ―land acquisition and resettlement action plan‖, including

ANNEX 4

A-106

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Recommendation For them, there should be some compensation to that people.

―livelihood restoration program‖.

12 At the time of construction of access road, there will be some disturbance and the air pollution will happen. So proper methodology of work should be engaged.

It will be consider in Social and Environmental Management plan.


13 The people of this union are very much concern about the health and education. They request us to provide medical facilities at a routine basis during the road construction.

Health facilities will be improved through proper management plan.


14 At the time of construction, the local people should get preference from any other for any work.

The project owner gave assurances that priority will be given to local people for employment in the project.


15 At the end of the meeting, the participants told that they are very much happy for that access road. For any cooperation need, they will give all support at any time. They also said that for the development of this area, the road network should be developed. For the social, environmental and economic perspective, if proper management plan prepared and proper communication with the Chairman, local elite and local representative has done, then no negative impact will impact in this project. The people are waiting for the road development.

JICA will introduce proper Social and Environmental Management plan.

ANNEX 4

A-107

(2) Photographs of the 1st FGD in Kalarmachara

ANNEX 4

A-108

(3) Participant List of the 1st FGD in Kalarmachara

ANNEX 4

A-109

2.1.2 Matarbari Union (1) Methodology and Results



Table 2.1-3 shows methodology.

At the FGD in Matarbari Union, there was no specific comment on the access road, but many comments and questions on the power plant, and all of them were explained at the 2nd SHM for the power plant.

Table 2.11.13-3 Methodology of 1st FGD in Matarbari

Item Description

Date 26 April, Friday 2013

Time 12:10am –3:40pm

Venue Magdil Bazar in Matarbari Union



50 persons


Participants of Government Officials and JICA Study Team

Government Officials: - Mr. Gowranga Chandra Biswas (Upazila Assistant Engineer, LGED,

Moheshkhali) - Mr. G M Shariful Pony (Sub-Divisional Engineer, RHD, Cox‘s Bazar) - Mr. Abdul Kaiyum (Conservation Biologist, DOE, Maheshkhali) - Mr. Golam Asfer Azizi Bhuiyan (Sub-Assistant Engineer, BWDB,

Cox‘s Bazar) - Mr. Zakir Hossain (Lower Division Assistant, BPDB, Cox‘s Bazar) JICA Study Team: - Mr. Kazuhiro Yoshida (Environmental Expert) - Mr. Abdur Rahshid (Road Engineer) - Md. Abdur Rahman (Coordinator) - Engr. Md. Asif Masud (Environmental and Social Expert)

ANNEX 4

A-110

(2) Photographs of the 1st FGD in Matarbari

ANNEX 4

A-111

ANNEX 4

A-112

ANNEX 4

A-113

(3) Participant List of the 1st FGD in Matarbari

Sl. No. Name Occupation Mobile No. 1 Mr. Firoz Ahmed Member/ Business 01720590789 2 Master Ruhul Amin Teacher 01726067996 3 Master Mohammadullah Teacher 01713631377 4 Dr. Kabir Ahmed Ex. Chairman 01761878674 5 Mr. Jahagir Badsha Teacher 01725149761 6 Mr. Mahabubur Rahman Faruquee Teacher 7 Mr. Mahbub Morshed Business 01830740578 8 Md. Rashed Khan Business 01740817617 9 Md. Ali Ahmed Business 0178210479

10 Md. Nur Mohammad Business/Teacher 01731883991 11 Dr. Shahbuddin Village Doctor 01731883898 12 Md. Kala Miah Member 01733179243 13 Md. Fajlul Kader Member 01726000254 14 Md. Abdul Hamid Member 01714548800 15 Hazi Altaf Hossain Business 01730178186 16 Md. Hanif Student 01830369406 17 Moulana Mofijul Rahman Business 01720298364 18 Md. Monafullah Business 01754909670 19 Moulana Khalilur Rahman Business 01735811753 20 Md. Anowar Hossain Pervej Business 01757811870 21 Master Nur Box Teacher 01740974088 22 Md. Saleh Nur Business 01743919653 23 Md. Abul Hassem Business 01775908974 24 Moulana Nurul Hossain Teacher 25 Md. Jahagir Alam Business 26 Md. Sarwar Alam Business 01724364896 27 Md. Hossain Kadem Business

ANNEX 4

A-114

2.1.3 Dhalghata Union (1) Methodology and Results



Table 2.1-4 and Table 2.1-5 show methodology and results respectively.

Table 2.11.13-4 Methodology of 1st FGD in Dhalghata

Item Description

Date 25 April, Thrsday 2013


Venue Muhuri Guna Govternmental Primary School



42 persons


Participants of Government Officials and JICA Study Team

Government Officials: - Mr. Gowranga Chandra Biswas (Upazila Assistant Engineer, LGED,

Moheshkhali) - Mr. G M Shariful Pony (Sub-Divisional Engineer, RHD, Cox‘s Bazar) - Mr. Sorder Shariful Islam (Assistant Director, DOE, Cox‘s Bazar) - Mr. Golam Asfer Azizi Bhuiyan (Sub-Assistant Engineer, BWDB,

Cox‘s Bazar) JICA Study Team: - Mr. Kazuhiro Yoshida (Environmental Expert) - Mr. Abdur Rahshid (Road Engineer) - Md. Abdur Rahman (Coordinator) - Engr. Md. Asif Masud (Environmental and Social Expert)

Table2.1-4 Comments by participants and response in the 1st FGD in Dhalghata

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Recommendation 1 Mr. Saidul Alam:

- This is very good approach and this project is approved by the Govt. of Bangladesh.

- Good communication network will develop by this Access road.

- Dredging is required at the Rangakhali Khal.

- Total embankment need to be

JICA Study Team will consider all sort of design for embankment protect, dredging of river and khal and also the environmental safe guard policy.

For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: AASHTO (USA), TRRL (UK), IRC (India) and BRRL manual (Bangladesh). BWDB‘s dredging guidelines will applicable.

ANNEX 4

A-115

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Recommendation developed as this area is disaster porn.

- Green environment and environmental safeguard policy should be taken.

JICA will introduce proper Social, Resettlement and Environmental Management plan.

DoE, JICA and IFC guidelines will apply for Environmental and Social consideration. Pre and Post construction and operation methodology will be develop.

2 Mr. Shafiul Alam: - Dhalghata road network should

be developed. - Save Dhalghata people through

proper protect. - Road need to construct upto the

Shammardhil ghat under this project.

- Local people will get preference as employment at the time of construction.

JICA Study Team will consider about the extension of road. The project owner gave assurances that priority will be given to local people for employment in the project.


3 Mr. Aminul Hoque: - After this project, the total area

infrastructure and peoples life style will change.

- At 1991 cyclone, 25ft water surge hit this area, so the embankment needs to be above the 25ft from ground level.

- People are scared about this power plant project activity, so proper and appropriate consultation is required.

- Drainage system should be improved due to water logging.

- Local land price will increase. - Employment will increase

during and after this project. - For the development of the

nation, environment is less significant.

- Employment of fisher man and salt/shrimp production people, should be consider at the before and after the construction.

- Ecological critical area need to consider.

- Total cooperation will get from the Dhalghata‘s people.

Road design Engineer will consider this issues and design in proper way to protect the road. Drainage system network will be developed, in according with the road design. JICA will introduce proper Social, Resettlement and Environmental Management plan.

For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: AASHTO (USA), TRRL (UK), IRC (India) and BRRL manual (Bangladesh). Adequate drainage system will be developed so that it can be used even in the rainy season. Pre and Post construction and operation methodology will be develop.

4 Md. Hossain: - The economic and living

standard of this area not good condition.

- Embankment development throughout the area is to be the main objective, under this project, as in 1991 cyclone lot of people died as there is area


For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: AASHTO (USA), TRRL (UK), IRC (India) and

ANNEX 4

A-116

No Comments by participant Comments by facilitator Recommendation in un-protected.

- Dhalghat‘s people are watching over this project and JICA, for the development.

- Education will develop if road communication developed.

- Power plant name need to change. Both union names should be incorporated.

BRRL manual (Bangladesh).

5 Mr. Akhteruzzaman: - Road design height should be

considered according to the last flood water level.

- Without road development, no development will arise.

- The access road should be extended upto the Shammardhil ghat.

- People‘s are scared when rainy season come at every year.

- Tree plantation for green environment across the access road.

Road design Engineer will consider this issues and design in proper way to protect the road. JICA Study Team will consider about the extension of road. JICA will introduce proper Environmental Management plan.

For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: AASHTO (USA), TRRL (UK), IRC (India) and BRRL manual (Bangladesh). Pre and Post construction and operation methodology will be develop.

6 Mr. Nurul Huda: - For the access road

development, embankment needs to be developed.

- Medical facilities need to improve.

Road design Engineer will consider this issues and design in proper way to protect the road. Health facilities will be improved through proper management plan.

For Road design, the guidelines are as follows: AASHTO (USA), TRRL (UK), IRC (India) and BRRL manual (Bangladesh). Pre and Post construction and operation methodology will be develop.

7 Mr. Nurul Afsar Moni: - Dredging is required at the

Rangkhali khal. At summer season the salt carrying boat cannot move due to low depth.

- Dhalghata to Matarbari road need to develop.

- Total surrounding area embankment need to develop.

JICA Study Team will consider all sort of design for embankment protect, dredging of river and khal and also the environmental safe guard policy.

BWDB‘s dredging guidelines will applicable.

8 Mr. Ahasan Ullah (Chairman): - For the access road and for

power plant Dhalghata people will give land.

- This project is the dream of this area.

- All kind of support and cooperation will get from the people of Dhalghata.

- The access road should be extant upto the Shammardhil ghat.

JICA Study Team will consider about the extension of road.

ANNEX 4

A-117

(2)Photographs of the 1st FGD in Dhalgahata

ANNEX 4

A-118

ANNEX 4

A-119

ANNEX 4

A-120

(3) Participant List of the 1st FGD in Dhalghata

ANNEX 4

A-121

ANNEX 4

A-122

2.2 FGD in Finalizing Stage

2.2.1 Kalarmachara Union (1) Methodology and Results

The FGD was arranged in the Union Chairman Office Room, Kalarmarchara Union Parishad Office,

Kalarmarchara, Maheshkhali. More than twenty local participants of different professions i.e. Ward

Member (Male & Female), School Teacher, Service Holder, Religious Leader, Political Leader, Social

Worker, Businessman, Farmer, Fisherman, Fish seller etc. were graced with their presence in the FGD

program. Mr. Quassim, Chairman of Kalarmarchara Union, introduced the JICA Study Team and the

RHD officials with the Participants and shared the last meetings experience in brief. And then Dr.

Khurshed Alam started to facilitate the FGD program after a brief introduction of the Project Activities

mentioning necessity of electricity, road facilities and easiness of JICA team.


Table 2.21.13-1 Methodology of 2nd FGD in Kalarmachara

Item Description

Date 25 July, Thursday 2013

Time 10:45am –12:45am

Venue Kalarmarchara Union Parishad Office, Kalarmarchara, Maheshkhali


Facilitator Dr. Khurshed Alam, Resettlement Specialist of JICA Study Team

Table 2.2-2 Comments by participants and response in the 2nd FGD in Kalarmachara


1. Damages of House Structures If there are, they will be compensated

2. Compensation of the Damages It will be Covered by RHD




N/A


5. Communication between Dhalghata and Matarbari will be developed N/A

ANNEX 4

A-123

i.e. most of the Dhalghata people and 2/3rd of the Matarbari people will use the new proposed bridge & road as because the existing bridge is not much functional to them at present.

6. Fish/salt transportation of Dhalghata, Matarbari and Kalarmarchara will be easier and ultimately this road will promote the business of these areas.

N/A

7. Dropout of school going children will decrease. N/A


N/A


10. Business centre will develop along the new road and Bridge ends It will be considered by RHD and CPGCBL

11. Migration of people (climate refugee) from Matarbari and Dhalghata will decrease

N/A

12. Tourism will get a new shape for the construction of a new Bridge over Kuhelia River and connectivity between Matarbari Sub-Island and Maheshkhali Island

N/A

13. Health facilities will increase access of Ambulance to the remote areas and easy-quick transport facilities

N/A


N/A

15. Security of the areas will be strengthened N/A




18. Toilet facilities should have some points along the roads It will be considered by RHD

19. Ensure the Road Safety (especially for the child) It will be considered by RHD

20. Final road design should be shared with the Project Affected Persons (PAPs) in the project areas






23. Improvement of the existing Jetty (good landing facilities of children/female; heavy loading and unloading facilities etc.) is a request


24. Improved Jetty will help to keep the waterway communication of Dhalghata-Kalarmarchara-Matarbari route

N/A


ANNEX 4

A-124









In reply of the use of the land of Younuskhali to Power Plant Site via Nayaghata Jetty, if Road & Bridge is not built, one answer was pronounced by the participants.

29. Fate of the local people will remain unchanged N/A

The FGD was concluded with thanking each other and assuring necessary cooperation in future.

ANNEX 4

A-125

(2) Photographs of the 2nd FGD in Kalarmachara

ANNEX 4

A-126

(3)Participant List of the 2nd FGD in Kalarmachara

Sl. No. Name Occupation Mobile No. 1 Mr. Meer Quassim

Chowdhury Chairman, Kalarmarchara Union 01743 524552

2 Mr. Noor Nabi Member, Ward-1, Kalarmarchara Union 01713 619965 3 Mr. Mohammed Iqbal

Chowdhury Member, Ward-2, Kalarmarchara Union 01838 142347

4 Mrs. Shahida Akter Member, Ward-1,2 &3, Kalarmarchara Union 01713 967391 5 Mr. Jahangir Alam Social Worker, Kalarmarchara Union 01829 254757 6 Mr. Kawser Businessman 01819 514842 7 Mr. Abas Islam Social Worker, Kalamarchara Union 01821 097524 8 Mr. M. Faridul Alam School Teacher, Uttar Nalbila Govt. Primary School 018150 74428 9 Mr. Jalal Abedin School Teacher, Chaliatali Govt. Primary School 01845 197915 10 Mr. Ali Ahmed Fisherman - 11 Mr. Atik Mahmood Siddique Political Leader, Awamileague 01838 446243 12 Mr. Monirul Alam Religious Leader, Chikni Para Jame Masjid 01815 334009 13 Mr. Abdul Halim Fisherman 01855 166757 14 Mr. Giasuddin Farmer - 15 Mr. Osman Sarwar Businessman 01829 295199 16 Mr. Shamsul Alam Service Holder 01830 036219 17 Mr. Rashid Fish Seller - 18 Mr. Md. Rashid Farmer - 19 Mr. Abul Kashem Salt Businessman 01849 917857 20 Mr. Shawkat Osman Farmer - 21 Mr. Syed Noor Businessman 01816 873131 22 Mr. Abdul Manan Peon (Union Parishad) - 23 Mr. Nurul Akter Peon (Union Parishad) - 24 Md. Rashid Secretary (Union Parishad) - 25 Mr. Mafiz Information Services (Union Parishad) -

RHD, Cox’s Bazar, JICA Study Team and BETS Team Sl. Name Occupation Mobile No.

1 Mr. Khaled Anowar Sagar Sub-Divisional Engineer, RHD, Cox‘s Bazar 01717 333864

2 Mr. Mohammad Shaidul Alam Sub-Assistant Engineer, RHD, Chakaria 01685 478510

3 Mr. Kazuhiro Yoshida EIA Expert, JICA Study Team, Access Road 01775 486867

4 Dr. Khurshed Alam Safeguard Expert, BETS Study Team 01711 071053

5 Mr. Md. Nurul Alam Siddique Environmental Engineer, BETS Study Team 01819 463345

6 Mr. Abdur Rahman Coordinator, Access Road, JICA Team 01911 010714

ANNEX 3

A-127

2.2.2 Matarbari Union (1) Methodology and Results

The FGD was arranged in the Rajghat Government Primary School, Rajghat, Matarbari, Maheshkhali.

More than thirty local participants of different professions i.e. Ward Member, School Teacher, Student,

Housewife, Businessman, Fisherman, Salt Farmer, Small Businessman, Labour, Rickshaw Puller etc.

were graced with their presence in the FGD program. Mr. Abul Kashem, acting Chairman of Dhalghat

Union, introduced the JICA Study Team and the RHD officials with the Participants. And then Dr.

Khurshed Alam, Resettlement Expert started to facilitate the FGD program after a brief introduction of

the project activities mentioning necessity of electricity, road facilities and easiness of JICA team.


Table 2.21.13-3 Methodology of 2nd FGD in Matarbari

Item Description

Date 27 July, Saturday 2013

Time 10:15am –12:15am

Venue Rajghat Government Primary School, Rajghat, Matarbari, Maheshkhali



Table 2.2-4 Comments by participants and response in the 2nd FGD in Matarbari


1. Land loss for the Power Plant Project shall be maximum It will be compensated by CPGCBL

2. Assuming significant environmental deterioration due to Power Plant Environment friendly Technology shall be Installed by the CPGCBL




N/A


5. Communication between Matarbari and Maheshkhali Upazila will be shortened and 2/3rd people will use the new proposed bridge & road as because the existing bridge is not much functional to them at present.

N/A

ANNEX 3

A-128



N/A


9. Health facilities will increase due to access of Ambulance to the remote areas and easy-quick transport facilities as well

N/A


N/A

11. Security of the area will be strengthened N/A




N/A


16. Day labourer, Rickshaw Puller will earn better N/A

17. Overall local economy will boost up N/A


18. Rangakhali to Billpara Road is highly important in addition to the access road which will shorten the road distance with Yunuskhali and Maheshkhali Upazila

N/A

19. For the protection/sustainability of the Power Plant as well as the protection of Matarbari Union, a well designed Ring Road is highly required

N/A






22. Security of the Constructions Materials is first and foremost important thing








In reply of the land use of Rangakhali for the Power Plant access road, if Road & Bridge is not built, one answer was pronounced by the participants.

ANNEX 3

A-129

26. Fate of the local people will remain unchanged even the existence of Matarbari might be questionable

N/A


ANNEX 3

A-130

(2) Photographs of the 2nd FGD in Matarbari

ANNEX 3

A-131

(3) Participant List of the 2nd FGD in Matarbari

Sl. Name Occupation Mobile No.

1 Mr. Firoz Ahmed Member, Matarbari Union 01720 590789 2 Mr. Md. Zafor Iqbal Inspector, BSCIC 01818 914098 3 Mr. Abul Kashem Acting Chairman, 1 No. Matarbari Union 01817 784881 4 Mr. Mohammad Ismail Fish Business, Matarbari Union 01740 806258 5 Mr. Zakir Ahmed Business, Matarbari Union 01715 681349 6 Mrs. Rozina Begum Housewife, Matarbari - 7 Mrs. Parvin Akter Housewife, Matarbari 01822 068116 8 Mr. Md. Dalu Miah Farmer, Matarbari Union 01843 398943 9 Mr. Salim Uddin Business, Matarbari Union - 10 Mr. Gias Uddin Salt Business, Matarbari Union 01829 503111 11 Mr. Nurul Kader Badsha Business, Matarbari Union 018150 99670 12 Mr. Rashid Service, Matarbari Union - 13 Mr. Kamal Worker, Matarbari Union 01843 119373 14 Mr. Akkas Uddin Business, Matarbari Union 01744 338863 15 Mr. Baschu Business, Matarbari Union 01812 424788 16 Mr. Osman Gani Teacher, Matarbari Union 01813 333037 17 Mr. Dowlat Miah Farmer, Matarbari Union - 18 Mr. Azlash Miah Farmer, Matarbari Union - 19 Mr. Sabir Ahmed Farmer, Matarbari Union - 20 Mr. Innamin Business, Matarbari Union - 21 Mr. Nuru Mohammad Rickshaw Driver, Matarbari Union 01811 301392 22 Mr. Badar Uddin Business, Matarbari Union - 23 Mr. Ramiz Worker, Matarbari Union - 24 Mr. Abdus Salam Business, Matarbari Union - 25 Mr. Md. Aladon Salt Worker, Matarbari Union - 26 Mr. Ahamad Hossain Salt Worker, Matarbari Union - 27 Mr. Shamsher Alam Small Business, Matarbari Union - 28 Mr. Abul Kalam Salt Worker, Matarbari Union - 29 Mr. Ibrahim Student - 30 Mr. Akbar Ahmed Worker, Matarbari Union - 31 Mr. Hazi Altaf Hossain Salt Business, Matarbari Union 01730 178186

RHD, Cox’s Bazar, CPGCBL, JICA Study Team and BETS Team Sl. Name Occupation Mobile No.

1 Mr. Mohammad Ilyeas Rahman Manager, CPGCBL 01711 168468 2 Mr. Kazuhiro Yoshida JICA Study Team, Access Road 01775 486867 3 Mr. Abdul Motaleb Sub-Assistant Engineer, RHD, Chakaria, Cox‘s Bazar 01711 064155 4 Dr. Khurshed Alam BETS Study Team 01711 071053 5 Mr. Md. Nurul Alam Siddique BETS Study Team 01819 463345 6 Mr. Abdur Rahman Coordinator, Access Road, JICA Team 01911 010714

ANNEX 3

A-132

2.2.3 Dhalghata Union (1) Methodology and Results

The FGD was arranged in the Muhurighona Government Primary School, Dhalghata, Maheshkhali. More

than twenty local participants of different professions i.e. Ward Member (Male & Female), Social Worker,

Businessman, Fisherman, Salt Farmer, Salt Businessman, Village Police etc. were graced with their

presence in the FGD program. Mr. Amin, acting Chairman of Dhalghat Union, introduced the JICA Study

Team and the RHD officials with the Participants. And then Dr. Khurshed Alam, Resettlement Expert

started to facilitate the FGD program after a brief introduction of the project activities mentioning

necessity of electricity, road facilities and easiness of JICA team.Table 2.2-3 and Table 2.2-4 show

methodology and results, respectively.

Table 2.21.13-5 Methodology of 2nd FGD in Dhalghata

Item Description

Date 26 July, Friday 2013


Venue Muhurighona Government Primary School, Dhalghata, Maheshkhali



Table 2.2-4 Comments by participants and response in the 2nd FGD in Dhalghata


1. Land loss for the Power Plant Project shall be maximum It will be compensated by CPGCBL

2. Assuming significant environmental deterioration due to Power Plant Environment friendly Technology shall be Installed by the CPGCBL


It will be Covered by CPGCBL


N/A


5. Communication between Dhalghata and Maheshkhali Upazila will be easier i.e. most of the Dhalghata people will use the new proposed bridge

N/A

ANNEX 3

A-133

& road as because the existing bridge is not much functional to them at present.



N/A


9. Migration of people (climate refugee) will remarkably decrease and the migrated people will return to their homestead

N/A

10. Health facilities will increase the access of Ambulance to the remote areas and easy-quick transport facilities as well

N/A


N/A

12. Security of the areas will be strengthened and ultimately the pirates attack and torture to the female/child will be bunged up

N/A




N/A



17. Rangakhali to Muhurighona via Bangabandhu Road is highly important to be connected shortly with Yunuskhali and Maheshkhali Upazila by road

N/A

18. For the protection/sustainability of the Power Plant as well as the protection of Dhalghat Union, a well designed Ring Road is highly required

N/A








In reply of the land use for the Power Plant Project if Road & Bridge is not built, one answer was pronounced by the participants.

22. Fate of the local people will remain unchanged even the existence of Dhalghata might be questionable.

N/A


ANNEX 3

A-134

(2) Photograph of the 2nd FGD in Dhalghata

ANNEX 3

A-135

(3) Participant List of the 2nd FGD in Dhalgahata


1 Mr. Ruhul Amin (Badsha) Member, Dhalghata Union 01815 176136

2 Mr. Aman Ullah Ex Member, Dhalghata Union 01815 333126

3 Mr. Faridul Alam Business, Dhalghata Union 01818 965792

4 Mr. Joynal Abedin Gafor Social Worker, Dhalghata Union 01814 476309

5 Mr. Shahadat Hossain Salt Business, Dhalghata Union 01832 941608

6 Mr. Saleh Ahmed Salt Business, Dhalghata Union -

7 Mrs. Zinnaat Ara Begum Mohila Member, Dhalghata Union 01828 706078

8 Mr. Nurul Abser Chowdhury Social Worker, Dhalghata Union 01828 586244

9 Mr. Ziabul Abser Social Worker, Dhalghata Union 01818 800080

10 Mr. Shafiul Alam Business, Dhalghata Union 01829 986278

11 Mr. Abdul Mannan Salt Worker, Dhalghata Union 01832 971913

12 Mr. Sakib Fisherman, Dhalghata Union -

13 Mr. Rakibul Alam Salt Worker, Dhalghata Union 01853 147622

14 Mr. Abdur Rahim Salt Business, Dhalghata Union 01828 104954

15 Mr. Md. Kalilur Rahman Salt Business, Dhalghata Union 01832 465990

16 Mr. Manzur Alam Salt Worker, Dhalghata Union 01822 326842

17 Mr. Nurul Abaser Salt Worker, Dhalghata Union 01830 769588

18 Mr. Badsha Salt Worker, Dhalghata Union -

19 Mr. Iqbal Hossain Salt Business, Dhalghata Union 01832 247051

20 Mr. Zahedul Haque Salt Worker, Dhalghata Union 01830 970633

21 Mr. Morshed Salt Worker, Dhalghata Union 018311 11299

22 Mr. Abdul Gafur Village Police, Dhalghata Union 01829 905856

ANNEX 3

A-136

RHD, Cox’s Bazar, JICA Study Team and BETS Team


1 Mohammad Ilyeas Rahman Manager, CPGCBL 01711168468

2 Mr. Khaled Anowar Sagar

Sub-Divisional Engineer, RHD, Cox‘s

Bazar 01717 333864

3 Mr. Kazuhiro Yoshida EIA Expert, JICA Study Team, Access Road 01775 486867

4 Dr. Khurshed Alam Resettlement Expert, BETS Study Team 01711 071053

5 Mr. Md. Nurul Alam Siddique Environmental Engineer, BETS Study Team 01819 463345

6 Mr. Abdur Rahman Coordinator, Access Road, JICA Team 01911 010714

report of environmental impact assessment in …...people's republic of bangladesh roads and...

Documents